(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The St. Gregory hymnal and Catholic choir book"

FROM THE LIBRARY OF 
REV. LOUIS FITZGERALD BENSON. D. D. 

BEQUEATHED BY HIM TO 

THE LIBRARY OF 

PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 



Scctloa S'^7^/ 




The 
St. Gregory 

and 

Catholic Choir Book 
Compiled, Edited and Arranged 

Nicola A. Montani 



A Complete Collection of approved English and Latin 
Hymns J Liturgical Motets and appropriate Devotional 
Music for the various seasons of the Liturgical Tear. 

Particularly adapted to the requirements of CTwirSj Schools ^ 
Academies, Seminaries^ Convents, Sodalities and Sunday 
Schools. 

SINGERS' EDITION MELODY EDITION 

(One line music with complete text) 

Publishers 

The St. Gregory Guild 

1705 Rittenhouse St. 

PHILADELPHIA, PA. 



Copyright 1920 by Nicola A Montani 
British Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved 

Printed in U.S.A. 



NIHIL OBSTAT 
J. M. CORRIGAN 
Censor Librorum 

Philadelphia, July 7, 1»20 



Imprimatur 
t D.J.DOUGHERTY 
Archiepiscopus Philadelphiensis 



APPROVED BY THE MUSIC COMMITTEE OF THE 

SOCIETY OF ST. GREGORY OF AMERICA 

(The Society approved by the Holy See by Rescript No. 6914) 

Very Kev. Leo P. Manzetti; Rev. John M. Petter, S. T. B.; 
Rev. Simon M.Yenn; Rev. Charles J. Marshall, C.S.C. 



11 



INDEX 

The St. Gregory Hymnal 

English Hymns 

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF FIRST LINES 



* No. 

Acts of Faith, Hope and Charity - H5 

Afar Upon a Foreign Shore lO"'' 

All Glory, Laud and Honor 26 

All Ye Who Seek a Comfort Suro -- 67 

A Message from the Sacred Heart 68 

Angels We have Heard on High - - 7 

As Fades the Glowing Orb of Day - 139 

At the Cross Her Station Keeping ... 23 

Ave Marial Maiden, Mother 74 

A Virgin Most Pure as the Prophets Did Tell 12 

Behold! Behold He Cometh 3 

Blessed Be God —- - ]^l 

Blessed Francis, Holy Father - - ^^^ 

Blest is the Faith ]23 

By the First Bright Easter Day 13' 

By the Blood that Flowed from Thee — .— 20 

c 

Christ the Lord is Risen Today 31 

Come Holy Ghost, Creator Come 35 

Crown Him with Many Crowns -^3 

D 

Daily, Daily Sing to Mary (A) 75 

Daily, Daily Sing to Mary (B) 7° 

Dear Angell Ever at My Side - 112 

III 



No. 

Dear Crown of All the Vir gin- Choir 109 

Dear Little One! How sweet Thou Art 127 

F 

Faith of Our Fathers 121 

FuU of Glory, Full of Wonders 40 

G 

Gtesu Bambino 126 

Glorious Patron 101 

Glory Be To Jesus 72 

God of Mercy and Compassion 134 

Great God, Whatever Through Thy Church 128 

Great Saint Joseph! Son of David 93 

H 

Hail, All Hail, Great Queen of Heaven _ 78 

Hail, Full of Grace and Purity 86 

Hail, Glorious Saint Patrick (No. l) 96 

Hail, Glorious Saint Patrick (No. 2) 97 

Hail, Holy Joseph, Hail ! _. 95 

Hail, Holy Queen Enthroned Above 83 

Hail, Jesus^ Hail ! 71 

Hail, Mary Full of Grace 149 

Hail, Queen of Heaven „ 84 

Hail, Rock of Ages 70 

Hail, Thou Star of Ocean 73 

Hail to Thee, True Body! 51 

Hail, Virgin, Dearest Mary I 81 

Happy We, Who Thus United 136 

Hark! A Mystic Voice is Sounding 1 

Hark! Hark! My Soul.. _. m 

Hark! The Herald Host is Singing 13 

Hear Thy Children, Gentle Jesus 124 

Hear Thy Children, Gentlest Mother 87 

Heart of Jesus! Golden Chalice 62 

He Who Once, in Righteous Vengeance 18 

Holy God, We Praise Thy Name 39 

Holy Spirit, Lord of Light 34 

IV 



I - No. 

If Great Wonders Thou Desirest 100 

I Need Thee, Precious Jesus 41 

I See My Jesus Crucified 24 

J 

Jerusalem, My Happy Home 119 

Jerusalem the Golden 118 

Jesus Christ is Risen Today 27 

Jesus, Creator of the World 60 

Jesus, Ever-Loving Saviour 135 

Jesus, Food of Angels - 54 

Jesus, Gentlest Saviour - 49 

Jesus, Jesus, Come to Me 131 

Jesus, Lord, Be Thou Mine Own 44 

Jesus, My Lord! Behold at Length the Time 133 

Jesus, My Lord, My God, My All 53 

Jesus^ the Very Thought of Thee 17 

Jesus, Thou Art Coming 130 

Joseph, Pure Spouse of That Immortal Bride 94 

Lead us. Great Teacher Paul 99 

Let the Deep Organ Swell the Lay 106 

Lift Up, Ye Princes of the^Sky - 32 

Little King, So Fair and Sweet 125 

Long Live the Pope - 122 

Lord, for TomOTrow and Its Needs 143 

Lord, Help the Souls which Thou Hast Made 113 

Lord, Who at Cana's Wedding Feast 150 

Loving Shepherd of Thy Sheep (The Good Shepherd) 45 

m 

Man of Sorrows, Wrapt in Grief 19 

Mother of Christ 89 

Mother of Mercy 77 

My God, Accept My Heart this Day 132 

My God, I Believe in Thee... 145 

My God, I Hope in Thee - -— 145 

MyGod,I love Thee 14-5 

V 



N No. 

Now at the Lamb's High Royal Feast , 3a 

Now Let the Earth with Joy Resound 110 



Blessed Father Sent by God 108 

Blessed Saint Joseph , 92 

Come, Creator Spirit I Come 36 

Come, G Come, Emmanuel 2 

Dearest Love Divine 65 

Dear Little Children 6 

Food to Pilgrims Given 57 

Goxl of Loveliness 38 

Oh; Come and Mourn with Me Awhile 21 

Heart of Jesus, Heart of God 58 

Heart of Jesus, Purest Heart 64 

Jesus Christ, Remember 56 

Jesus, Thou the Beauty Art _ 15 

Lord, I am Not Worthy 129 

Most Holy One 88 

Mother 1 Most Afflicted 91 

Paradisel Paradise 120 

Purest of Creatures 79 

O Sacred Head Surrounded 22 

Sing a Joyous Carol— 10 

Thou Pure Light of Souls that Love 33 

Turn to Jesus^ Mother, turn 115 

Our Father, Who Art in Heaven 14-8 

Out of the Depths, to Thee, Lord 117 

Overwhelmed in Depths of Woe 25 

P 

Praise to the Holiest in the Height 142 

Praise We Our God with Joy 141 

R 

RaiseYour Voices, Vales and Mountains 90 

Remember, Holy Mary 85 

s 

Sacred Heart! In Accents Burning—. , 66 

Sacred Heart of Jesus, Fount of Lave 59 

VI 



No. 

Saint of the Sacred Heart 103 

See, Amid the Winter's: Snow 5 

Seek ye a Patron to Defend? -98 

Silent Night Holy Night 11 

Sing" my Tongue, the Saviour's Glory 52 

Sleep, Holy Babe 14 

Soul of My Saviour 47 

Spirit of Grace and Union 37 

Sweet Agnes, Holy Child _ 106 

Sweet Saviour I Bless us ere We go 138 

T 

The Divine Praises 147 

Thee Prostrate T Adore __ 48 

The Maid of France with Visioned Eyes __ 104 

The Snow lay on the Ground 8 

There is an Everlasting Home 69 

The Very Angels' Bread 46 

The Word, Descending From Above 50 

This is the Image of the Queen 82 

To Christ, the Prince of Peace 63 

To Jesus' Heart All Burning - 61 

To the Name that Brings Salvation .— 16 

u 

Unto Him for Whom This Day 116 

w 

What a Sea of Tears and Sorrows 146 

When Blossoms Flowered 'mid the Snows 12 6 

When Day^s Shadows Lengthen 140 

Wh«n Morning Gilds the Skies 42 

Whither Thus in Holy Rapture ? 80 

Wondrous Love that Cannot Falter 56 

Why Art Thou Sorrowful? 144 

Y 

Ye Faithful, With Gladness 4- 

Ye Sons and Daughters of the Lord (No. 1) 28 

Ye Sons and Daughters of the Lord (No. 2) 29 

Ye Souls of the Faithful 114 

VII 



Latin Hymns and Motets 

INDEX OF FIRST LINES 

A No. 

Adeste Fideles 158 

Adoramus te Christe (l) 190-A 

Adoramus te Christe (2) 190-B 

Adoramus te Panem Coelitum 232 

Adoremus and Laudate (l to 9) 243- A-I 

Adoro Te Devote (l) 227-A 

AdoTO Te Devote (2) 227-B 

Agnus Dei (Mass B.V.M.) 269 

Agnu&Dei Mass of the Angels 275 

Alleluia 194-D-H 

Alma Redemptoris Mater.. 202 

Alma Redemptoris Mater ^. . .-.— 277 

*'Amen dicotibi; hodie mecum'.' 184 

Asperges Me 257 

Ave Maria (l) 200-A 

Ave Maria (2) 200-B 

Ave Maria (S) 200-C 

Ave Ma/is Stella (l to 4) 201-A-D 

Ave Regiua Coelorum 203 

Ave Regina Coelornm_„_„___ -.___„ .^_-»_- 278 

Ave Verr.m Corpus (l) 23 3 -A 

Ave Verum Corpus (2) - 233-B 

Ave Verum Corpus<3) 233-C 

Ave Verum Corpus (4) 233-D 

Ave Verum Corpus (5) 233-E 

B 

Beati Mortui ^ 250 

Benedictus (Palm Sunday) 165 

Benedictus with Autiphon (Canticle) 251 

Benedictus (Mass B.V.M.) 268 

Benedictus Missa de Angelis 274 

Bone Pastor, Panis Vere 231 -B 

c 

Caligaverunt Oculi mei 181 

Christus f actus est 193 

Christus Vine it 248 

VIII 



No. 

Concordi Laetitia ._.- 197 

Confirma Hoc Deus — 245 

Confitemini Domino -. 194 

Conserva me Domine 219 

'^^Consummatum est^' 188 

Cor^Arca legem continens 240 

Cor Jesu Sacratissimum (1) -.. 238-A 

Cor Jesu SacrMissimum (2) — 238-B 

Cor Jesu, salus in te — 237 

Cor Mariae Immaculatum 238-A 

Creator Alme Siderum 151 

Credo (No. -4) — .- ,- — - 267 

Credo (No. 3) De Angelis (Supplement) 273 

Cum Angelis et puens — 167 

Deo Gratias (Responses)...". _ 259-AtoH 

Deus in Adjutorium 225 

"Deus meus'^ 18 6 

E 

Ecce lignum Crucis 191 

Ecce No men Domini Emmanuel 157 

Ecce Panis Angelorum (1) ._._, _ 231-i? 

Ecce Pianis Angelorum (2) - 231-B 

Ecce Quam Bonum (Psalm 132) 220 

Ecce Quomodo Moritur - 176 

Ecce Sacerdos 246 

Ecce Vidimus eum 190-A 

Ego sum (Antiphon) — 251 

En Clara Vox Redarguit... 154 

F 

Forty Hours' Devotion .(Pag-e 357) Programme 

G 

(rloria in excelsis -.. — 266 

Gloria in excelsis Mass of the Angels Supplement 272 

Gloria, Laus et.Honor 168 

u 

Holy Saturday Music ...." - 194 

Hosanna Filio David 163 

I 

Ingrediente 169 

In Manus Tuas -- 263 

IX 



No. 

In Monte Oliveti Oravit 164 

In Monte Oliveti 170 

Inviolata __ 208 

Ite Missa est_ Deo Gratias 194--J 

J 

Jesu Dulcis Memoria (l) 161-A 

Jesu Dulcis Memoria (2) 161-B 

Jesu Dulcis Memoria (3) 161-C 

Jesu Redempter Omnium (1) __ 156-A 

Jesu Redemptor Omnium (2) _ 155-B 

Jubilate Deo 255 

K 

Kyrie Eleison (Mass B.V. M.i __ 265 

Kyrie Eleison (Requiem Responses) - — 269-(l0) 

Kyrie Eleison (Mass of the Angels Supplement) 271 

Languentibus in Purgatorior 24-9 

Lauda Sion (Ecce Panis) 231-B 

Laudate Dominum _ 254- 

Laudate Dominum and Adoremus 243-A-I 

Laudate Dominum , — 194-F 

Laudate Dominum 194-H 

Litany of the Blessed Virgin Mary 214 

Litany of the Saints 224 

Lucis Creator.. 260 

Magnificat .** 21 6 

Mass of the Angels 271 

Mass of the Blessed Virgin Mary 265 

Miserere Illi Deus 253 

Miserere Mei Deus 252 

^^Mulier, ecce filius tuus'^ — 185 

Missa Brevis Unison, 2, 3 or 4 part Chorus 281 

Nunc Dimittis .?* 262 



Bone Jesu 256 

O Cor Jesu 236 

Emmanuel 153 

Esca Viatorum(l) 228- A 

Esca Viatorum(2) 2 2 8-B 

X 



No. 

filii etfiliae 195 

Gloriosa Virginum (1) 210-A 

Gloriosa Virginum (2) 210-B 

Omnes amici mei 179 

quam suavis est .234 

Oremus Pro Pontifici 24-7 

Sacrum Convivium 235 

Salutaris Hostia(l to 7) 226-AtoG 

Sanctissima, Piissima 206 

P 

Palm Sunday Music 163 

Panis Angelicus (l) 229-A 

Panis Angelicus (2) - - 229-B 

Pange Lingua (l) (TantumErgo) 241-A 

Pange Lingua (2) (TantumErgo) 241-B 

Parce Domine 239 

^'Pater, dimitte illis'' 183 

^'Pater in Manus Tuas'^. 189 

Popule Mens 192 

Pueri Hebraerum -._ 166 

Puer Nobis Nascitur - 159 

Quae est ista — 222 

Quam dilecta Tabernacula Tua 2 21 

Recessit Pastor Noster — 178 

Regina Coeli, Jubila _.207 

Regina Coeli Laetare — 204 

Regina Coeli Gregorian Supplement _.279 

Regnum Miuidi 217 

Requiem Mass (Appendix) 270 

Requiem Responses 259 (8) 

Resonet in Laudibus 15>6 

Responses for All Occasions 259 

Responses after the Magnificat (Page 522) 

Sacerdos et Pontifex ? 244 

Sacris Solemniis (Panis Angelicus) 230 

Salve Mater Misericordiae - 209 

Salve Regina Coelitum 211 

XI 



No. 
Salve Regina Mater. — . 205 

Salve Regina Mater SupDlemeiit 280 

Saiictae Joseph Patronae iioster 238 -A 

Saiictus and ^enedictus (Mass B.V.M.) 268 

Sanctus and Benedictus (Palm Sunday). 165 

Sauctus and Benedictus (Mass of the Angels) Supplement 274 

'^Sitio'.'. 187 

Stabat Mater U) - 162-A 

Stabat Mater (2) 162-B 

Stabat Mater (3).. 162-C 

Sub Tuum Praesidium (l) 213-A 

Sub Tuum Praesidium (2) 213-B 

Suscipe Domine 218 

T 

Tanquam ad latronem existis 173 

Tantum Ergo (l to 10) 242-AtoJ- 

Te Deum Laudamus 264- 

Te Lucis ante Terminum 261 

Tenebrae factae sunt 175 

Tollite Hostias 160 

Tota Pulchra Es, Maria 212 

Tristis est anima mea 171 

Tu Gloria Jerusalem 223 

u 

Una hora non potuistis vigilare 172 

Uuus ex discipulis meis 177 

Unison Mass Supplement 281 

Velum templi scissum est ..X - 174 

Veni, Creator Spiritus (1) 199-A 

Veni,Creator Spiritus (2) 199-B 

Veiii, Sancte Spiritus - 198 

Veni Sponsa Christ i 216 

Veni,Veni Emmanuel 152 

Vespere Autem Sabbati 194-1 

Vespers B.V. M. (Supplement) — --. 276 

Vexilla Rogis Prodeunt (l) (2) (3) 182-A,B.C 

Vict i ma e Paschali laudes 196 

Vidi Aquam 258 

Appendix- Requiem Mass (Libera etc.) 270 

Supplement- Massof the Angels, Vespers B.V.M. , 
4 Antiphons B.V.M. (Simple tones) 
Missa Brevis for Unison, 2, 3 or 4 part Chorus 

XII 



ADVENT I 

Hark! A Mystic Voice is Sounding 

En clara vox 



Tr. Rev.E.Caswall 

Moderato 



Nicola A. Montani 



^ 



fet 



m 



^ 



r r r r 



1. HarkI a mys - tic voice is sound -ing, 

2. Lo I the lamb so long ex-pect-ed, 



^'Christ is nigh'/ it seems to ' say, 
Comes with par - don down from Heav'n, 



"Cast a - way the dreams of dark-ness, 
Let us haste, with tears of sor - row. 



I. J. ^j* n J 1, ^ 



ye chil - dren of the day" 



One and all 



to 



he for - giv'n 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N AM, 



I 



i 



T 



at the sol 



i 



^ 



Star - tied at the sol - emn warn - ing, 
So when next He comes with glo - ry , 



m 



^^ 



^ 



r=f=*f 



Let the earth - bound soul a 
Wrap -ping all the earth in 



rise ; 
fear, 



m 



i 



^^^ 



^ 



^M T r »r "r y-^r f 

Christ, her Sun, all sloth dis - pel - ling, 
May He then as our De - fen - der, 



I 



^^-=^=^ 



fr 



r P ^ r r 



n^ 



Shines up - on the morn - ing skies 
On the clouds of Heav'n ap - p«ar . 



ADVENT 2 

O Come, O Come, Emmanuel ! 



Processional 



Tr. Dr. J. M. Neale 
Maesfoso 



Traditional Melody 
^Venij O Sapient iae'^ 



— I- 



1. come, come, Em- man-u - el, And ^. 

2. O come Thou Rod of Jes - se, free Thine 

3. come, Thou Day-Spring, come and cheer Our 

4. come, come, Thou Lord of Might, Who 




I I T 1 n I r^ ^ 



f r r ' »r r^w 

ra-el, That mourns in lone-ly 

2. own from Sa- tans ty - ran -liv; From depths of hell Thy 

3. spir-its by T^ine Ad-vent here, Dis- perse the gloom-y 

4. to 'Thy tribes on Si-nai's height. In an- cient times didst 



1. ran-som cap-tive Is 



I 



» J J J J | J J EEJ 



le Son of God ap-pear. 



k^Tle h£e,Un-tn m 



1. 



2. peo-ple save. And give them vic-t'ry o*er the grave. 

3. clouds of night, And path's dark shad-ows put t6 flight 

4. give the law, In cloud, and ma-jes-ty and awe. 



^ 



^ 



f-f-M-f 




joice 



Re 



joicel 



rail 



. _ .1 I ftl— ^L^^ »l«»11 A ,n.-MM».A. 'IT'wWh «rw*ck'*^ 11 _ Ckl 



Is 



ra - 



el! To thee shall come Em-man-u-el 



3 

Copyrig-ht t92D by N,A.M. 



ADVENT 

Behold! behold He cometh 



Processional 



Translated from the Latin 
Moderato 



S.Webbe 



1. Be -hold! be - hold He com - eth, Wh 



1. Be- hold! be - hold He com - eth, wno 

2. Ho - san - na to the Sav - iour , Who 

3. Yea, come in love and meek- ness, Our 

4. Soon shalt Thou sit in glo - ry Up - 



r,' p'f'N,' ,iii' fi'i' 



1. doth sal-va-ti6n bring; Lift up your heads re 

2. came on Christ-mas morn, And, of a low - ly 

3. Sav- iour now to be; Come to be form- ed 

4. on the great "White Throne, And pun-ish all the 



^ 



i 



i 



iM-^ 



i 



f=T^ — f 

d wfel - come Zi - on's King ,• With 



1. joic - mg, ^ ^ 

2. Vir - gin,' Was in a sta - ble born- Em 

3. in us, And make us like to Thee, Be - 

4. wick- ed, And re - com-pense Thine ownj When 



i 



^^ 



mns of joy we praise the 
an - u - el! dear Je - sus 



)rd , Ho 



1. hymns 

2. man - 

3. fore 

4. ev . 



'e 
u - el! dear 
the Day of 
'ry word and 



the L ord , no 
Je - sus, come, With- 
Wrath draw near, When 
deed and thought To 



1. skn - iJa to th' In - cir -I nate wir 



2. m 

3. as 

4. right 



Thy chil - dren 
our Judge Thou 
eous judg - ment 



car -' nate word! 

make Thy home ! 

shalt ap - pear, 

shall be brought. 



Copyright 1920 by N.A.M. 



CHRISTMAS 4 

Ye faithful; with gladness 

Adeste Fideles 

Free translation by the Traditional Melody 

Rt.Rev.Hugh T.Henry, Litt.D.,L.L.D. 



1. yI fa'ith - fil, with gla 



r 



1 


Yk 


fa'ith - 


fil, 


with 


glad - ness, 
Moth - er, 


2. 


Dear 


Ma - 


ry, 


His 


3. 


A - 


gam 


sound 


- ing 


o'er us , 


4. 


Our 


voic - 


es 


now 


blend - ing 







1. Ban - i'sh - ing all sad - ness, 

2. Gives to us as Broth - er The 

3. Let the An - gel cho - rus The 

4. With their songs un - end - ing, All 



^m 



f 



i=^ ^ 



t 



1 


come 


ye, 


'0 


come 


ye 


to 


2, 


Lord 


whom 


the 


an 


gels 


are 


3. 


an - 


them 


of 


glad - 


ness 


and 


4. 


joy - 


ful. 


dear 


Je - 


sus, 


Thy 



1. Betir^ le - hem ! 1. See t 



■^^UJ.JiJ -J 



rr^r 



;o us giv - en 

2. wor - ship-ping: 2. God the e- ter-nal, 

3. tri - umphsing; 3."Glo - ry be giv - en 

4. glo - ry sing. 4. Be our en-deav-or 

5 

Copyrig-ht 1920 by N A M, 



* 



Refrain 



l i h I I I i ll — ' ^r f r . 

^f^ I 7V r 

1. Christ, the King of Heav - eil! 

2. Light of Light su - per - "^1- 1-4 While 

3. To the Lord of Heav - en!" 

4. Thus to praise Thee ev - e.'\ 



i-tj 



au-gels hov-er o'er Him,And shep-herds kned be 




fore Him, come, let us a 




n-r r u r^ t^ f • 



dore Him, Lord ' and. 



King! 



CHRISTMAS 

See^ amid the winter's snow 



5 



Rev. E. CaswaU 
Alleg retto 
V 



Traditional Melody 



1. ste, L - ihid th 



^ 



? 



>now. 



1. Sfee , la - itiid the win - ter's S] 

2. Lo, with- in a man - ger lies 

3. Sa - cred In - fant all di - vine 
4.Teach, oh teach us, ho - ly Child 
5. Vir - gin Moth- er, Ma - ry 



blest ' 



p \ 




1 r 


-+ 


-H 








~ft:f\k — 


Tj 


1 d \ 


J " 






I 1 


^\^ ^ 


■".- . K 1 


• « 


^ 




1 1 


vv 'rf 


s 




W 1 


X CJ . 


t; ^ 

1. Bbrn 


for us 


on earth 


be 


- iW; 


2. He 


who built 


the star 


- ^^ 


skies; 


3. What 


a 


ten - 


der love 


was Thine ; 


4. By 


Thy Face 


so meek 


an 


d mild ; 


5. B^^ 

k 


»^ 


the 


^ ,ioys 


that 


ill 
"1 


1 _ 


thy breast, 




" 


, 






1 






■ V 1 1^1 ■ 1 ■ ■ 








rJ J 


I 


^b u A 








m ^ 


_• _ __. 


f/Hl' f? cy 


■ 


^ 




^ 1 


V<\/ ^ ^ ■^, • 


^ m P * 


1. Sje 


I 


e tin - 


1 
der h mb 


Jp 


1 
- nears , 


2. He, 


wh 


throned 


in heights 


sub - lime, 


3. Thus 


tc 


come 


from high ■ 


- es1 


t bliss, 


4. Teach 


Ui 


J to 


re - sem - 


. ble 


Thee 


5. Pr8 


^y 


fc 


r us 


J 


that we 


may prove 
























1 










*— - 




-=^ d ^ 


v 








« 






V). ^ 


r 


r 


r 


[. 




1. Prom- 


- IS 


ed from 


e - ter - 


nkl 


years ! 


2. Sits 


a 


- mid 


the Cher 


- u 


- bim . 


3. Down 


to 


such 


a world 


as 


this . 


4. In 


Th 


y sweet 


hu - mil 


- 1 


r ^y- 


s.Woi 


- 


thj 


r of 




t 


h( 


:k 


Sa 


V - 


iours lov 


e . 



Copyright 1920 by N. A.M. 



Refrain 



1.-5. Hail, thou ev - er bless - ed morn, 



Hail, Re - demp - tion's hap - py dawnl 



A 



^W 



^ 



gs 



r^ 



Sing through all Je - ru - sa - lem. 



i 



^ 









^ 



Christ is born in Beth- le - hem. 



CHRISTMAS 

O Dear Little Children 

Carol 



6 



Translated by Sister Jeanne Marie 
Moderato semplice 



Traditional Melody 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



1. D dear Hit - tie chil - drfen, 



1 . U dear 

2. see 

3. He lies 

4. chil 



"lit - i\^ 
in the 
there, 
dren bend 



chil 

crib 

chil 

low 



dren, 

low con - 

dren 

and 



on 
a 




md all, Draw near to the 



1. come one 
1. ceal - ing 

3 . hay and 

4. dore Him 



and dll , 
His might, 
on straw, 
to - day. 



Draw near t* 
See here by 
Dear Ma - ry 



the 
the 
and 



lift up your 



1. crib, here in Beth- re - hems stt 

2. rays of the clear shin - ing lig 

3. Jo - seoh re - srard Him with aw 



Beth - K - hem's s'tall 

clear shin - ing light y 

gard Him with awe 

4. hands like the shep- herds, and pray 




i 



1. sefe wliat ^ bright ray of he'av-t^'s cfe -light 

2. clean - li - est swad-dle the. Heav-en - ly Child 

3. shep-herds, a -dor-ing,bow hum-bly in pray'r 

4. joy-ful - ly, chil -dren, with heartsfull of love 




More 
An- 
In 



A J J'J'IJ 



m 




r r^' p T 



1. Fa- ther has sent on this thrice ho -ly night. 

2. beau-teous than le-gions of hosts un-de - filed. 

3. gel- i - cal choirs with song rend the air. 

4. ju - bi - lant song join the an - gels a - bove . 

9 



CHRISTMAS 

Angels we have heard on high 



Bishop Chadwick 

Allegro laoderato 



Nicola A. Montaiii 



^ 



^ 



% 



^3 



1^^ 



1. An - gels we 

2. Shep-herd, why 

3. Como to Bt^th 

4. See Him in 



have hea 



t 



tve Heard on high, 

this ju ^ bi - lee? 

le - hem, and see 

a man - irer laid, 



!" (■ y\ I ; If' [ r' 

1. Sweet - ly sihff - iner o'er our plai 



ly sing - ing 

2. Why your rap- turous strains pro 

3. Him Whose birth the an - gels 

4. Wliom the choirs of an - gels 



plains, 

long? 

sing; 

praise 



m 



J- liJj J J 



i 



^±1 



r pr'p r r ' ? r Uf 



1. And the moun - tains in re 

2. What may the glad- some tid - ings 

3. Come , a - dore on bend - ed 

4. Ma - ry, Jo - seph, lend your 



ply 

be 

knee 

aid, 



1. Ech - o - iiie: their lov - ons strains. 



1. Ech 

2. ^liich in 

3. Christ the 

4. While our hearts 



spire 
Lord 



joy - otis strains 

your heav'n - ly song? 

the new - born King . 

in love we raise. 



10 

Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 



CHRISTMAS 



The ^now lay on the ground 

Old Eng-lish Carol 



Rev. Dr. Lingard 

Non troppo lento 



i 




^^^ 



Edv. Grieg 
Arr. by N. A.M. 



^ 



1 . The snow 

2. 'Twas Ma 

3. She laid 

4. Saint Jo ■ 

5. The an - 

6. And then 



lay 

seph 
gels 
that 



7. 







come then, let 



^n ' 


the 


ground, 


The 


daugh 


- ter 


pure 


01' 


111 


a 


stall 


At 


too 


was 


fcy, 


To 


hov - 


ered 


'round , 


And 


man - 


ger 


poor 


Be- 


let 


us 


lom 


The 




1. stars shou 

2. ho - ly 

3. Beth - le 

4. tend the 

5. sang this 

6. came a 

7. heav'n - ly 



bright, When Christ our Lord was 

Anne, That brought in - to this 

hem; The ass, and ox - en 

Child; To guard Him, and pro- 

song;"Ve - ui - te, a - do - 

throne; For He whom Ma - ry 

host. To praise the Fa - ther, 




^ 



f^f 



r 



1. 


born 


On 


Christ - 


mas 


night . 


2. 


world 


The 


God 


made 


Man. 


3. 


shared 


The 


roof 


with 


them. 


4. 


tect 


His 


Moth 


er 


mild. 


5. 


re 


mus 


Do 


mi - 


num.'' 


6. 


bore 


Was 


God 


the 


Son. 


7. 


Son 


And 


Ho 
11 


ly 


Ghost. 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 



9 



Dr. Husenbeth 

Slowly 



CHRISTMAS 



Stars of Glory 

Carol 



S. Janowska 
Arr.byN. A.M. 






1. 'Stars 

2. See 

3. See 

4. Hark 1 



of 

a 
the 
the 



glo 
beau 
shep 
swell 



teous 
herds 
of 



shine more 
an - gel 
quick - ly 
heaven - ly 



1. bright - ly, rur 



^ 



' rn- r 7_^ ^ V r r i 

1. bright - ly, rur - er be the moon - li^t' 

Ji. soar - ing In the bright ce - les - tial 

3. ris - ing, Hast-'ning to the hum - ble 

4. voic - es Peals a - long the vault - ed 



yL- \hM^J\ ' \^ i 



1 . beam , 

2. blaze, 

3. stall, 

4. sky; 



Glide, ye hours and mo - ments, 

On the shep - herds, low a - 

And the new - born In - fant 

An - gels sing while earth re - 





I J I h i J 



n 

deep - 'n 



r-[ 



1. Light - ly. Swift? - ^^ down time's aeep-'ning 

2. dor - ing, Rest his mild ef - ful - gent 

3. priz - ing, As the might - y Lord of 

4. joic - es_"Glo - ry to our God on 

12 

Copyright 1920 by N.A.M. 



'I fj. I' l"'lt ^ ' ll'^ 



ipeam: 



1. stream: Bring the hour 

2. rays: "jFear not'/ cries 

3. all ; " Low - ly now 

4. high; Glo - ry in 



that ban . ished 

the heav'n - ly 

they heiid be - 

the high - est 



ri^^i'ii' I'liLp'' 



4 — i 



down to 



1. sad-ness Brought re - demp -tion down to earth; 

2. stran-ger/'Him Whom an - eient seers fore-told , 

3. fore Him In ffis help- less in - fant state, 

4. heav-en, Peace to hum - ble men on earth;" 



^^^W 



^^ 



w^^ 



1. When the shep - herds heard with glad- ness 

2. W^eep - ing in a low - ly man - ger 

3. Firm - ly faith - f ul , they a - dore Him, 

4. Joy to these and bliss is 



giv 



en 



^ 



i 



r T r ' p 



t-^^-M^ 



r r 

iours bii-th. 



t 

1. Tid - irigs of a Sav 

2. Shep- herds, haste ye to be- hold." 

3. Ajid His great -ness eel - e - brate . 

4. In the great Re - deem - er's birth. 



13 



10 CHRISTMAS 

O sing a joyous carol 

Sister M. B 

Joyously 




J J J J \ =a 



from "Alte Katholische geistliche 
Kirchengesaiig" (Kolii, 1599)^ 



. sniff a icy - fUl cLi 



f; 



1 

2. Who 

3. Who 



ig a joy - nil car 
is there meek - ly ly - iiig In 
is there near the era - die, That 




J J J J J 



i 



r r r r.f 



XT 



1. to ' the ho - ik^ Child, Aiid praise with glad-some 
-ble poor? Dear chil-dren, it is 



2. yon - der sta - Die p 

3. guards the ho - ly Child? It 



IS 



our fa - ther 



\. voic - es His Monr-<. er un - dfe - 



o . 

filed, 
now a - dore . 
Ma - ry mild. 



1. voic - es His Mol 

2. Je - sus; He bids 

3. Jo - seph Chaste spouse 



of 



1. Our elad- some v6ic - es 



i 



iCet-iiff Shall 



T — W 

some v6ic - es greet - iiig 
there kneel - ing by Him In 
dren, oh, how joy - ful With 

l-^-^ J J 



1. Our glad 

2. Who is 

3. Dear ehil 



1. hJil oir II 



g ii I .^. I [^ r r r n 

h - fiint King ; Ahd our sweet La - dy 



.mt King ; AJ 

2. Vir-gin beau-ty fair? It is our Moth-er 

3. tiiem in Heav'n to be ! God grant that none be 



1. lis - tins When W^ fill vbic - fes 

2. Ma - ry, She bids you all dra 

3. miss -ing From that fes - tiv - i 

4^ Catholic melody incorrectly attributed to M. Praetor ius. 



o. — 

js sing . 
draw near, 
i - ty. 



CHRISTMAS 

Silent nighty Holy night 



H 



Moderato 



1. Si- lent iileht, ho- Ivmeht! Beth-] 



Fr. Gruber 
Arr.by Nicola A.Montani 



^ 



1. Si - lent night, 

2. Si - lent night, 

3. Si - lent night, 



r 

ho - ly night! Beth-lehem sleeps 

ho - ly night! Shep- herds first 

ho - ly night! Son of God! 



m 



5fei 



^ 



'' !■ O ' f f 



1. yet what light 

2. see the light, 

3. oh, Miiat light 



rr 



Floats a- round the ho - ly pair 

Hear the Al - le - lu - ias ring 

Ra-diates from Thy man-ger bed- 



^^m 



J J ^' i ) 



^ 



f 



r r fp 



1. Songs of An-gels fill the air Strains of heav- en -ly 

2. Which the An-gel cho-rus sing "Christ the Sav-iour has 

3. 0-ver realms with dari^ness spread, Thou in Beth-le -hem 



1. peace 

2. come , 

3. born , 



Strains of heav. en- ly peace 
Christ the Sav - iour has come! 
Thou in Beth - le - hem born . 



15 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M 



IS 



CHRISTMAS 

A virgin most pure^ 
as the Prophets did tell 

Ancient Carol 

Traditional Melody 
Slowly _ Arr.byN.A.M. 



ripi^ 



i^ 



^ 



^ 



r=r 



i the 



1. A 'N^r - gin most pure', as the 

2. In Beth- le - hem cit - y in 

3. But when they had en-tered the 

4. Then they were con - strained in a 

5. The Kinff of glo-ry to this 

6. Then God sent an an- gel from 

7. Then pres - ent - ly af _ ter the 



1. Proph - ets did tell, Hath ^brought forth a 

2. Jew - ry it was , Where Jo - seph and 

3. cit - y so fair^ A num - ber of 

4. sta - ble to lie , Where ox - en and 

5. world be - ing brought. Small store of fine 

6. heav - en so high To cer - tain poor 

7. shep - herds did spy A num - ber of 



^^ 



^=^ 



it hath be - feD , To 

geth- er did pass, And 

might - y was there That 

used there to tie; Their 

wrap Him was sought; When 

fields where they lie , And 

pear in the sky; Who 
16 

Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 



1. Sav- iour , as 

2. Ma - ry to 

3. peo - pXe so 

4. ass ~ es they 

5. lin - en to 

6. shep -herds in 

7. an - gels ap 



1 



r r yrr 

rom deathjhell and Sin, 



1)6 our Re -deem- er fi 
there to be tax - ed with man - y one moe, For 
Ma - ry a nd Jo -seph,whose substance was smali,Could pro- 
lodg-ing so sim-ple they held it no scorn, But a - 
Ma- ry had swaddled her young Son so sweet, With - . 
e.chargedtnem no longer in sor - row to stay, Be - 
7. joy-ful-ly talked and sweet -ly didsLug, "To 



lich 



8a J jifP,H fm^^ 

1. Ad-am^ trans- ffres-sion nad wrapned us 



wrapped us m . 
same should be so . 

lodg-iTig at all. 

Sav - iour was born 

laid Him to sleep 
born on this day, 
heav- en - ly King/' 



gres-sion iiad 

2. Cae-sar com- mand-ed the 

3. cure in the Inn no 

4. gainst the next morn-iug a 

5. in an ox man-ger she 

6. cause that our Sav- iour was 

7. God be all glo - ry, our 



Chorus 



Wil l i I J j-jj JiJ ^J J p i 
y^ ' f f r r r r r Er r r r^ 

1-17, Re-joice andbe mer-ry^Set so r-row a- side, Christ 

jA J j PI I p\j j J J I I 

Je-sus our Sav- i Our Was born on tiiis tide. 



17 



13 CHRISTMAS 

Hark! the Herald Host is singing 

E. Humperdinck 

Joyously 



1. Hark! the her - aid host is 



1. Hark! 


the 


her - 


aid 


host 


ife 


2. Aiid 


be - 


hold 


the 


stars 


bright 


3. Soft 


the 


mes - 


. sen 


- gers 


from 



^^P^ 



^ 



r r r 

1. sing- ing, Thro' the si - lent ho - ly 

2. glow- ing, Shed oer earth their ra - diant 

3. Heav - en Wing their flight from home to 

J- -^ I J J J J 




f; ; T r f 



1. night, Tid - ings of great 

2. light, While from An - gels' 
ing les - sons 



3. home: Bear 



joy they re 
lips are 
God hath 



y l' l' i' I ' i' r' i 

1. bring - ing, From yon star , ry a - ztr 

2. flow - ing An - thems thro' the ho - ly 

3. ffiv - en Un - to all on earth tha 



r 

a - zare 

ho - ly 

earth that 



18 



^ 



£ 



^ r ^ r Y 



1. height. And each heart is filled with 

2. night. Bright each win - dow now is 

3. roam. "Wei - come, wel - come Christ - mas 



^ 



J J 1^ J 



r r r r 'r r r f 

1. glad-ness, At the mes - sage which tney 

2. glow - ing , Light - ed by the Christ - mas 

3. eve - ning Bring-ing peace and love to 



JH i ; I : ,1' ' n 



f . r r 'r- p r f 

1. bring: ^'Christ is born, for - get aU 

2. tree; And each cheek with joy is 

3. earth!" Show your grat - i - tude re 



^ 



iM 



^ 



m 



f 



1. sad-ness, Trust in Him, your Sav-iour King!" 

2. glow- ing, And each heart is filled with glee . 

3. joic- ing, Christians in your Sav- iour's birth ! 



19 



14 



CHRISTMAS 

Sleep^ Holy Babe 



(Fcyf additional Christmas Hymns see Hymns Nos.i26 & 127 

and Latin Hymns) 

Tr.Rev. E. Caswall . Traditional Melody 

Semplice 
PP 



1. Sleep , Ho - ly 



f 



f 



1. Sleep , 


llo - 


iy 


Babe, 


Up 


2. Sleep, 


Ho - 


ly 


Babe, 


Thine 


3. Sleep, 


Ho . 


ly 


Babe, 


While 


4. Sleep, 


Ho - 


ly 


Babe, 






i 



J J J J 



;ast! Great Lord of earth ki\ 



■^ r ^ r r , 

1. on Thy Moth-er's 

2. An - gels watch a - 

3. I with Ma - ry 
4. snatch Thy brief re . 



breast! Great Lord of earth dnd 
round; All bend-ing low with 
gaze In joy up - on that 
pose ; Too quick - ly will Thy 



'g r r ' •r r r r '.r r 



1. sea and sky. How sweet 

2. fold - ed wings Be - fore 
3. Face a - while. Up - on 
4. slum- bers break. And Thou 



li_^ IS to 

th' In - car - nate 
the lov - ing 
to length -ened 



^ 



J |J J J . Ji 



^ 



331 



r T r 'rr 

1. see Thee lie In such a 

2. King of Kings, In rev- 'rent 

3. In - fant smile, "Which there di 

4. pains a -wake, That death a 



place or rest I 

awe pro - found! 

- vine - ly plays. 

• lone shall close. 



20 



THE MOST HOLY NAME |5 

O Jesus^ Thou the beauty art 



Tr.Rev. E.CaswaH 

Andante reliffioso 



Jesu, decus Ang-elicum 

St. Bernard 



Nieola A. Montani 



1. Je - sus . Thou the 



Thou 
Je 



1. 

2. 



Je 
my 



sus 
sweet 



^^ 



iEEd 



m 



f 



r r T 



1. beau - ty art Of An - gel worlds a 
2^. hear the sighs Which un - to Thee I 



i 



J i j J J 



^ 



1W r T r r^ 



1. hove ; Thy 

a. send; To 



name is 
Thee mine 



mu - SIC 
in - most 




1. to the heart hi - flam - ing it wii 

2. spir - it cries, My be - ing's hope and 



21 



1. love I. Ce 



w 



i 



f==f 



e - les - tial sweet - ness 
2. end Stay w-ith us Lord, and 



'^ r- ^ r: r r r r ^ 

1. un - al - loy'd Who eat Thee hun - ger 
2. with Thy light II - lume the souls ab - 



m 



J ,j 



1. Still; Who drink of Thee 

2. yss ; Dis - pel the dark 



still 

uess 



^ 



id Which naught hut Thee can 



^ 



1. feel 

2. of 



'r~T 



a void Which naught hut Thee canst fill, 
our night Aud fill the world with bliss. 



22 



THE MOST HOLY NAME \Q 

To the Name that brings salvation 

Processional 
Dr. J. M. Neale Nicola A. Moiitaiii 



Moderato 




2. Name of glad 

3. 'Tis the Name 

4. 'Tis the Name 



nesSjName of pleas - ure , 
for a - do - ra - tion , 
that who - so preach - es 



i 



rLr^Mh\l-^UO 



1. Hon -or, wor-sliip, let us i)ay,J\'hich fbr man-ya 

2. By this tonffue in- ef- fa-Dle Name of sweet-ness 

3. 'Tis the Name of vic-to-ry, 'Tis the Name for 



to the ear; WTio in 




1. ge'n-'fe - (ra-tion ma m uoa's rore-kiiowiedge lay. 

2. pass-ing meas-ure To the ear de - lec-ta -ble, 

3. meri - i - ta -tion In this vale of mis-er-y, 
4. Name be-seech-es Sweet-est corn-fort find-eth near; 




1. 15ur — wfth ho - ly ^x - ul - t!a - tion 

2. 'Tis our safe - guard and our treas-ure, 

3. 'Tis the Name for ven - e - ra - tion 

4. Who its per - feet wis- dom reach- eth 



^-^r—r^— I ' i v r .k " 



1. We may 

2. 'Tis our 

3. By the 
.4.Heav'n - ly 



lAud to 



sing a 

help 'gainst sin and 

ci^ - i - zens on 

joy pos - sess - eth 



d'ay- 
hell, 
high, 
here. 



23 



^ly THE MOST HOLY NAME 

Jesus the very thought of Thee 



Jesu, dulcis memoria 

SL Bernard 



Tr.Rev. E.CaswaH 

Religioso ^ 



Traditional Melody 



i^ 



r 



O'O, 



1. Je - sus the 

2. Nor voice can 

3. Hope of 

4. Je - sus . our 



ver 


- y 


thought of Thee , 


smg 


nor 


heart can frame^ 


ev - 


'ry 


con - trite heart , 



m 



j=i 



on - ly joy be Thou, 



r=T 



t 



■»r*- 



With sweet - ness 

Nor can the 

joy of 

As Thou our 



fills 

mem 

all 

prize 



my 
'ry 

the 
wilt 



breast 
find _ 
meek,, 
be :_ 



m 



^^ 



1. But sweet -er far 

2. A sweet- er sound 

3. To those who fall, 

4. Je - sus . be 



I 



Thy 
than 
how 
our 



Face 
Thy blest 

kind Thou 

glo - ry 



i 



i 



sr 



r T-f^ r 



-©-^ 



1. see Alid in Thy pres - 

2. Name, Sav- iour of 

3. art, How good to those 

4. now And through e - ter 



ence rest 

man - kind 1 — 

who seek 

ni - ty 



24 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE j[8 

He Who once^ in righteous vengeance 

Ira justa conditoris 

(Feast of the Precions Blood) j TyfoVir 

Arr.byN.A^M. 



Tr.Rev.E,Caswall 

Moderato 



i 



-P- 



^ 



^ 



^ 



E 



r=f 



1. He wrio once, in right -eous ven-geance, 

2. Blest with this all - sav - ing show- er, 

3. When be - fore the Judge we trem-ble, 



iV.i'r'/l^^'l^,' ' ^ 



f 



De -Jieatl 



1. Whelm'd the world oe-Jieath the flood, Once a -gam m 

2. Earth her beau-tj straight re -sumed; In the place of 

3. Con- scions of His brok - en laws. May this felood in 



VUH^^II^^H 



^fTH- r r I r fH ^ 

cy cleansed it With the stream of His own Blood, 
and bri-ers Myr-tles sprang and ros-es bloom'd 
dread hour Cry a - loud, and plead our cause : 



1. mer- 

2. thorns 

3. that 



^m 



^^^S 



r ' g^ Lr tJ^ 



cJm 
Bit 
Bid 



ing from His 
ter worm-wood 
our guil - ty 



throne on 
of the 
ter - rors 



high 

waste 

cease, 



«j J J 



m 



f 

its 
our 



w 

the 
to 
our 



die. 
taste. 
peace, 



X 



1. 

2. In 

3. Be 



r 

pain - ful Cross 

hon - ey changed 
par - don and 
25 

Copyrigiit 1920 by N. A.M. 



19 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 



ii 



Man of Sorrows^ wrapt in grief ^^ 



M. Bridges 



From a Slovak Hymnal 



I 



Andante Modt2 



Arr. by N. A 



T 



^ 



f f 'r cJf 



p 



1. Man 

2. By 

3. By 

4. Man 



T 

of 
the 
the 
of 



sor - rows, wrapt in 
gar - den, fraught with 



chal - ice 

So] 



rows! 



brim - 
let 



mmg 
Thy 



grief, 
woe^ 
o'er 
grief 



# 



J J J 



% 



our re - liei : 
oft wouldst go ; 
tor - ment sore ; 
our re - lief,- 



^^^ 



1. Bow Thine ear to 

2.Whith - er Thou full 

3. With dis - grace and 

4. Pur - chase for us 



^ 5J- r "r r iff r f^-^ 



1. Thou for us the path hast trod 

2. By Thine ag - o - ny of prayer 

3. By those lips which fain would pray 

4. Lord of mer - cy! bow Thine ear. 



i 



t 



■ y cor \^ ;f-np ^ r 

1. Of the dread - ful wrath of God ; 



2. In 


the 


des - 


- 


la - 


tion 


there; 


3. That 


it 


might 


but 


pass 


a - 


way; 


4. Slow 


to 


an - 


ger, 
26 


swift 


to 


hear; 



CnpyrifTht 1920 by N. A.M. 



g 



^ 




) r- 

1. Th'ou 

2. By 

3. By 

4. By 



the cup of fire hast dr aided 

the dire and deep dis - tress 

the heart which drank it dry, 

the Gross - 's roy - al road 



^ 



m 



^ 



light a - lone re - mained. 

mys - fry fath - om - less : 

rcb - el race should die 

to the throne of God, 



1. Till its 

2. Of that 

3. Lest a 

4. Lead us 



m 



^ V f ' f 'f ^ 



1. Lamb of 

2. Lord, our 

3. Be Thy 

4. There for 



Love! 
tears 

pit ^ 

aye 



we 
in 

y, 

to 



look 

mer 

Lord 

sing 



Thee: 
see : 
our plea: 
to Thee 



to 

cy 



^^ 



^m 



r j- T r ■ r td^ f 



1. Hear our mourn -ful 

2. Heark - en to our 

3. Hear our sol - emn 

4. Heav'n's tri - umph - ant 

27 



lit . 


a 


- "y 


lit . 


a 


- W 


lit . 


. a 


- ny 


lit - 


■ a. 


- w 



20 LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

By the blood that f low^ed from Thee 

Litany of the Passion 

C. M. Caddell Nicola A.Montani 

Lento ma non troppo 



1. By the blood that flowed from Thee 



1. By the blood that flowed 

2. By the thorns that crowned Thy Head; 

3. By the nails and point- ed spear; 

4. By the dark-ness thick as night 

5. By Thy weep- ing Moth- er's woe; 




i i ' ^ ^ 



Thy bit - ter 
Tlgr seep - tre 



of 



- ny; 
reed: 



Thy peo - ple*s cru - el jeer ; 

ting out the suu from sight; 
the sword that pierced her through, 



i 



^ 



^5 



f 



r " p " p r — 

scourge so meek- ly borne; 

Foot - steps faint and slow, 

dy - ing pray'r which rose 

cry with A^hich in death 

an - guish stand -ing by, 

rail 



h J> j llj'ii^^' 



3iir 



le race of sc( 



2. Weighed 

3. Beg - 

4. Thou 

5. On 



?ing 
Qidst 
the 



pur - pie race oi scorn: 

neath Thy Cross of woe , 
mer - cy for Thy foes, 
yield Thy part - ing Breath. 
Cross she saw Thee die. 
28 



1st Chorus 

Maestoso 



S ii | i I I I i ' v' I ^ ^ 



1-5. Je - sus, Sav - iour, hear our cry! 



2d Chorus 



t ^TT^l W"7 N 



Thou wert suf - faring once as we ; 



1st Chorus 



i' 4 i i ' ii | ^ 1 1 ^m 



r 

Hear the lov - ing Lit - a - ny 



Tutti 



■nrr„ rm ^ .-. , .1 



r\ 




We Thy chil - dren sing to Thee 



29 



21 LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

Oh come and mourn with me awhile 

Jesus Crucified 



Father Faber 

Andante relisioso 



Nicola A. Montani 



1. Oh come and mourn with me i, -while! See 



1. Oh come 

2. Have we no tears to shed for Him, WTiile 

3. How fast His Hands and Feet are nailed: ffis 

4. Seven times He spoke, seven words of love. And 

5. Death came, and Je - sus meek-ly bowedjHis 

6. Come take thy stand be-neath the Cross Ai]d 



1. Ma I- :^y dalls us t'o her side; Oh 



ry calls us 

2. sol - diers scoff and Jews de - ride? Ah! 

3. bless - ed Tongue with tliirst is tied; His 

4. all three hours His si - lence cried For 

5. fail - ing eyes He strove te guide With 

6. let the blood from out that^ide Fall 



1. come ah( 



m. 



^ 



iTeT'' As 
pa - tient 
eyes are 
on the 
love to 
_on thee, 



3. look 

3. fail 

4. mer 

5. mind 

6. gent 



d 
how 
ing 

1 



mourn with 

ly He 

blind with 

souls of 

Ma - ry's 

drop by 

rail 



hCr; 
hangs ; 
Blx)?d; 
men ; 
face, 
drop, 




1. Je - sus, our 

2. Je - sus, our 

3. Je - SUS) our 

4. Je - sus, our 

5. Je - SUS) our 

6. Je - sus, our 



Love , is 

Love, is 

Love , is 

Love , is 

Love, is 

Love, is 

30 



cru - c 

cru - c 

cru - c 

cru - c 

cr u - c 



fied! 
fied! 
fied! 
fied! 
fied! 
fied ! 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

O Sacred Head Surrounded 

;;0 Haupt voll Blut und Wunden^^ 



22 



St. Bernard of Clairvaux 
(1091-1153) 

Largo 



I 



t 



Meloc^by H.L. Hassler (ifiOO) 
Adaptation as given by J. S.Bach 
in his "St. Matthew's Passion" 



^ 



i 



& 



1. Sa - cred Head, sur - round -ed, By 

2. I see Thy strength and vig - or All 

3. In this Thy bit - ter pas - sion, Good 



I 



M ^ JlJ iJ 



1. crown of pierc-ing thorn! bleed-ing Head, so 

2. fad-ing in the strife, And death, with cru- el 

3. Shep- herd, think of me, With Thy most sweet com- 



^ 



J ij ^ n ^ 



r 'cd " r r 



1. wound- ed, Re - viled and put to 

2. rig _ or , Be - reav - ing Thee of 

3. pas - sion, Un - worth - y though I 



Copvrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
31 



* 



h J- ^J 




^ 



r 



1. scorn! Death's pal - lid hue comes 

2. life ; ag - o - ny and 

3. be ; Be - neath Thy Cross a - 



^ 



r\ 



^^ 



^ 



i' ii' i' 1 I 



H^T 



1. o'er Thee, The glow of life de - 

2. dy - ing! love to sin- ners 

3. bid - ing, For - ev - er would I 



4¥^ 


=^ 


if^ J 


J . j 1 


1. cays, 

2. free! 

3. rest. 


-r 

Yet 
Je - 
In 


r r 

an - gel 
■ sus , all 
Thy dear 


r^ r ' 

hosts a 
grace sup - 
love con - 



^ allarg: 



ff" W'i I'HJ 



i 



r\ 



rf 



err tr 



1. dore Thee And trem-ble as they gaze. 

2. ply - ing, turn Thy face on me! 

3. fid - ing, And with Thy pres-ence blest 



32 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 33 

At the Cross her station keeping 

stab at Mater 

Traditional Melody from the 

Maintzesch Gesaiifituch 1661 

Harmonized by N. A. M. 



Jacopone da Todi. XIV Cent . 
Not too slow 



m 



J I I J ^ nJ 



$ 



r^nw 



s^ 



Cross her 
heart, His 
bless - ed 
stood in 
see* from 
moved, be - 
peo - pie's 
well - be ■ 
love and 
spir - it 



1. At the 

2. Through her 

3. that 

4. How she 

5. Who could 

6. Who , un - 

7. For His 

8. Saw her 

9. Fount of 

10. May my 



sta- 

sor - 

one, 

des - 

ears 

old 

sins 

lov- 

sa - 

burn 



t 



tion 
row 
grief 
o - 

her 
thr^l 

ed 
cred 
with - 



keep - ing.^ 
shar - ing , 
lad - en , 
la - tion 
frain-ing, 
Ian - ffuisn 
Ho - ^ly 
tak- en, 
sor - row. 



in 



me 



i 



fei 



the mourn - f ul Moth - er , wee 



1. Stood me 

2. All His 

3. Bless - ed 

4. Up - ward 

5. Christ's dear 

6. Un - der - 

7. She be - 

8. Saw her 

9. Moth - er! 

10. Love my 



r, weep- ing, 
guish bear - mg, 

ed Maid - en, 
the pas - sion 
com- plain - ing 

of an - guish, 
tim low - ly, 
for - sak - en , 
it bor - row 
love win me 



mourn - f ul M6th 
bit - ter an - 

Moth - er , Bless 
gaz - ing on 
Moth- er un - 

neath His Cross 
held, a vie - 

Child in death 
may my spir - 

God, and great 



1. Close to Je - sus to the last. I After lAst 



2. Now at length the sword has 

3. Moth - er of the All - blest 

4. Of that death -less, dy - ing 

5. In so great a sor-jiijw 
6 'Mid the fierce, un- pit- y ing 

7. Bleed in tor -ments, bleed and 

8. Heard His last ex - pir - ing 

9. Sad-ness from thy ho - ly 

10. Grace to please Him here be - 

33 



last. I After Idst 
passed. stanza 
one. 
Son. 
bowed? 
crowd? 
die. 
cry. 
woe. 
low. A - men. 



23 (continued) LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

At the Cross her station keeping: 

Stabat Mater ^ ^ 

Traditional Melody from the 

Maintzesch Gesangbuch 16 61 

Harmonized by N. A.M. 



Jacopone da Todi. XTV Cent. 
Not too slow 



J> »fi TjJ I | J ,J | iiJ. -} 



11. THose 

12. Thou, 

13. In 

14. Mine 

15. Vir -^ 

16. Thus C 

17. May 

18. Thus 

19. When 

20. To 



five "Wounds on Je - sus 
my Sav - iour's Cross who 
the Pas-sion of my 
with thee be that sad 
ffin thou of Vir - gins 
nrists dy - ing may I 
His Wounds trans -fix me 
in - flamed with pure af - 
in death my limbs are 
my part - ing soul be 



i 



smit - ten , 
bear - est, 
Mak - er 

sta - tion, 
fair - est, 

car - ry, 
whol - ly , 
fee - tion, 
fail - ing , 
giv - en 



my hedrt be writ 



11. Moth - er7 in 



12. Thou, Thy Son's re 

13. Be my sin - ful 

14. There to watch the 

15. May the bit - ter 

16. With Him in His 

17. May His Cross and Eife 

18. In the Vir - gin's Son 

19. Let Thy Moth - er's pray'r 

20. En -trance through the gaie 



he 

buke 
soul 
great 
woe 
_pas 



:,' ,",1 ,'1^1 



be 
who 
par . 
*Sal 
thou 
sion 
Blood 
pro 
pre - 

of 



t - ten, 
shar - est, 
tak - er, 
va - tion, 
shar - est 
tar - ry, 
ho - ly 
tec - tion 
vail - ing 
Heav - en, 



^ 



f 



T f 

After last 
stanza 



11. Deep as in thine own they 

12. Let me share them both witii 
;3. Weep till death, and weep with 

14. Wrought up - on WiTh - ton -ing 

15. Make on me im - pres-sion 

16. And His wounds in mem-'ry 

17. E - bri - ate my heart and 

18. May I at the judg-ment 

19. Lift me, Je - sus, to Thy 

20. There con-fess me for Thine 



be. 

thee, 
thee. 
Tree, 
deep, 
keep, 
mind: 
find, 
throne 
own 



r A 



men. 



34 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

I see my Jesus crucified 



24 




Devoto 



^ 



Nicola A.Montani 




^ 



f ^ f r [ } \ } aif f 



1. I see my Je - sus cru - ci - fied, His 

2. Those cru- el nails, I drove them in, Each 

3. Then to those feet I'll ven - ture near, And 

4. Deep grav-en on my sin - ful heart, Oh, 




r r r 

wound - ed Hands and Feet and Side, His 

2. time I pierced Him with my sin; That 

3. wash them with a con - trite tear. And 

4. nev - er may that form de - part. That 

/7n 



i 



J i J J 



m 



r r r ''Cd' '*?r (^ 

1. sa - cred Flesh all rent and torn , His 

2. crown of thorns 'twas I who wove , When 

3. ev - 'ry bleed - ing wound I see, I'll 

4. with me al - ways may a - bide The 



I 



^ 



f- ^dk I 



^ 



r r tff 



1. blood - y crown of sharp - est thorn. 

2. I de - spised His gra - cious love. 

3. think He bore them all for me. 

4. thought of Je - sus cru - ci - fied. 



Copyrig«ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
35 



25 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

O^erwiielmed in depths of woe 



Srevo dolorum turbine 

Tr. Rev.E.Caswall 

Moderate 



Nicola A.Montani 



I 



i 



f 




1. Oer -whelmed in depths of woe, ' 

2. See! how the nails those Hands 

3. Hark! with what aw- ful cry, 

4. Come, fall be - fore His Cross , 

5. Je - su! all praise to Thee, 



P - 

And 

His 

Who 
Our 



1. on the Ti' 



^ 



m 



ree bf 

ten - der 

takes its 

us His 

end - less 



1. on 

2. Feet 

3. Spir 

4. shed 
5- joy 



the 
so 
it 
for 
and 



scorn 
rend ; 

flight, 

blood; 
rest: 



Hangs 

See! 

That 

Who 
Be 



J J |J J i J J 1 ^ J 



r J' 'f r 'r r 'r 

le He - deem - er of man - kinc 



With 
His 
And 
To 
Our 



1. the 

2. down 

3. cry, 

4. died , 

5. Thou 



His Face, and Neck, and Breast, 

it smote His Moth-er^s heart 

the vie - tim of pure love, 

our Guide while pil-grims here, 



$ 



m 



f 



s 



1. rack - 

2. sa - 

3. wrapt 

4. make 

5. Crown 



ing 

cred 

her 

us 

a 



an - guish 
Blood de 

soul in 

Sons of 

mid the 

Copy^l^rtlt 1920 by N. A.M. 
36 




PALM SUNDAY 

All glory^ laud and honor 

Gloria, laus et honor 



26 



From the Latin of St.Theodulph 
by Dr. J.M.Neale 

Maestoso con spitnto 



M. Haydn 



^ 



% 



Lon - or To 

- ra el, Thou 

- g^ls Are 

- brews With 

- sioii They 
5 - es, Ac - 



1. 


All 


gio - ry, 


laud 


and 


hon 


2. 


Thou 


art the 


King 


of 


Is 


3. 


The 


com - pan 


- y 


of 


an 


4. 


The 


peo - pie 


of 


the 


He 


5. 


To 


Thee be - 


fore 


Thy 


Pas 


6. 


Thou 


didst ac- 


cept 


their 


prais 



m 



iiis , To 



- T T~ 

1. Thee, Re - deem - er, 

2. Da - vid's roy - al 

3. prais - ing Thee on 

4. palms be - fore Thee 

5. sang their hymns of 



6. cept 



the 



prayrs we 



King, 
Son , 
high, 
went ; 
praise ; 
bring , 



o 

Who 
And 
Our 
To 
Who 



1. Whom the 



J J I '' J 



n 



r r ' {' r 



lips 
Lord's 



le 

2. in the 

3. mor - tal men 

4. praise and pray'r 

5. Thee now high 

6. in all good 



of chil - dren Made 

name com - est The 

and all things Cre • 
and an - thems Be - 

ex - alt - ed Our 

de - light - est , Thou 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
37 



^ 



^^ 



^ 



Refrain 



r r r g 



ring. 
One. 

t^: 1-6. All 
sent. 

raise. 

King. 



1. 


sweet 


ho - 


san - 


nas 


2. 


King 


and 


bless - 


ed 


3. 


at - 


ed 


make 


re 


4. 


fore 


Thee 


we 


pre 


.5. 


mel - 





d> 


we 


6. 


good 


and 


gra - 


cious 



g 



\ I } 'r' I 



To 



glo 



ry, laud, and 



r 

hon - or, 



# 



t^^H^ 



r-TT 



Thee Re-deem -er, Kijig, To Whom the lips of 




U ^i-hH 



r 



chil-dren Made sweet ho - san - nas ring. 



38 



i 



EASTERTIDE 37 

Jesus Christ is risen to-day 

Processional 

m 1 X J L. i.u^ Surrexit Christ us hodie 

Translated by the -vt- i * t*.^ . 

Rev. J. O'Connor Nicola A.Montani 

Joyously Solo Voices 



p 



w 



^^=^=^ 



^ ^r--r 



T^ 



1. 


Je - 


sus 


Christ 


is 


ris'n 


to 


day! 


2. 


See 


the 


ho - 


ly 


worn - 


en 


come J 


3. 


Go! 


tell 


all 


his 


breth - 


ren 


dear 


4. 


Glo 


■ ry, 


Je - 


sus, 


be 


to 


Thee! 



Chorus 



^m 



Solo Voices 

«{f\ A A 



r^7 f in 



1. 


^J - 


. le - 


lu - 


iaf Sin - ners, wipe your 


a. 


^/ 


- le - 


lu - 


ia! Bear-ing spi - ces 


3. 


Al . 


- le - 


lu - 


ia! "He is ris'n, He 


4. 


Al - 


le - 


lu - 


ia! Thine own might hath 



Chorus 



1. tears a - way! Al . le 

2. to the tomb; Al - le 

3. is not here! Al - le 

4. set Thee free. Al _ le 



lu - iaf 
lu - iaf 
lu - ia ! 
lu - ia! 



Copyright 1920 by N. A.M. 
3i) 



I 



Solo Voices 

A A 



fe^^ 



i 



± 



1 



^^ 



a 



1. He Whose death up - on the Cross 

2. Hear the white - clad Aji - gel's voice 

3. Seek Him not a - moiig the dead; 

4. Come, for pri - mal joy re - stored, 



Chorus 









Solo Voices 


h^/l'^l^} 


^^ 


-^ s — 


pM^ 


J. h 1 


W^' f^Pf^ 


-'^r r 'r r 




1. Al - le 


lu - ia! Sav - eth 


us from 


2. Al - le 


- In . ia! Bid the 


u - ni - 


3. Al - le 


lu - ia! He is 


ris - en, 


4. Al - le 


lu - ia! Let us 


bless our 


Ij), J 1 


Chorus 

/ 

— 1 \v\ — 1 — 


1 J J n 


*H=^ 


/ "r^/^ 


1 ^ p! H 


1. end- less 


loss . Al - le . 


lu . ia! 


2. verse re - 


joice! Al - le 


lu - ia! 


3. as He 


said." Al . le 


lu - ia! 


4. Pa - schal 


Lord 


I 


Al - 


Z6> 


lu - ia! 



EASTERTIDE 28 

"Ye sons and daudliters of the Lord'' 

Filii et Filise 

Processional 
Jean Tisserand (1494) Traditional Melody from 

Tr. Rev. E . Caswall "Airs sur les Hymnes sacres, 

Maestoso Odes et Noels" (Paris 1623) 



^h'i I I iJiiJ/^ 



r 

Al 



le - lu - 



r 

ia! 



r 

Al - 



le 



lu 



I 



%«^ 



w 



f^ r T r ' r 



f 



Al - le - lu - ia! l. Ye sons and 
a. All in the 

3. Of spi - ces 

4. Then straigh-way 
5.. This told they 



^^^ 



f^ 



1. daugh-ters of the Lord! The King of 

2. ear _ ly morn - ing grey Went ho - ly 

3. pure a pre - cious store In their pure 

4. One in white they see, Wlio saith,*'Ye 

5. Pe - ter, told they John, Who forth- with 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
41 



i 



O r r 'r 



m 



T 



^^ 



1. glo - ry, King a - dored, This day Him 

2. worn - en on their way, To see the 

3. hands those worn- en bore, TcTa-noint the 

4. seek the Lord; but He Is ris'n, and 

5. to the tomb are gone,- But Pe - ter 



• 



i 



1. self from death re-stored. Al - le - lu - ia! 

2. tomb where Je - sus lay. Al - le - lu - ia! 

3. Sa - cred Bod- y o'er. Al - le - lu - ia! 

4. gone to Gal- i - lee." Al - le - lu - ia! 

5. is by John out -run. Al - le - lu - ia! 



Refrain 



m 



^m 



rif. 



% 



^^ 



rrrrT^ 



Al-le-lu - ia! Al - le - lu - ia! Al - le - lu - ia! 



42 



6. That selfsame night, while out of fear 
The doors were shut, their Lord most dear 
To His Apostles did appear . Alleluia ! 

Alleluia ! Alleluia ! Alleluia ! 

7. But Thomas when of this He heard » 
Was doubtful of his brethren's word ; 
Wherefore again there comes the Lord . Alleluia ! 

Alleluia! Alleluia! Allejuia ! 

8. ''Thomas, behold My Side" saith He ; 
"My Hands, My Feet, My Body see, 

And doubt not, but believe in Me." Alleluia! 
Alleluia! Alleluia I Alleluia! 

9. When Thomas saw that wounded Side, 
The truth no longer he denied; 

"Thou art my Lord and God," he cried. Alleluia! 
Alleluia! Alleluia! Alleluia! 

10. Oh, blest are they who have not seen 
Their Lord, and yet believe in Him: 
Eternal life awaiteth them. Alleluia! 

Alleluia ! Alleluia ! Alleluia ! 

11. Now let us praise the Lord most high , 
And strive His Name to magnify 

On this great day through earth and sky; Alleluia! 
Alleluia! Alleluia! Alleluia! 

12. Whose mercy ever runneth o'er, 
Whom men and Arigel Hosts adore , 
To Him be glory ever more. Alleluia! 

Alleluia! Alleluia! Alleluia! 



29 EASTERTIDE 

^*Ye sons and daughters of the Lord^^ 

No. 2 
Filii et Filiae 



Jean Tisseraiid(died 1494) 
Tr. Rev. E.Caswall 



. Chorus j» 

Al- le 



Melody taken from the Gloria 
of the Magnificat tertii toni by- 
Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina 



^ 



I 



^ 



1 



lu - ia! Al-le - lu - ia! Al- le- 

Solo Voices or Chanters 



!i I I ^ 



m 



i 



$ 



J i J J 



lu - ia! 



r. r. .r 



1 . Ye sons and daugh - ters 

2. All in the ear - ly 



'!''' ,^V i i' V' f' /i|' I 



1. of the 

2. morn - ing 



Lord! The King of glo - ry, 
grey Went ho - ly worn - en 



^ 



r "r r r - n^ 

dored, This day Him - self from 
way, To see the tomb where 
Chorus 



1. King a 

2 . on their 



^ 



) ^ I j.1 .) 



f ' f^- " ' f r ' f-^ 



1. death re 

2. Je - sus 
NOTE: Additional 



Al-le - lu - ia ! 



stored. 

lay. 

stanzas given in previous hymn. 
44 



EASTERTIDE 30 

Now at the Lambk high royal feast 

Ad reg-ias Ag-ni dapes 
Tr. Rev. E . Caswall Nicola A. Montani 

Allegro TTLoderato 



1. Now at the Lamb's high roy - al feast, In 

2. And as tK^a-veng- ing An - gel pass'd Of 

3. Hail, pur -est Vic - tim Heaven could find The 

4. Je - sus! from the death of sin Keep 



f t f. ,r r- t f J 



1. rohes of saint - ly white, we sing, Thro' 

3. old the blood- be - sprin - kled door; As 
3.pow'rs of Hell to o - ver- throw! Who 

4. us, we pray J so shalt Thou be The 



^^ 



3 - ty broucjht By 



r 



safe 



i 



1. the Red Sea in safe - ty brought ay 

2. the cleft sea a pas - sage gave. Then 

3. didst the bonds of Death un - bind Who 

4. ev - er - last - ing Pa - schal joy Of 



T f 1^ r >• f f r 

1. Je - sus OUT ini_r ^^^ - tal King. 

2. closed to whelm th' E - gyp - tians o'er; So 

3. dost the prize of Life be - stow. Hail, 

4. all the souls new - born in Thee : To 

Copyrigit 1920 by N. A. M. 
45 



1. depth of love! for us lie drains The 

2. ChTist, nur Pa - schal Sab - ri - fice, Has 

3. vie- tor Christ! hail, ris - en King! To 

4. God the Fa - ther, with *he Son Who 



, 1 J J | J . ■^ J 



^ 



r Y r r T- p r %f 

1. chal - ice of His ag - o - ny: For 

2. brought us safe all per - ils thro', "While 

3. Thee a - lone be - longs the crown; Who 

4. from the grave im - mor - tal rose, And 



1. us a Vic - tim on the Cross He 

2. for un - leav - ened bread He asks, But 

3. hast the heav'n - ly gates un- barred, And 

4. Thee, Par - a - clete be praise, While 



i 



I ii ii ' II 



1. meek- ly lays Him down to ah 



lays Him down 

2. heart sin - cere and pur 

3. cast the Prince of dark 

4. age on end - less a - ges 



le . 
pose true, 
ness down . 
flows . 



46 



EASTERTIDE 



31 



Christ the Lord is risen today 

Victimae Paschali Laudes 
•anslated by Miss Leeson Nicola A.Moiitani 

Allea-ro ModtQ 

111 



k 



I I P^ r' U 



fe 



1. Christ the Lord is 

2. Christ the Vic - tim 



ris'n to - day: 
un -de - filed, 



3. Say, won - dring Ma - ry, say, 



4. Christ, Who once for 



sin - ners bled 



k 



f'l un 



n 



^r 



ETTT 



1. Chris - 
^. Man 

3. What 

4. Now 



h 



tians, haste your 

to God hath 

thou saw - est 

the first - born 



vows to pay ; 

re - con - ciled, 

on thy way, 

from the dead, 



^m 



f 



¥ 



r 

1. Of - 

2. When 

3. ''I 



4.Thrond in 



fer ye your 
in strange and 
be - held, where 
end - 



prais - es meet 

aw - ful strife 

Christ had lain , 

might and pow'r 



^ 



I u ^ i ^ n 



T 



1 . At the Pa - schal 

2. Met to - geth - er 

3. Emp - ty tomb and 

4. Lives and reigns for 



Vic - tim's feet ; 

death and life ; 

an - gels twain, 

ev - er more . 



Copyng-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
47 



1. For tne sheep tne Lamb hath bled, 

2. Chris - tians, on this hap - py day 

3. I be - held the glo - ry bright 

4. Hail, e - ter . nal hope on high I 



^^ 



i 



i 



ij^f r^r 



the 



1. Sin - less m tne 

2. Haste with joy your 

3. Of the ris - ing 

4. Hail, Thou King of 



sm - ners 
vows to 
Lord of 
vie - to 



stead, 

pay; 

Hght: 
ry! 




^ 



^ 



R^ 



high : 
high: 
gain ; 
dor'd ! 



1. Christ the Lord is ns'n on 

2. Christ the Lord is ris'n on 

3. Christ my hope is ris'n a 

4. Hail, Thou Prince of life a 



^m 



^^ 



ore to 



r 



1. Now He 

2. Now He 

3. Now He 

4. Help and 



r , 

lives , no more to die . 

lives, no more to die. 

lives, and lives to reign!' 

save us, gra - cious Lord! 



48 



ASCENSION 



Van 



Lift up^ ye princes of the sky 

h*s. xxiii 



32 



slated by Father Aylward 
J^^ith animation 

-A 



From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



1 



^^ 



^ 



i 



'.Dy JM.A.jy 



^ 



r ' f p 



f T 1^ 



1. Lift up, ye princ - es of the 

2. The Lord of strength and match - less 



^' J ^ iJ. J) 



^ V I i| V 



r=^=r 



1. sky, Lift up your por - tals, lift them 

2. might, The Lord all - con-qu'ring in the 



/ rl ;i>i' I'll' iL 



^ 



1 . high ; And you , ye ev - er - last - ing 

2. flight, Lift, lift your por - tals, lift them 



I 



\r-}—i 



m 



^^ 



^^ 



f r^irr 



1. gates. Back on your gold - en hing- es 

2. high. Ye princ- es of the con-quered 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
49 



^^^^ 



1. fly: For 

2. sky; And 



lo , the King of glo - ry | 
you ye ev - er - last - ing 



^^^^^ 



1. waits To en - ter in vie - to - rioui 

2. gates, Back on your gold- en hing - es 






1. iy. Who is this King of glo - ry? 

2. fly: For lo, the King of glo . ry 



m^ 



O 




Mi^T^ 



1. Tell, ye who sing His praise so well. 

2. waits The Lord of hosts, the Lord most high 



50 



ASCENSION 33 

O Thou pure light of souls that love 

Salutis humanae Sator 

Translated by Father Caswall From a Slovak Hymnal 

Arr.bvN.A.M. 

Moderato assai 



J, I J J I n ^m 



1 . Tllou pilje li^ht of souls th 



^: -^ 



L What won - drous 

3. Thou, burst - ing Ha _ des 

4. still may pit - y 

5. Be Thou our guide, be 



Thee 

o 
Thee 
Thou 



that 
o'er - 
pen 
com - 
our 



1. love, True joy of ev - 'ry nu _ man breast, 



1. love, True joy of ev - 'ry 

2. came To make our gu-ilt-^ load Thine own, 

3. wide, Didst all the cap- tive souls un - chain; 

4. pel To heal the wounds of which we die ; 

5. goal; Be Thou our path -way to the skies; 



'^ 



^ 



J j^i^ J 



^ T r T r T gd" 



1 . S6w - er of life's 

2. And sin - less suf ■ 

3. And thence to Thy 

4. A ad take us in 

5. Our joy when sor - 



im - mor - tal seed , Our 

fer death and shame, For 

dread Fa - ther's side With 

Thy light to dwell, Who 

row fills the soul; In 



rr i'LL^: II 



mLi 



1. M^ak - er, 

2. our trans 
3- glo - riou.s 

4. for Thy 

5. death our 



and 
gres - 
pomp 
bliss 
ev - 



Re - deem - er blest! 

sions to a - tone ! 

a - scend a - gain, 

ful Pres - ence si^h . 

er - last - ing prize. 



CoT.vri^ht 1920 hy N.A.M. 



34 PENTECOST 

Holy Spirit, Lord of Light 

Processional 



Tr. Rev. E.Ckswall 

Marc at o 



S.Webbe (1740-1816) 



^^^^^m 



i 



1. rio-ly Spir-it Lord of li^t , From the clear ce - 

2. Thou, of all con-sol-ers best, Thoii, the soul's de - 

3. Light im- mo r-tal, Light di-vine , Vis - it Thou these 

4. Thou, on those who ev-er-more Thee con-fess and 



^^ 



J i J J u 



m 



f T r 

ight, Thy pur< 



1^ 



r=f 



1. les -. tial height, Thy pure beam-ing ra-diance give. 

2. light-some guest, Dost re -fresh -ing peace be -stow: 

3. hearts of Thine, And our in - most be - ing fill: 

4. Thee a-dore, In Thy sev'n-fold gifts de-scend: 



J, J J yi-.i'i lrj=^=^ 



^m 



f r^f r ' ^^P ^ 



1. Come, Thou Fa-th'er of the poor, Come with treas-ures 

2. Thou in toil art com-fort sweet: Pleas-ant cool - ness 

3. If Thou take Thy grace a -way, Noth-ing pure in 

4. Give them conrfort when they die; Give them life with 




ire : Come Thou Liffht of all that live . 



1. which en- dure ; Come Thou Light of all thai 

2. in the heat; Sol -ace in the midst of woe. 

3. man will stas^,- All his good is turned to iU. 

4. Thee on highjGive them joys that nev- er end. 



Copyri«;ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
52 



PENTECOST 



35 



Come Holy Ghost ^ Creator Gome 

Veni Creator Spiritus 

Translated by Dryden 



Moderato 



W. A.Mozart 
Arr. from the figured bass by N. A. M. 

Melody „0 Gottes Lanun" Koch. Verz. No. 343 



^ 



^ 



r f T r ' ^ 



1. Cdme , Ho - ly Ghost, Cre 

2. Thou who art sev^n - fold 

3. Through Thee may we the 



a - tor, 
in Thy 
Fa - ther 



i 



^m 



r (' ' T r ' f 



^ 



f 

1. come From Thy bright heav'n - ly throne,. 

2. grace, Fin- ger of God's right hand;_ 

3. know, Thro' Thee th^ - ter - nal Son, 



m 



J I jt^ r^ I -j 4 



J( ft f Mf' r r 



1. Come, take pos - ses - sion 

2. His prom- ise teach - ing 

3 . And Thee , the Spir - it 



of our 
lit - tie 
of them 



^' i ";'/"K^ 



1. souls, And make them all 

2. ones To speak and un 

3. both. Thrice- bless - ed 'Three 

Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
53 



Thy 
dei 
in 



own 

stand ;_ 
One. 



fe 






ll Thou 

2. 0, 

3. AU 



Who art 

guide our 

Glo - ry 



called the 
minds with 
to the 



Par 

Thy bless'd 

Fa - ther 



1. clete , Best gift of God a - hove, 

2. light With love our hearts in - flame • 

3. be , With His co - e - qual Son; 



i 



^ 



n 



^ 



^ 



-f r ' r 



r=n 



r 



1. The liv - ing spring, the liv . ing 

2. And with Thy strength, ^hich ne'er de 

3. The same to Thee, great Par - a 



m 



m 



'r\ 



t=M 



t M'r r 'I 



1. fire , Sweet unc - tion and true love . 

2. cays, Con - firm our mor - tal frame. 

a - ges run : 



3. clete J While end .- less 



54 



PENTECOST 3g 

O Come, Creator Spirit! Come 

Veni Creator Spiritus 

Translated by Father Faber K. Kurpinski 

Lent^ 



1. come Cre 




A - tbr Sj)i 



1. U come ure - a - tor »pir 

2. Thou that are named the Par 

3. The sev'n - fold grace Thou dost 

4. To God the Fa - ther let 



It ■ come , 
a - clete , 
ex - paiid, 
us raise 




m 



n 



w 



M 



lur mui( 



1 . Vouch- safe to make our mihds Thy home 

2. The Gift of God, His Spir - it sweet; 

3. Fin - ger of the Fa - ther's Hand; 

4. And to His on - ly Son, our praise, 



1. And with Thy heav'n-ly grace ful - fil The 



1. And with thy heav'n-iy grace lui - iii rne 

2. The liv - ing Foun- tain. Fire, and Love, And 

3. True prom-ise of the Fa - ther, rich In 

4. Praise to the Ho - ly Spir- it be Now, 



i 



t^fes 



mad - est at Thy' 



iE 



^ 



1. hearts Thou 

2. gra - cious 

3. gifts of 

4. and for 



Unc - tion 
tongues and 
afl e 



*5 

win . 

from a - bove . 
va - rious speech, 
ter - ni - ty. 



Copyrig-ht 1920 byN.A.M. 
55 



37 



PENTECOST 



Spirit of Grax^e and Union 

Qui procedis ab utroque 



Adam of St. Vic tor 

Moderato 



Nicola A. Montani 






r 7 y 



1. Spir - it of grace and U - ni 

2. The Fa ther and the Son through 

3. in - ex - haus - tive Fount of 

4. Lord of all sane - ti - ty and 



I 



J J I'j J 



ft-om the 

linked in 

doth Thy 

mense , im 



1. on ! Who 

2. Thee Are 

3. light! How 

4. might ! Im 



T 

Fa 
per 
ra 



r 



ther 
feet 
diance 
tal, 



i 



r f ' f ^r =^=^ 



1. and 

2. u 

3. put 

4. in 



the 
ni 
to 
fi 



Son 

ty, 

flight 
nite! 



r 

Dost 
And 
The 

The 



e - qual 
ev - er 
dark - ness 
life of 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
56 



1. ly pro 

2. last - ing 

3. of the 

4. earth and 



ceed. 

love ; 

mind !_ 
Heav'n ! 



- flame our 
In - ef - fa 
The pure are 
Be , through e . 




hearts 



2. 
3. 

4. 



fire Our lips with 

My Thou dost per - vade All na - ture; 

on - ly pure through Thee ; Thou on - ly 

ter . nal fength of days , All hon - or 




1- el - o - quenee in - spire , And 

2. and Thy . self un - sway'd The 

3. dost the guilt - y free, And 

4. glo - ry, bless - ing, praise. And 



1^ J .1 

1. strength - en 


us ii 




— © 

nee3n 


15 


ii 


2. whole ere - 

3. cheer with 

4. a - do - 


a - tion 
light the 
ra - tion 


move, 
blind . 
giv'n ! 







57 



38 THE HOLY TRINITY 

O God of loveliness 

belio Dio, Si^nor del Paradiso 

St.Alphonsus 
Translated by Traditional Melody 

Rev. E . Vaughan, C. SS. R. "Schonster Herr Jesu" 

Pilgrims' Song dating from 
the time of the Crusades 
Andante Maestoso Adapted by N. A. M. 



m 



^ 



f 



i 



f 



fr 



T 

1. God of 

2. Thou art blest 

3. To think Thou 

4. love - li - 



r 

love . 
Three 
art 
ness 



li 
in 
my 

su 



ness ^ 
One , 
God,- 
preme , 



y 



& 



i 



f ^ f r ' t^ ^ 



1. Lord of 

2. Yet un - di 

3. thought for 

4. And Beau - ty 



Heav'n a - bove ^ 

vid - ed still ; 

ev - er blest I 

in - f i - nite • 



1. How worth - V to pos - sess M; 



1. 


How 


worth - y to pos 


- sess My 


2. 


Thou 


art that One a 


- lone Whose 


3. 


My 


heart has o - ver . 


flowed With 


4. 





ev - er - flow - ing 

CopyriiTht 1920 by N.A.M. 
58 


Stream, And 



I 



M 



rr 



w 






1 . heart s de - vot - ed love ! So sweet Thy 

Z. love my heart can fill. The heaves and 

■i. joy with- in my breast. My soul so 

*. - cean of de - light; Life hy 



* 



0^ 



m 



I}- ( V ' y^ ^ 



1. Goun 

2. earth 

3. full 

4. ^ich 



te - nance 

be - low , 

of bliss 

I live , 



So gra - cious 

Were fash - ioned 

Is plunged as 

My tru - est 




That one , one 

How a - mia 

Deep in the 

To Thee a 



y 



m 



i- ^^ r '^ r 7^ ' ° " 



1. on - ly glance To me were bliss un - told. 

2. ble art Thou, My ev - er- dear -est Lord! 

3. sweet a - byss Of ho - ly char- i - ty. 

4. lone I give My un - di - vid - ed love . 

59 



39 THE HOLY TRINITY 

Holy God^ we praise Thy Name 

Te Deum Laudamus 

Translated by Rev. Clarence Wali^-orth JVfelody from the 

(1820-1900) "Katholisches Gesangbueh" 

Maestoso (1775) 



I 



frn i Jij i ^^J/ i j i | i# 

1. no - ly God we praise Thy Nime, Lord of 

2. Hark! the loud ce - les - tial hymn, An - gel 

3. Ho- ly Fa.ther, Ho - ly Son, Ho- ly 

^u-jj i ^ fj-J-aj > I.I J I 



1. all, we bow be - fore Thee 

2. choirs a - bove are rais - ing ! 

3. Spir-it, Three we name Thee, 



Cher - u 
While in 



1. earth Thy seep - tre claim, All in Heav'n 'a - 



2. bim and Ser - a 

3. es - sence on - ly 



phim In un - ceas - iog I 
One, Un - di - vid - ed " 



1. bov6 a- dore Thee, In - li-nite Thy vast do 



2. cho-rus prais-ing 

3. God we claim Thee: 



J iiJ J 



Thy vast 
Fill the Heav'ns with sweet ac- 
And a - dor - ing bend the 



f 



m 



M 



V r T-f r ' r 



1. main, 


Ev - er - 


last - 


ing is Thy 


reign . 


2. cord: 


Ho - ly. 


ho - 


ly, ho - ly 


Lord! 


3. knee, 


While we 


own 


the mys - ter 


- y- 



60 



THE HOLY TRINITY 



40 



Full of Olory^ full of wonders 

ftocessional 
Father Faber Nicola A. Montani 

AUescTo moderato 



•> 1. piH 'i 



i 



r~T~^ J 



^ 



i\o - fy, f|jJ 



of 



ry , luii 01 won - ders , 

2. Time- less, space-less, sin- gle, lone - ly 

3. Splen-dors up - on splen-aors beam - inj 



ng 



1. Ma - les - tv Di 



^ 



i - vi£e! 'JV^d TlCne Iv - fr - 



1. Ma - jes - ty 

;^. Yet sub- lime -ly Three, Thou art grand -ly. 

3. Change and in - ter -twine! Glo - ries o - ver 



m 



r^i J 



m 



i 



1. last - ing tHSF- ders How Thy LiMit-niijgs ^ne! 

2. al - ways, on - ly God in TJ - m _ ty f 

3. glo- ries stream-ing All trans - lu- cent shine! 



ihy li&t-nitffs £i* 



1. Shore -less (T^ ceAn 



^ 



sound Th 



! wno sK 
gran-deur, lone in 



i&ft 



1. Shore -les 

2. Lone in 
3.__Bless - ings,prais- es 



P 



rsiando 



- do 



sound thee? 
glo - ry, 
ra - tions 



g->^j jrj 



^ ./ 



;y is round The 



t 



Z. wSf ^shall'^elf "fhy 
3. Greet Thee from the 



ty is round Thee, 
won - drous sto - ry , 
trem-bling na - tions 



1. Ma-ies-ty Bi -vine! Ma-jes-ty Di - vine ! 

2. Aw-''fulTrin-i - ty? Aw-fulTrin-i - iy? 

3. Ma-jes-ty Di - vine! Ma-jes-ty Di-vinel 

Copyris-ht 1920 by N. A. M. 
61 



rm OUR BLESSED LORD 

I need Thee^ Precious Jesus 

(Commimion Hymn) 



For additional Commimion Hymns see Nos.44, 47,49,51,53,54,122. 

From a Slovak Hymnal 
With devotion Ait. by N. A. M . 



r^y^Tffr^ 



1. I need Thee, pre - cious Je . sus, I 

2. I need Thy Blood, sweet Je - sus, To 

3. I need Thee, sweet- est Je-sus, In Thy 




r 



1. need a friend like Thee; A friend to soothe and 

2. wash each sin - ful stains To cleanse this sin -ful 

3. Sa -cra-ment of Love; To nour - ish this poor 




1. sym-pa-thize, A friend to care for me. I 

2. soul of mine, And make it pure a -gain. I 

3. soul of mine,Withthetreas-ures of Thy Love. I'll 



C«pyrie-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
fi2 



i 



ij"^^ J 



F-; I hi l\ ^ P |! ^^ i 



1. need Thy Heart, sweet Je 

2. need Thy Wounds, sweet Je 

3. need Thee, sweet-est Je 



sus, To 
sus , To 
sus, When 




1. feel each an - xious 

2. fly from per - lis 

3. deaths dread hour draws 



care • 
near , 
nigh, 



To 
To 



m 



^ 



rit 



f=r=f 



^ 



r^ 



1. long to tell my ev- 'ry want , And 

2. shel - ter in these hal -lowed clefts, From 

3. hide me in Thy Sa-cred Heart, Till 




1 . all my 

2. ev - 'ry 

3. waft - ed 



sor - rows share 

doubt and fear . 

safe on high. 



^2 ^™^ BLESSED LORD 

When morniBg gilds the skies 

(May Jesus Christ be praised) , ^, , ^ 
Translated by Processional Traditional Melod; 

Pother Caswall (1678) 

Moderate (Solo Voices ad lib.^ 
P 




1. When ihorn-tng gilds the 

2. The sa - cred min - ster 

3. To Thee, my God a 

4. To God the Word on 

5. Let earth's wide cir - cle 

6. Be this , while life is 



skies , 

bell, 

bove, 

high, 

round 

mine, 



My 

It 

I 
The 

In 

My 

Chorus 




1. heart 

2. peals 

3. cry 

4. host 

5. joy 

6. can 



1 

a - 


wak - 


Vug 


o'er 


hill 


and 


with 


glow - 


ing 


of 


an - 


gels 


ful 


notes 


re - 


ti . 


cle 


di - 



cries: May 

dell : May 

love : May 

cry : May 

sound: May 

vine : May 




. „^-sus Cirist be praised! A -like it work and 

2. Je-sus Christ be praisedl Oh! hark to what it 

3. Je-sus Christ be praised! The fair- est gra - ces 

4. Je-sus Christ be praised! Let mor-tals, too up - 

5. Je-sus Christ be praised! Let air, and sea, and 

6. Je-sus Christ be praised! Be this tPe-ter-nal 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
64 




1. prayer 

2. sings: 

3. spring 

4. raise 

5. sky, 

6. song, 



^-r-^ 
^ 



J J .n 



T. r r 

Je - siis 1 



¥ 



To je - siis 1 re 

As joy - ous - ly it 

In hearts that ev - er 

Their voice in hymns of 

From depth to height re 

Through all the a - ges 




/ 



^^ 



! 



^^^ 



Chi 



1. 


pair: 


May 


2. 


rings : 


May 


3. 


sing : 


May 


4. 


praise : 


May 


5. 


ply: 


May 


6. 


on: 


May 



Je - sus Christ oe 

Je - sus Christ be 

Je - sus Christ be 

Je - sus Christ be 

Je - sus Christ be 

Je - sus Christ be 



I 



i^ 



Chorus 



i 



^^ 



f 

1. praised! 

2. praised! 

3. praised! 

4. praised! 

5. praised! 

6. praised! 



■ . , r 

May Je _ sus Christ be praised I 

May Je - sus Christ be praised! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised! 

Je - sus Christ be praised! 



65 



43 



OUR BLESSED LORD 

Crown Him with many Crowns 

Processional 



Matthew Bridges 



Nicola A. Montani 




With expression 




^ 



1 



f 



r r r ' r 



1. Crown Him with man- y crowns, 

2. Crown Him the Vir - gin's Son, 

3. Grown Him the Lord of Love : 

4. Crown Him the Lord of peace, 

5. Crown Him the Lord of heaven 



'he 

The 

Be- 

Whose 

One 



m 



3~j i hiij i Ji'j 



t 



r f r^r r"^r 'r r r 

1. Lamb up - on His throne; Hark, how the heaVn-ly 

2. God In-car-nate born; Whose arm those crim -son 

3. hold His Hands and Side, Rich Wounds, yet vis - i - 

4. pow'r a scep-tre sways From pole to pole, that 

5. with the Pk-ther known, And the blest Spir-it 



^m 



^^ 



f 



1. an -them drowns All mu- sic but its own: A- 

2. tro-phies won, Which now His brow a - dornl Fruit 

3. ble a-bove In beau-ty glo - ri -fied,- No 

4. wars may cease, Ab-sorbed in pray'r and praise: His 

5. throu^ Him givn From yon-der Tri - une throne : All 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
66 




b U , J _,^ 



^N 



^^ 



^ 



f^ 



r I ^r- r f 7 r I 

1. Him Who died for thee , And hail Him as thy 
Ji. of that Rose the Stem; The Root whence Mer-cy 

3. ful - ly bear that sight, But down-ward bends his 

4. round His pier- ced Feet Fair flow^s of Par - a- 

5. Thou hast died for me; Thy praise shall nev - er, 




r ^ r 

1. match-less King Thro' all e - ter - ni - ty. 

2. ev - er flows, The Babe of Beth-le - hem. 

3. burn-ing eye At mys-ter-ies so bright. 

4. dise ex -tend Their fra - grance ev - er sweet. 

5. nev-er fail Thro'- out e - ter- ni - ty. 



67 



44 



OUR BLESSED LORD 



Jesus^ Lord;, be Thou mtae own 

Mondo, piti per me non sei 

.,. ., , Communion Hymn 

St. Aipnonsus *^ 

Tr.Rev.E.Vaughan, C. SS.R. 

Moderato 



Don Lorenzo Perosi 



g 



i 



"' i ^ ' rJ!^ r i [^ p iqi 



1. Je - sus 

2. Life with 

3. Thou, 

4. God of 



Lord, be Thou mine 

out Thy Love would 

God, my heart in - 

beau - ty, Lorxl of 



own ; 
be 

flame , 
Light, 



# 



% 



f r 'r 



Thee a . 

Good, to 

Thou dost 

my de 



1. Thee I 

2. Death, 

3. Give that 

4. Thy good 



long for , 

Sove - reign 

love which 

will is 



lone ; 

me ; 

claim ; 

light; 



m 



w 



J .1 \y 



I f ' r 



f 



1. All my 

2. Bound and 

3. Pay - ment 

4. Now hence 



self I 
held by 
I will 
forth Thy 



give to 

Thy dear 

ask for 

will di 



he 
chains 
none • 
- vine 




i^at 
2. Cap- tive 
3 Love de - 
4. Ev - er 



e'er Thou wilt 

now my heart 

mands but love 

shall in all 


With 
re - 
a - 
be 


me. 

mains. 

lone. 

mine. 


Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
68 







OUR BLESSED LORD 

Loving Shepherd of Thy Sheep 

The Good Shepherd 

Processional 
Pastor Amans 



45 



Miss J. E.Leeson 

(1807-1882) 

Moderato 



i 



Adaptation of a Litany Melody 
from Catholic Hymntunes 
(publ. 1819; J. M. Capes) 



#( ^ J. I 



f 



f 



r^ 



f=T 



tt^ 



Lov . ing Shep - herd of Thy sheep 
Lov - ing Shep - herd ev - er near 



^m 



T'^'i' i' 



r 



f 

Keep me , 
Teach me 



Lord, in 

still Thy 



safe 



voice 



ty 

to 



keep ; 
hear; 



# 



i> J- .h J J 



• 



^ 



ir r- r 



r-f — r — r 



Noth - ing can Thy pow'r with - stand, 
Suf - fer not my step to stray 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M. 
69 



l\)'^l> J f3 U J=3_ I J J J 



£=/ T r 



r — r T t=d r r f 

None can pluck me from Thy Hand. 

From the strait and nar - row way. 



m 



b J. i^ J J | j qj_J | j. .hbJ 



# 



Lov - ing Shep-herd,Thou didst give Thine own life that 
Where Thou lead-est may I go, Walk- ing in Thy 



N J J I J. J' j.i,j . i ^ i J '' 



^ 



I might live; May I love Thee day by day, 
steps be - low; Then be-fore Thy Fa -ther's throne, 



i 



tlTT^- ^ bJ 



I J J ,1 

F- ' r r-F ^ 



^ 



^^^^ 



r c=r f 



Glad - ly Thy sweet WHl o - bey. 
Je - sus. claim me for Thine own 



70 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 



46 



The Very Angels^ Bread 

Panis Ang-elicus 

Tr. by Rt.Rev. Msgr H.T Heiiry, Litt. D. P. Meurors 

Slowly , ^ 



i. ii\i\ r 



^ 



The ver - y An - g^s' Bread Doth food to 
God for - ev - er blest* Three iu 



men af- ford: The types nave vai 



^ 



• P f g/ 



men af- ford; The types have van-ish- ed, Re - 
One, we pray: Vis- it the long- ing breast En - 



!Vii.Lii.^ir^ 



mains the Truth a - dored: won - drous 
ter this house of clay^ And lead us 




1 lA ^ i^^^j^ 



r r - p r r : 

mys-ter-y Their ban-quet' is the Lord The 
through the Night Un - to the per- feet Day "WTiere 



rtt 



m 



^ 



i 



m 



100 r and low - ly 



poo 
dwell- est 



Thou in 



bond and free . 
end - less light. 



Copyright 1920 by N.A.M. 
71 



47 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

Soul of my Saviour 

Anima Christ i 



i 



Slowly: wi th dev otion 
PP 



L. Dobici 




i 



^ 



ti - fy my 



S 



^ 



IV - lour san 



1. Soul of ny SaV - lour sane- ti - ry my 

2. Strength and pro - tec - tion may His Pas-sion 

3. Guard and de - fend me from the foe ma 



i 



^M 




s 



r r T- r r 

Bod - y of Christ, be 

bles - sed Je - sus , 

In deaths drear mo - ments 



1. breast 

2. be, 

3. lifirn: 



m 



$ 



p 



TV .f. r 



f 



1. Thou my sav - ing guest; Blood of my 

2. hear and an- swer me,- Deep in Thy 

3. make me on - ly Thine; Call me and 



i 



1—i-n 



^ 



y ^.r 'T r 



r f 

1. Sav - iour bathe me in Thy 

2. Wounds, Lord, hide and shel - ter 

3. bid me come to Thee on 



'ide; 
me ; 
high. 



^M 



h^-^^^^.^ 



1. Wash me, ye wa-ters gush -ing from His Side. 

2. So shall I nev- er, nev- er part from Thee. 

3. Where I may praise Thee with Thy Saints for aye. 

72 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 



48 



Thee prostrate I adore 

(Adoro Tb devote) 
IVanslated by St. Thomas Aquinas 
Father Aylward, 0. P. Nicola A. Montaiii 



Modcrato devoto 




1. Thee ^ros - tiate I a - dore ^ the 

3. The sight, the touch, the taste, In 

3. I see not with mine eyes, Thy 

4. Me - mo - rial sweet , that shows the 



\. De - i - tv that lies Be - neath thf 



rr 



4. De - i - ty that lies Be - neath these hum-ble 
2. Thee are here de-ceived,- But by the ear a - 
3. Wounds, as Thomas saw; Yet own Thee for my 
4. death of my dear Lord; Thou liv - ing bread, that 



I 



#J-J.J 



w 



r^ 



1. veils, __ 



rr^ 



con- 

2. lone this 

3. God with 

4. life dost 



I 



cealed from hu - man eyes ^\y 

truth is safe be-lieved.- 1 

e - qua! love and awe ; Oh 

un - to man af-iord; Oh 



I 



cresc. 



fe^ 



m 



jTjj 



att dbth wh 



ly yield, sub-ject-ed to Thy 
the Son of God hath said to 
my faith may ev - er firm- er 
my soul may ev- er live on 



1. heart dbth whol- 

2. hold what- e'er 

3. gpan^t me, that 

4. grant, that this 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
73 



i 



i\> J^J J 



^ 



^^^^^^ 



^ 



^ 



1. sway, For con- tern - plat- iiig Thee it 

2. me ; Than this blest word of truth no 

3. be^ That all my hope and love may 

4. Thee, That Thou mays t ev - er _ more its 



^ 



Refrain 

J- — "^ 



I 



r ^r T- f ''f f=rT 



1. whol-ly faints a -way. 

2. word can tru - er be.. , „ ., ^ u i j 

,.„ .^ rp, 1-4. Hail, Je-sus, hail; do 

3. still re- pose in Thee. ' ' 

4. on - ly sweet -ness be. 



. r-^ ji'j k^M 



i 



-X- 



i 



Thou, good Shep-herd of the sheep, In 



i''''ii^/i'i'i'iiViiAi;4. i;i;ii 

crease in all true hearts the faith they fond-ly keep. 



74 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 49 

Jesus^ gentlest Saviour 

Thanksgiving- after Communion 

For additional Commimioii Hymns see Nos. 41,44,51,54, 128 to 131. 
Fatner Faber Nicola A. Montaiii 



i 



Andante senvplice 



^ 



int - ]Jst l^av 



\ 



1. Je 

2. Out 

3. Oh, 

4. Now 



sus , 

be ' 

how 

at 



gent 
yond 
can 
least 



rist 
the 
we 
we'll 



ibur! 



shin - inff 
thank Thee 
keep Thee 



« 



^ 



% 



' -. f r ^r T T r r 

1. Gbd of might and pow'rl Thou Thy- self art 

2. Of the fur-thest star. Thou art ev - er 

3. For a gift like this,— Gift that tru - ly 
AH the lime we mayj—But Thy grace and 



1. dwell - inj 



m 



^ 



? 



t^=^ 



is hiur . 



th 



1. dA^ell - ing ' In us at 

2. stretch- ing In - fi - nite - ly far . 

3. mak - eth Heav'ns e - ter - nal bliss! 

4. bless -ing We will k eep al - way. 

P 



1. Na-ture can-not hold Thee,HeaVn is all too strai 



i 



1. JNa-ture can-not hold Thee,HeaVn is all too strait 

2. Yet the hearts of chil-dren Holdwhat worlds can -not, 

3. Ah!\dien wilt Thou al-ways Make our hearts Thy home? 
4. When om- hearts Thou leavest, Worth-less tho' they be, 



J J J J i J J ^ 



^ 



"r r r r ' r 



r 



1. Ibr Thine end-less glo-ry And Thy roy- al state. 

2. And the God of won-ders Loves the low- ly spot. 

3. We must wait for Heav-en— Then the daywiU come. 

4. Give them to Thy Moth-er To be kept for Thee. 

75 



50 THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

The Word^ descending from above 

Verbum supernum prodiens 

Translated by ^ St. Thomas Aquinas 
'^ " "■ " Nicola AMontani 



theRev.E.Casu'all 
Non irowo lento 



i 



1. The Word de - scend- ing from a -bove, Thoug 

2. He short - ly to a death ac-cursed By 



1 

2. He short 

3. Him- self 
At birth 



ing from a -bove, Though 
to a death ac-cursed By 
in ei - ther kind He gave; He 
our broth-er He be - came ? At 



5. sav - ing Vic - tim! o '_ pen wide The 

6. To Thy great Name be end- less praise, Im- 




r r r f 

with the Fa-ther still 6n hi^,Went forth up -on His 

a dis - ci -pie shall be giv'n; But, to His twelve dis - 
gave His Fiesh,He gave His Blood; Of flesh and blood all 
meat Him-self as food He gives; To ran-som us He 
gate of Heav'n to man be -low! Sore press our foes from 
mor-tal God -head. One in Three !Oh,grant us end -less 



i 



=a=d 



H 



n\ 



work of love; And soon to life's last eve drew nigh. 

ci -pies, first He gives Him-sel^the Bread from Heav^. 
men are made; And He of man would be the Food, 
died in shame; As our re -ward, in bliss He lives. 

ev -'ry ffide; Thine aid sup -ply, Thy strength be-stow. 
6. length of d^s. In our true na-tive land, with Thee I 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N.A.M, 



51 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

Hail to Thee! true Body 

Translated by Ave Venun Corpus J- F. Kloss 
Father Caswall ^ Arr by N. A.M 

Con anima 



^ W 



±=.-=si 



r f r 1 



7 

Hai 



ail to Thee, true Bod - y, 



sprung 



i 



^ 



^^ 



ff 



r f-f T r 



-G/&- 



FroiD the Vir - gin Ma - ry's womb! 



ff 



^ 



r r T r 



The same that on the Cross was hung , 



I 



# J J J i,j J M 



^ 



F f I ' T I 'f J 



33: 



And bore for man the bit - ter doom ! 



^ J J hi J-J 



i 



Thou, Whose Side was pierc'd, and flow'd 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A.M. 
77 



AU J I, 'J J"J 



p 'Ijf {' " ' y=lf 



^ 



Both with wa - ter and with blood : 



^m 



Suf _ fer us to taste of Thee 



P 



i 



J2 



^J c ) 



In our life's last ag - o - ny. 



m 



Slower 



i 



M r-f ' P-f 



r r 7 f 

Son of Ma - ry, Je - sus blest I 



^f H i :! J 






Sweet - est, gen - tlest, ho -.11 - est! 



78 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 52 

Sing^ my tongue, the Saviour^s glory 

Pang*e Lingua g-loriosi 
Tr. Rev. E . Caswall M . Haydn 




3 



J: 



fa 



I r r ^ ^( —^3^ 



r 



lo Sing, my tongue, the 

2. Of a pure and 

3. On the night of 

4. Word made Flesh, the 
Tantum ergo Sucrainenfurn 

5. Down in a - do - 

6. To the Ev - ex- - 



Sav-iours gjo - ry, 

spot - less ^iy - gin 

that Last Sup - per , 

bread of na - ture 

ra - tion faU - ing, 
last -ing Fa - ther, 



^ r f r r ' r- p r 



r 

1. Of 

2. Born 

3. Seat 

4. By 

5. Lo! 

6. And 



His 
for 
ed 
His 
the 
the 



Flesh 
us 

with 
word 
sa - 
Son 



the 

on 
His 

to 
cred 
Who 



mys - try sing; 

earth be - low , 

chos - en band, 

Flesh He turns ; 

Host we hail ; 

reigns on high , 



1. Of the Blood sill price ex - cee 



7 



ceed - ing J 

2. He, as Man, with man con- vers - ing, 

3. He the Pa - schal vie- tim eat - ing, 

4. Wine in - to His Blood He chang-es:- 

5. Lo! o'er an - cient forms de . part - ing, 

6. With the Ho - ly Ghost pro - ceed - ing 

Copyright 1920 by N. A. M. 
79 




r r r 



1. Shed by our im 

2. Stayed, the seeds of 

3. First ful - fils the 

4. What though sense no 

5. New - er rites of 

6. Forth from Each e 



mor - tal King , 
truth to sow; 
LaVs com - mand ; 
change dis - cerns? 
grace pre - vail; 
ter - nal - ly, 



^ff 



r f' T < 



^ 



1. Des - tined, for the world's re - demp - tion, 

2. Then He closed in sol - emn or - der 

3. Then, as Food to His A - pos - ties 

4. On - ly be the heart in ear - nest, 

5. Faith for all de - fects sup - ply - ing, 

6. Be sal . va - tion, hon - or, bless -ing. 




r- p r. r f 



1. From a no - ble womb to spring. 

2. Won-drous-ly His Life of woe. 

3. Gives Him- self with His own Hand. 

4. Faith her les-son quick - ly learns. 

5. Where the fee -ble sens - es fail. 

6. Might, and end. less ma- jes-ty. A- men. 



80 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

Jesus^ my Lord^ my Grod, my All 



53 



Father Paber 

Slowly 



^^ 



1. Je 

2. Had 

3. Thy 

4. Sound 



r 

sus, 

I 

Bod - 

sound 



r 

my 
but 

His 



Nicola A.Montani 





1. God, my All! How can I love Thee 

2. sin - less heart To love Thee with, my 

3. God- head, all! mys - ter - y of 

4. high- er still, And come, ye an - gels, 




T r^ r T 



r 



^ r- 

1- as I ought? And how re - vere this 

2. dear - est King! Oh, with what bursts of 

3. love di - vine! I can - not com - pass 

4. to our aid; *Tis God! 'tis God! the 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A. M. 
81 



I . J i J ^. 



pi|j f! • ' .^:— ' »|- r- 



P 



1. won - drous 

2. fer - vent 

3. all I 

4. ver - y 



gift, So far sur 

praise Thy good - ness, 

have, For all Thou 

God, Whose pow'r both 



m 



n 



1. pass - ing 

2. Je - sus ! 

3. hast and 

4. man and 



hope or 

would I 

art are 

an - gels 



Refrain 

:^st fime pp 2d time f 



thought? 
sing! 
mine. 
made! 



/\ 1st time pp 2d time J . I . I— I 

1-4. Sweet Sa- era - ment! we Thee a - dorel 



i 



M 



(Repeat Refrain ad lib.) 



i 



^^ 



Oh, make us love Thee more and more. 



8a 



54 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

Jesus, Food of Angels 

Comimmion Hymn 
Translated by IbtherP'^*«"<*°''^Mondo pu p„„„„, 

E.Vaughaai,t;.S.S.R. Axr ty N I JI. 

Andante Religioso 



1. Je - sus, food of an - gels, Mon - arc 



e - sus , food of dn - gels , Mon - arch 
Soon I hope to see Thee^ And en - 



s 



of the 
joy Thy 



^ r r r r 

heart • Oh, that I could 
love. Face to face, sweet 



nev- er Prom Thy face de - part! Yes. The 




nev- er Prom Thy face 'de' - part! Yes ^ Thou ev- er 
Je-sus^ In Thy Heav'n a - bove. But on earth an 



m 



I J Ji 



f 



r r r ' M- p T~r 

est Here for love of me, 



dwel - lest 
ex - ile My 



de - light shall be 



u rrj i j i_a 



Hid- den Thou re-main-est, Grod of Ma - j^s - ty, 
Ev- er to be near Thee \feiled for love of me 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A. M. 
83 



55 THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

O Jesus Christy remembep 

Gesu Sacramentato 



Father Caswall 

With devotion 



Nicola A. Montani 



1. J4 - sus Christ, re - mem - ber , Wh 



1. O J6 - sus Christ, re - mem - ber , When 

2 . Re - mem - ber then , Sav - iour , I 

3. Ac - cept Di - vine Re - deem - er, The 



^ 



^#=^ 



r ' t ^ ^ 



1. Thou 


Shalt 


come 


a - 


gam , 


Up 


2. sup 


- pli - 


cate 


of 


Thee, 


That 


3. hom - 


■ age 


of 


my 


praise ; 


Be 






1. on the clouds of Heav 

2. here I bowed be - fore 

3. Thou the light and hon 



r I 

en, With 

Thee Up ■ 

or And 




J J I J . J 



1. all 

2. on 

3. glo 



Thy 

my 



shin 

bend 

of 



r 

ing 
ed 
my 



train; 
knee ; 
days; 



f 

When 

That 

Be 



Copyrifjht 1920 by N. A W 
84 



1. ev - 'ry eye shall see Thee In 

2. here I owned Thy Pres - ence, And 

3. Thou my con - so - la - tion When 



'l'^ i il'- ^' i ^v ^ 



1 

not 
is 



Thee 
draw 



re - vealed , 
de - ny ; 
ing nigh ; 



Who 

And 

Be 



m 



^ 



tar In 



^^ 



1. now up 

2. glo - ri 

3. Thou my 



on this al 
fied Thy great 
on - ly treas 



tar m 
ness , Though 
ure Through 



i 



f 



^ 



lence 

from 

e 



f- 

art 
hu 
ter 



con 
man 

ni 



cealed ; 
eye. 

ty. 



8.^ 



56 THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

Wondrous love that cannot falter 

(Hymn of the Association of Perpetual Adoration) 

Tr. Rt.Rev. Msgr. H.T. Henry Ch. Gounod 

Arr. by N.A.M. 
Andante con es-pressione- 




1. Won - drous 

2. An - gel 

3. Tho' the 

4. All He 

5. Bread of 

6. Bend - ing 



love that 

hosts are 

Heav'n - ly 

hath in 

An - gels! 

low in 



can - not 
hushed in 
choir re 
high - est 

who can 
a - do 




1. lal - ter! Je - sus in the 

2. won - der And a - dore with 

3. joic - es Praise to sing__ His 

4. Heav - en Veil - ed in the 

5. me as - ure All it means? this 

6. ra - tion, Ev - er con- stant 



Host doth 
fold - ed 
lov - ing 
Host we 
dai - ly 
let us 




fj'f f 



1. dwell Day and night 

2. wings: For the low 

3. ear Seeks the trib 

4. see: And to us 

5. food? And the dai 

6. be, Mak - ing Je 



fJ^UU^ 



up 

ly 

ute 
the 

ly 

sus 



on the 

Spe - cies 

of our 

care is 

grant - ed 

Rep - a - 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A. M. 



i 



^ 






i 



1. Al - tar Near to those He loves so 

2. un - der, Hid - den lies the King of 
for us He wait- - eth 
His won - drous pov - er - 
His sac - ri - fi»- cial 
the worlds in con - stan - 



3. voic - es : 'Tis 

4. giv - en Of 

5. treas-ure Of 

6. ra - tion For 



Refrain 

Zi 



^'1. .^j irj 



^^ 



it 



r^ "r M' =^ 



^^ 



1 . well . 

2. Kings. 
6. here! 

4. ty. 

5. Blood? 

6. cy. 



1-6. Low in end - less wor - ship 



i 



(Upper Tides optional) 



J-J. I J ^'h r^ 



tot 



bent, Praise the Bless- ed Sa-cra - ment. 



87 



57 THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

O Food to Pilgrims Given 

O EscaViatorum 

nth. Century 
Translated by Rt.Rev. 
Msgr.H.T. Henry, Litt. D. 

Slowly 



HJsaak (1493) 
Harmonized by J.S.Bach 



1. Food to pTT- trims ffiv - en, Bread 



1. U Food to pil-grims 

2. Foun- tain ru - by 

3. We love Thee, Je - su 



giv - en , Bread 
glow- ing, 
ten - der Who 



1. of the hosts of Heav - en Tho 



2. stream of love out 

3. bid's t Thine aw - ful 



eav '- en Thou 
flow - ing Prom 
splen - dor Be ■ 



J J J J i j. J 1 1 J .n^ 



f 



^T rJT r r f ""f r r 



1. Man- na .._ -.^ 

2. Je - sus' pier-ced ^ 
3.neath these veils of grace 



¥ 



"" a.'*'. 



.with the bless- ed 



it a - lone sJ 
let the veils be 



Kah' ^ri' 



c= f f r 

di - vine com - 

de - sire pos - 

clear eye in 



1. sweet 

2. bless 

3. riv 



ness, 
us 
en. 



Of Thy 

This one 
And our 




1 . plete - ness The heaFTT^ that for Thee sigh . 

2 sess us, To drink of Thy sweet tide. 

3. heav - en Be - hold Thee face to face I 

88 



THE SACRED HEART 58 

O Heart of Jesus, Heart of God 



Lady G. Fuller ton 
Moderato 



Nicola A. Montani 



|,4i. ^TTTj 



f"^ Err ^ 



1. Heart of Je - sus, Heart of God, 

2. The hearts of men are of - ten hard And 

3. The world is cold, and life is sad, I 



i 



source of bound - less love • B\ 



1. source of bound - less 

2. full of sel - fish 

3. crave this bless - ed 



love J By 

care ; But 

rest Of 



' r ^^'/ \ /4 



1. an - gels praised, by saints a - dored From 

2. in the Sa - cred Heart we find A 

3. those who lay their wea - ry heads Up - 



fl J J J 



f 



^^ 



r 



r 

1. their 

2 

3 



re 
on 



r r 

bright throne a 

fuge from de 

Thy sa - cred 



f 

bove . 
spair . 
Breast 



The 

To 

For 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by N. A. M. 
89 



1. poor - est 

2. Thee, my 

3. love is 



sad- dest heart 
Je - sus, then 
strong . er far 



on earth , 

I come, A 
than death. And 



May 



i'H I ^ 



T 

claim 



1 

2. poor 

3. who 



r 

Thee 
and 
can 



for 

help 

love 



its 
less 
like 



r r --r 



own ; 
child ; 
Thee, 





And 

My 




f r f ^' 



r-r—T 



1. burn-ing, throb - bing Heart of Christ, Too 

2. on Thine own words '^Come to Me',' My 

3. Sav- iour, Whose ap - peal- ing Heart Broke 




known 
build. 



90 



THE SACRED HEART 59 

Sacred Heart of Jesus^ fount of love 



Sloivly 




From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



^ 



M 'i' ^ 



T 

cred 
cred 
cred 
cred 



Heart 
Heart 
Heart 
Heart 



of 
of 
of 
of 



Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 



sus, 
sus ! 
sus! 
sus! 



^ 



F^ 



m 



(5^, T6 - 

Thee, Un - 

tie , And 

Thee , And 



1. fount of 

2. make us 

3. make us 

4. bless all heai'ts 



love and 
know and 
pure and 



that 



r 

mer 
love 
gen 
love 



i''' |N| l\l}} } 



i 



1. day we come Thy bless 

2. fold to us the treas 

3. teach us how to do 

4. may Thine own Heart ev - 



• ing to 

■ures of 

Thy bless 

er bless 



im - plore ; 
Thy grace , 
- ed will ; 
- ed be ; 



i'' /^i' U 



J, i ll J) I 



P 



cold and 
things of 
print of 
bless the 



so un- 
earth up - 
Thy dear 
friends we 



1. Oh, touch our hearts, so 

2. That so our iiearts, from 

3. To fol-low close the 

4. Bless us, dear Lord, and 

Copyrig-ht, 1920 by N.A.M, 
91 



^ 



1. grate - ful ^ And make them, Lord, Thine 

2. lift - ed, May long a - lone to 

3. foot - steps, And when we fall— Sa-cped 

4. cher - ish, And keep us true to 



^^ 



Re frain 



^ 



n 



V ^ MP ' P P 

1. own for - ev - er more. 

2. ffaze up - on Thy Face. ., . tt . ^ 
^ ^ . \. T All 1-4. Sa-cred Heart of 

3. Heart , oh, love us still. 

4. Ma - ry and to Thee. 






Je - sus! we im 



plore, Oh, 



FT 

make us 



m 



^ 



ir Q 1 1 I 



f 



love Thee 



more and 



r 

more 



92 



i 



60 



THE SACRED HEART 

Jesiis^ Creator of the world 

(Auctorbeate saeculi) 

Unison or two-part chorus 
Translated by Father Caswall J. d' Hooghe 



Andantino 



1. Je 

2. Thee 

3. That 

4. 

5. For 

6. To 




:'r'j'^i' ii'';;i 



1. of 

2. lone 

3. made 

4. Heart 

5. Heart 

6. and 



the w6rld ! 

con - strain'd 
the sky , 

di - vine 
was pierced, 

the Son , 



Of all man - 

To make our 

Which made the 

May that same 

And both with 

All praise, and 



I 



'HF-j 



m 



Mr 



1. kind 

2. mor - 

3. sea, 

4. love 

5. Blood 

6. pow'r. 



73f 

Re L 

tal 
and 
for 
and 
and 



deem 
flesh 
stars 
ev 
Wa 



er 
Thine 
and 
er 
ter 
ry 



bllst ! 
own; 
earth, 
^ow,- 
ran ; 
be; 



93 



.1 J J hi ,) l,.j-J,J.. 



i.True God 


of 


God! 


in 


Whom 


we 


2. And as 


a 


sec - 


ond 


Ad - 


am 


3. Took pit - 


y 


on 


our 


mis - 


er 


4. For - ev - 


er 


mer - 


cy 


to 


man 


5. To cleanse 


us 


from 


the 


stains 


of 


6. With Thee , 





ho - 


ly 


Par - 


a 



i 



I J J J 



i 



^ 



9) 


r 


f^ r r r u^ 


r- 


1. 


see 


The Fa-ther's Im - 


age 


2. 


come , 


For the first Ad - 


am 


3. 


Jy 


And broke the bond - 


age 


4. 


kind 


From that ex - haust - 


less 


5. 


guilt , 


And be the hope 


of 


6. 


clete , 


Hence - forth through all 


e 



i 



^ 



^ 



Or 



1. clear 

2. to 

3. of 



4. foun 

5. strength 

6. ter 



ex 

a 

our 
tain 

of 
ni 



press'd ! 

tone . 

birth. 

flow 



man 

ty.- 



94 



THE SACRED HEART 61 

To Jesus^ Heart all burmng 



Aloys Schlor 

Slowly 
V 



Nicola A.Montani 



P 



^ 



j=j^ 



-6^ 



nr 



Je - sus' Heart, all burn- \i\g With 

true I have for - sak - en Thy 

Thou art meek and low - ly, And 

that to me were giv - en The 



1. To 

2. Too 

3. As 

4. 



5. When life a - way is fly - ing, And 



i 



^^ 



i 



^^^ 



351 



If- 

for 
ful 
of 
a 

is 



r-^r r 



1. fer - vent 

2. love by 

3. ev - er 

4. pin - ions 



love 

wil 

pure 

of 



5. earth's false glare 



men , 
sin ; 
heart 
dove , 
done ; 



My 
Yet 
So 
I'd 

Still, 



i 



^ I / I l| i P -f^ 



1. 


heart 


with 


fond - 


est 


yearn - 


ing 


Shall 


2. 


now 


let 


me 


be 


tak - 


en 


Back 


3. 


may 


my 


heart 


be 


whol _ 


ly 


Of 


4. 


speed 


a 


- loft 


to 


Heav - 


en, 


My 


5. 


Sa - 


cred 


Heart , 


in 


dy - 


ing 


I'll 



95 



m 



Refrain 



^ 



f- r r r ^r-^ — r 



1. raise 

2. by 

3. Thine 

4. Je 

5. say 



its joy - ful strain 

Thy grace a - gain, 

the coun - ter - part. 1-5. While 

sus' love to prove. 

I'm all Thine own. 




f^r r r 



ges course a - long, 



Blest 



:Xa. 



^^ 




be with loud-est song The Sa-cred Heart of 




96 



THE SACRED HEART gg 

Heart of Jesus! golden chalice 

Processional 
Bishop Casartelli Ch. Gounod 

Slowly and with devotion 



Arr.byN.A.M. 



w'' j j J T^ij J j J 
^ f t t ^ f f f f 

1. Heart of Je - sua! gold- en chal - ice 



i 



1. He^-, -_ _- ._. „-__ — 

2. Heart of Je - susi Comb of hon - ey 

3. Heart of Je - sus! Rose of Shar - on 

4. Heart of Je - sus I brok - en Vi - al 

-J. 



N=^ 



^ 




minff wi 



1. Brim - mmg 

2. iVom the 

3. Glist - 'ning 

4. Full of 



ith the 
cleft of 
with the 
prec - ious 



rud - tfv Wine, 

Cal - vary's rock^ 

dew of tears, 

spik - en - ard ! 




1. Trod - den 

2. Sweet - ness 

3. All a 

4. Al - a . 



com - ing 

mong the 

bas - ter 



ress 01 lu - ry» 

rom the Strong One, 

thorn - y prick - les 

vase of oint - ment! 



1. Pnr-est iuilce of tru-est vine , Prom the Vine-yards 

2. Dripping rrom the green-wood stock j Fkm-ish- ing of 



2. Dripping 

3. Lo! T^ 

4. See, our 



blood-stain^ Head ap-pearsISpread Thy fra-grance 
souls are sore and nard; Let Tl^ heal -ing 



1. of En- ged-di, Quench this thirstJjr hefet of mine! 

2. death is on us: Teed, oh, feed Tnv hun-erv flock! 



1. of En 

2. death is 

3. all a- 

4. vir-tue 



ench this thirsty he^ of mine f 
on us: yeed, oh, feed Thy hun -gry flock ! 
round us. Sweet -ly lul -ling aU our fears I 
touch them, And from sin's cor - rup - tion guard I 

97 



gg THE SACRED HEART 

To Christy the Prince of Peace 

Processional 
Tr.Rev.E.CaswaU Summi Parentis filio Nicola A. Montani 
With Spirit 




ne Prince of 



^^ 



^rt 



the 
sus! 
in 



Prince bf 
Vic - tim 
Thy dear 



blest ! 
Heart 



d 
What 
Fop 



J't'J i i' 

1, The Fa-ther of th 



Gbd nlost Mg] 
love di - vini 
do I fly 

1. world to come, Sing we with ho - ly loy. Be 



jh, The Fa-ther of the 

2. else but love di - vine Could Thee con -strain to 

3. thith- er do I fly,- There seek Thy grace thro' 



ig we witn no - ly toy . ueep 

2. o - pen thus That Sa-cred Heart of "Thine? 

3. life, in death Thine im-mor-tal - i - ty. Praise 



m 



k rL 



less life! 

ther be , 

J J I J- ^ J 



The 



And 



1. m 

2. Fount 

3. to 



H 
of 
the 



Hfeart 

end 

Fa 



^m 



r r r r AJ r r P ^r t 

ind bf 16 ve He bore] That love,where4^th He 



1. wound 



2. Spring of wa - ter clearf Flame ce - les-tial, 

3. sole - be -got - ten Son, Praise, Ho- ly Par -a - 



tf J. b^ 



i 



1. stm in -flames The hearts that Him 'a . dore. 

2. cleans- ing all Who un - to Thee draw near. 

3. clete, to Thee, While end-less ag - es run. 



98 



THE SACRED HEART 



64 



O Heart of Jesus^ purest Heart 

(Cor Jesu, Cor purissimum) 

Translated by 
Father M.Russell, S.J. Traditional Melody 

Con. anima. ^ 




^ 



J | J I J J U ^ J ^ 

ti ^ t f r tfr r f^ 

1. Heart of Je - sus , pur - est Heart? A 

2. Take from me, Lord, this te - pid will, Which 

3. Most hum-ble Heart of all that beat, Heart 

4. But , ah , were e'en my heart on fire With 



^^"-^ ^ »i ^ ^ 



1. Shrine of ho - li - ness Thou art ; Cleanse 

2. doth Thy Heart with loath -ing fiU; And 

3. full of good - ness, meek end sweet. Give 

4. all the ser - a - phim's de - sire. Till 




^m 



r\ 



r^ 



w 



1. 


Thou, 


my 


heart 


2. 


then 


in ■ 


- fuse 


3. 


me 


a 


heart 


4. 


love 


a 


con . 



so 


sor - did 


cold, Aind 


a 


spir - it 


new, A 


more 


like to 


Thine, And 


fla. 


gra- tion 


proved. Not 



r4.^^^ l r' Ll^ 



1. stained by sins 

2. fer - vent spir ■ 
light the flame 
yet wouldst Thou 



3. 



so man ■ 

it , deep 

of love 

e - nough 



i - fold 

and true, 

in mine, 

be loved 



99 



65 



THE SACRED HEART 

O dearest Love divine 



Rt.Rev. Msgr.H. T. Henry, Litt. D. 

Andante devoto 



Nicola A.Montani 



1. deal 



^ 




Love 

quite 

o - 

Heart 



r 



T 

vme, 

love Shown 

wide That , 

find A 



1. U dear - est 

2. Who can re 

3. Thy Heart is 

4. Here in Thy 



the 

pened 

I 



P 



^^ 



^^ 



to Tftee r*^ give, 



1. heart io Tkee V^ give. Ex- chang-ihg it for 

2. in the won -'drous plan , Where - by the God a ■ 

3. free-ly en- taring in, I may Tl^ guest a- 

4. hav- en of sweet rest , An ev - er - qui - et 



\> J-.i J 



i- ^J I J . J 



ine, Tnat Thou in me may'st live. Mo 



1. 

2. bove 

3. bide, 

4. mind) 



For 
And 
A 



me 

new- er 



man - sion 



may st live . most 

be - came a Man? Thou 

life be -gin. This 

of the Blest. Rock 




1. lov-ing and most meek, Hearts o»-ly dost Thou 

2. say'sf'Give Me thy heart!" With it I free-ly part Hop- 

3. do -est Thou, to gain My love, and e'er re -tain: 

4. that was cleft for me, Be -hold, I fly to Thee, Like 



1. may mv heart but prove A love like Thine.sweetlLo 



1. may my heart but prove A loVe like Thine,iweetILove! 

2. ing that it may prove A love like Thine,sweet Lovel 

3. may my an-swer prove A love like Thine,sweet Lovel 

4. a world- wea-ry dove, Home to its mat ed Love! 



100 



THE SACRED HEART 



66 



Sacred Heart! in accents burning 

Sacred Song* 
Eleanor C. Donneny * Ch. Gounod * 

Moderato A dapted and arr. by N.A.Montani 



Wi^V ///'/i' I'l^' 



r r r r r 

1. Sa-cred Heart in ac -cents burn-ing Pour we 

2. Heart of boun- ty Thou art bring-ing AH Tl^ 



forth our love of Thee; Here our hopes and here our 
thirst-iii^j chil-dren here.Where the liv- inff wa -ters 



yearn -ings Meet and min-gle ten-der-ly. Heart 




•ings Meet and min-gle ten-der-ly. Heart of 
spring-ing Tell of hope and com-fort near. Thou 



i 



i 



aer - cy ev - er ea - ger, All our 



mer - cy 
Source of 



ev 

ev - 'ry 



bless 



our 
ing! Sweet -est, 



i 



J- i^ J-] 



f 



^ 



w 



iM 



r- p r 



O^ 



Heart ni( 



woes and wounds to heal! Heart, most pa-tient 
strong-est, ho - liest,blest! Be our treasure here 



LOSt 

on 



"^ Bt/ perTfiission 



101 



Refrain 






I'^T I I I I r r r 

pure! To our souls, Thy depths re -veal, 
earth, Ani in Heav'n be Thou our rest. 



Sa - cred 



i 



^^ 



ifesi 



^ 



f 



rT~r 



f=f 



Heart of our Re - deem-er! Pierced "with 



irli'<p,p\l ^m 



love on Cal - va - ry! Heart of 



i.^ ^ i ; rv , . ' r^ i j/^/ 



^ 



Je-sus ev- er lov-ing,Make us burn with love of 



Thee! Praise to Thee! Sa - crfed Heart! 



102 



THE SACRED HEART 



67 



All ye who seek a comfort sure 

(Old Office of the Sacred Heart) 



Translated by Father Caswall 

Maeiptoso 



Nicola A. Montani 




esroso , ^^ , 

I'li'i'i",.'',' i' 



i 



r=r 



1 . All ye who seek a com - fort sure In 

2. Ye hear how kind- ly He in- vites; Ye 

3. Heart! Thou joy of Saints on high, Thou 



*=i 



$ 



^ 



i 



r r ''T^i^i ^g 



f 



1. trou - ble 

2. hear His 

3. Hope of 



and 
words 
sin ■ 



dis - tress, 

so blest : 

ners here ! 



What 
"AH 

At 



^^ 



i^m 



f 



i 



r ' r a^ t r 



ev - er sor - row vex the mind, Or 
ye that la - bor, come to Me, And 

by those lov - ing words, To 



3. tract - ed 



^ 



I 



r ' ':^ ^r 



1. guilt 


the 


soul 


op - 


press: 


Je 


2. I 


will 


give 


you 


rest." 


What 


3. Thee 


I 


lift 


my 


pray'r . 


Wash 



103 



^ 



- f cj ' f 



^ 



1. sus, who gave Him - self for you Up - 

2. meek - er than the Sav - iour's Heart? As 

3. Thou my wounds in that dear Blood Which 



r^=^=e 



p 



r ' "T^ 



1. on 


the 


Cross 


to 


die, 


. 


2. on 


the 


Cross 


He 


lay; 


It 


3. forth 


from 


Thee 


doth 


flow, 


New 



m 



J J- j J \ J d 



; ||' '! i' I 



r=r 



1. pens to 

2. did His 

3. grace , new hope , in 



you His sa - cred Heart; Oh, 
mur - der - ers for - give, And 

And 



spire,* a new 



^^ 



^^ 



^^ 



1. to 


that 


Heart 


draw 


nigh ! 


2. for 


their 


par 


don 


pray. 


3. bet - 


ter 


heart 


be - 


stow. 



10^ 



THE SACRED HEART gg 

A Message from the Sacred Heart 

Father M. Russell Nicola A.Mo^itani 

Allegro Moderato 



MTj i r^^?^^ ^ ^ ^ 



Bs-sige fJom the Sk - ci'ed H^art ;W 



^ 



1. A mes- sAge ffom the Sk - ci'fed H^art jWhat 

2. A mes- sage to the Sa - cred Heart; Oh. 



I 



^ 



i. J |J J J 



^ 



f 



f 



^^ 



Ice be? 



may its mes- skge tie? *'My Child, My unnd, give 
bear it back with speed:*fcome, Je-sus, reign with- 



, ]ky cEild, li 



Me thy heai 



i 



J J J IJ- 



# 



IT T r r r -y^ 

My Heart has bled for thee." 



tb^^ heart- My Heart 
in my heart_Thy Heart is 



all I 



This 
need." Thus. 




i 



i- i J- 77 



i 



t 



I i r '; ' f 



i's the iries - sage Je - sus sends to 
Lord, I'll pray un - Ifcil I share That 



iH^J ^ \l I , IJ ^ J i i J 



my poor heart to-day, And ea-ger from His 
home whose joy Thou art,- No mes-sage, dear - est 



i 



^ 



^ 




i 



^ 



ear what I shall say. 



Throne He bends To hear 

Je - sus, there, Fbr heart will speak to 



say. 
heart 



105 



g9 THE SACRED WOUNDS 

There is an everlasting home 

M. Bridges M. Mattoni 

Slowly 



^m 



n ev - er - last - ids: hoi 



P 



1. There is 

2. It 



an ev - er 
was a cleft of 



3. Hail, Rock of A - ges^ 



4. There is - sued forth a 

5. There is the on - ly 

6. Thith - er the Church, thro' all her days Points 

7. There is the gold- en gate of heav'n, An 



ing home Where 
match -less love - 

pierced for me. The 
dou - ble flood, The 

fount of bliss. In 




^ 



i 



?^1J_ j 

, Where death and da 



w? 



1. con -trite souls mav hide, wnere aeatu and dan-ger 

2. pen'd when He had died: When mer-cy hailed in 

3. grave of all my pride; Hope, peace and heav'n are 

4. sin a - ton -ing tide, In streams of wa - ter 

5. joy and sor-row tried; No re - fuge for the 

6. as a faith -ful guide; And eel - o-brates with 

7. en-trance for the Bride , Where the sweet crown of 






1. 


dare not 


come_ 


I'he 1 


Sav - iour's 


•Sid'e. 


2. 


worlds a _ 


bove 


That 


wound- ed 


Side. 


3. 


all in 


Thee, 


Thy 


shel - t'ring 


Side. 


4. 


and of 


blood 


From 


that dear 


Side. 


5. 


heart like 


this- 


A 


Sav- iour's 


Side. 


6. 


cease - less 


praise 


That 


spear-pierced 


Side. 


7. 


life is 


giv'n 


Through 


Je - sus' 


Side. 



106 



THE SACRED WOUNDS 



70 
Hail; Rock of Ages 

(From the Hymn ^^Fhere is an evelasting*home" N9 69) 



M. Bridges 

Moderate {alia breve)_ 



Nicola A. Monte 



i 



Ji 



i 



\>]a\, , 



1. EailjRbck of 

2. There is - sued 

3. There is the 

4. There is the 



A - gfes, pierced for 



forth a 

on - ly 

gold - en 



dou 

fount 

gate 



ble 
of 
of 



M 



^ 




1. me, The grave of ill my p 



2.' flood, The sin 
3. bliss, In joy 



a - ton - mg 
and sor _ row 



4. heav'n, An en- trance for the 



1. Hope, peace and heav'n are all in^H 



1. Hope, pe^ce ^nd heav'; 

2. In streams of wa - ter 

3. No ref - uge for the 

4. Where the sweet crown of 



X 



and of 

heart like 

life is 



I 




^ 



hee, Thv shel - t'ri 



1. Thee, 

2. blood 

3 . this _ 

4. giv'n , 



Thy shel - t'ring 
From that dear 
A Sav - iour's 



Through Je - sus' 



107 



71 



THE PRECIOUS BLOOD 

Hail^ Jesus^ hail! 

(Viva! Viva! Gesu) 



iVom the Italian by Fkther Faber 

Con Spirit o 



Nieola A.Montani 



I 



^ 



f^W 



6 



a-T r r 



1. Hail, Je-sus, hail I Who for my sake Sweet 

2. To end- less a - ges let us praise The 

3. Oh, to be sprink-led from the wells Of 

4. Ah! there is joy a - mid the saints. And 



i 



i' i' i' i' 'i' \ I / 

1. Blood from Ma - py's veins didst take, And 

2. Pre-cious Blood, whose price could raise The 

3. Christ's own Sa - cred Blood, ex - eels Earth's 

4. heU's des- pair- ing eour - age faints When 



^^ 



^m 



r — s-f 



r 



1 . shed it all for 

2. world from wrath and 

3. best and high - est 

4. this sweet song we 



me ; 


Oh, 


sin; 


Whose 


bliss ; 


The 


'aise: 


Oh 



108 



1. bless -fed De my Sav - iours Blood, My 

2. streams our in - ward thirst ap - pease, And 

3. min - is - tejs of wrath di - vine Hurt 

4. loud . er then, and loud - er still. Earth 




J J I i- ,h J ^ 



r r ' r ^ =f=T 

ffht, my on - ly ffood. To 



1. life, my light, my on - ly good, 

2. heal the sin - ner's worst dis - ease , If 

3. not the Jbap - py hearts that shine With 

4. with one might - y cho - rus fill, The 



^ ; I I ^' ij 



r r Y 



T 

1. all e 

2. he but 

3. those red 

4. Pre - cious 



ter - ni 

bathe there 
drops of 
Blood to 



r 

ty 

in 
His, 

praise , 



To 

If 

With 

The 



i 



ter - ni 



r^ 



1. all 


e - 


ter 


ii - 


fy. 


2. he 


but 


bathe 


there 


- in . 


3. those 


red 


drops 


of 


His! 


4. Pre - 


cious 


Blood 


to 


praise I 



109 



rj2 THE PRECIOUS BLOOD 

Glory be to Jesus 

See also Hymn No. 18 (Viva! Viva! Gesu) 
Tr. Rev. E. Caswall 



Nicola A. M{»taBi 



i 



i 



s 



1. Glo - ry 



T 

less 
for 
ex 



T — ^ 

Je - su! 



2. Blest 

3. A 

4. Oft 



y 

thro' 

bel's 

as 



I 



)e 

end 

Blood 

earth 



le 

a 
ven 
ult 



^ 



sus, 
ges 
geance 
ing. 



er pains Poured for me th< 



1. Who in bit - tfer 

2. Be the pre-cious 

3. Plead- ed to the 

4. Wafts its praise on 



i 



pains 

stream. Which from end 

skies; 

high, 



e 
less 
But the Blood of 
Hell with ter - ror 



1. life-blood From His Sa-cred Veins. GJace and life fe- 

2. tor-ment Doth the wx)rld re -deem! There the faint-ing 

3. Je - sus For our jpar^don cries. Oft as it is 

4. trem-bles,Heav'n is filled with joy. Lift ye, then, your 



i 



t^ j i ij i 



lood I find^ Btest be m io 



W^TT. 



1. t6r-nal In that Blood 1 find', Kite st Be 'His Com- 

2. spir-it Drinks of life her fill; There, as in a 
3.sprink-led On our guilt-y hearts, Sa.tan in con- 
4. voic - es. Swell the might-y flood; I f.ud- er still, and 



'" i' u i; ; i i 

1. pas - sion , In - fi - mie - ly 



1. pas 

2. foun - tain, 

3. fu - sion 

4. loud - er 



Laves her - self at 

Ter - ror - struck de 

Praise the Pre - cioiis 



kind! 
wiU. 

garts. 
lood. 



110 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 73 

Hail^ thou^Star of ocean! 

M. Taddei 



Ave Maris Stella 

Translated by Fkther Caswall 



Andante relis'ioso 



1. Hail, thou star of lot- cetnl For - 



1. Hail, thou s'tar 6f \o^- cejanl I^or - tal 

2. Oh ! by Ga - briels A - ve , Ut - tered 

3. Break the cap - tive's fet - ters; Light on 

4. Show thy - self a Moth - er ; Of - fer 

5. Vir - gin of all Vir - gins I To thy 

6. StiU as on we jour - ney, Help our 

7. Thro' the high -est Heav -en, T3 the Al - 



I 



^ 



6f the sky L Ev . er - \1r - ffii 



1. or tne 

2. long a - 

3. blind -ness 

4. Him our 

5. shel - ter 

6. weak en - deav - or; 

7. might -y Three, 



go, 

pour ; 

sighs , — 
take us ; 



gm 

E - va's name re ■ 

All our ills ex ■ 

Who for us In • 

Gent - lest of the 

Till with thee and 

Fa - ther, Son, and 




CJ i J- i J 



m 



w 



1. Moth - er Of the Lord most high! 

2. vers- ing^ Stab - lish peace be - low 

3. pel - ling, Ev - ^xy bliss im - plore 

4. car - nate Did not thee de - spise 

5. gen - tie! Chaste and gen- tie make us. 

6. Je - sus We re - joice for - ev - er. 

7. Spir - it. One same glo - ry be 



74 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 



Asre Maria! O Maiden, O Mother 

_,. ^ -- Star of the Sea„ ^, , „ 

Sister M. From a Slovak Hymnt 

Arr. by N.A.M. 



Slowly: with eccpr ession 




li . if Po 



J j^ ji 



Af Po yL^-Pen. Po 



1. A ' ve Ma . *rt . ^ 

2. A - ve Ma - ri -a! the night shades are 

3. A ~ ve Ma - ri - a! thy cEl - dren are 

4. A - ve Ma - ri - a! thou por - tal of 



i 



«FJ^ 



i 




I 



1. Mith-.ir, 



, Fo'nd - 1 J- 1% diil- driii 

2. fall - ing, Soft - ly our vcJic - es 

3. kneel- ii^, Words of en - dear - ment 

4. Heav- en, Har - bor of ref - uge , 



are 
to 




2. rise un - 

3. mur - mured 

4. thee do 



m *1t£ete, Thine are 

to thee, Earth's lone 

to thee; Soft - ly 

we flee : Lost in _ 



the 

ly 



the 




i^ J> I J J 



^T — I — P er 

n - claimed oy an - oth - er 



iles 

3. spir - it 

4. dark - ness 



1. Sin- less and b^au-rti-ml. 



for sue - cor are call 

up - on us is steal 

by storm - y winds driv 



er, 

mg, 
en, 



^ 



biau-Hi-ml- Star of the 

beau- ti-ful- Star of the 

beau- ti-ful_ Star of the 

path-way, fair Star of the 



2. Sin- less and 

3. Sin- less and 
^. Shine on our 



Sba! 
Seal 
Sea! 
Seal 



112 



Refrain 
PP 



H'^' i"y^ I 



f 



Ma _ te?' A - ma - hi - liSj o - ra pro 



^W 



^m 



s 



* 



p p r p p 

no - ftzs/ pray for thy chil - dren who 



f\ ix .^—^ 3:1==— cresc. molto 

call up - on thee ; ^ - t;e iSaT^ 




P 'r g ' *r 



c^^.s - si - Trial A - ve pu - ris ~ si - ma! 
allarg. 



K^ \ 



^^m 



■hi J i> iiil' 



^ 



P T p P T 



Sin-less and beau- ti - ful- Star of the Sea! 



113 



75 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 



Daily^ daily sing to Mary (A) 

Omni die die Mariae 

St. Casimir 

Translated by Fkther Bittlestone Traditional Melody 

With spirit , Arr. byN.A.M. 



1. Dai - ly dai - ly sins: to Ma 



1. Dai - ly dai - ly sing t'o Ma - ry, 

2. She is might - y to de - liv - er ; 

3. Sing my tongue, the Vir - gin's tro - phies, 

4. All my sens - es , heart, af - fee - tions, 



^^ 



m 



f 



~T — n. 

Sing, my soul. 

Call her, trust 

Who for us 

Strive to sound 



r 

her 
her 
our 
her 



r, 

prais - es 
lov - ing 
Mak - er 
glo - ry 



dte; 

bore ; 
forth: 



^=^ 



^^ 



r^ ^ 



aTI her feasts. 

When the tem- 

For the curse 

Spread a - broad 



her ac- tions wor - ship 

pest rag - es round thee, 

of old in - flict - ed , 

the sweet me - mo - rials 



- ^''r / W 



m 



r t/ 



I 



With the hearts 

She will calm 

Peace and bless 

Of the Vir - 



de - vo - tion true 

the troub - led sea. 

ing to re - store 

gin's price- less worth 



114 



*: 



i * • Z 



J nn 



r r r r~ 

1. Lost ill won- d'riiig con- tern - pla - tion, 

3. Gifts of Heav - en she has giv - en 

3. Sing in songs of praise un - end - ing^ 

4.Where the voice of mu - sic thrill - ing, 




» 



^^ 



r cd * r c ^ 



ie her maj - es 

2. No - ble la - dy! 

3. Sing the world's ma 

4. Where the tongue of 



ty 


con 


- fest! 


to 


our 


race: 


jes 


- tic 


Queen. 


el 


- - 


quence, 



!',' i' i' i' 



t 



i 



r 'T " r r " 



1. Call her Moth- er, call her Vir . gin, 

2. She, the Queen, who decks her sub- jects 

3. Wea - ry not nor faint in tell - ing 

4. That can ut - ter hymns be - seem- ing 



^^^^^ 



1. Hap - py Moth - er, 

2. With the light of 

3. All the gifts she 

4. All her match - less 



Vir - gin blest! 
God's own grace, 
gives to men . 

ex - eel - lence? 



115 



76 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Daily, daily sing to Mary (B) 

St.Casimir 

Father Bittlestone Processional Nicola A. Montani 



Allegro modtQ 



k'l^t J J 



m 



r. r f p r r rr 

1. Dai - ly, dai - ly, sing to Ma - ry, 

2. She is might - y 



to de - liv - er. 




b J J J. Jm j~~j 



r r I f- p T r „ 

Sing, my soul, her prais - es due 
Call her, trust her lov - ing - ly; 



^^ 



i' I 1^^ I I I 



r-r 



All her feasts, her ac - tions wor - ship, 
When the tem - pest rag - es round thee, 



1' i r\. Jl,'*^J 



fr=f 



r r 

With the hearts de - vo 



She wiU calm the 



tion t 
trou - bled 



i^ue . 



sea. 



¥^1 ^ I 



h i J J 



i 



:r^r—r—r-r 



Lost in won- dHng con - tem - pla - tion 
Gifts of Heav - en she has giv - en. 



116 




fest : 
race'- 



f=r 



Call her Moth - er , call her Vir - gin , 
She , the Queen who decks her sub - jects 



g'^'^^V' i I: 



5 



Z. 



f=^ 



Hap - py Moth 
With the light 



P 



r 

er, Vir - gin blest, 
of God's own grace. 



m 



ff^ 



^ 



4^-^ 



i^ 



^ 



' ^r r r- P i^r r r r 

Call her Moth - er, call her Vir - gin, 
She, the Queen who decks her sub - jects 




A^«'^- A 



h iJ J 



I 



f=f 



. . Tr r r 

Hap - py Moth - er, Vir - gm blest. 
With the light of God's own grace . 

Additional Stanzas given in 'previous HymnjVyith repetitimi 
of last two lines,) -.,y 



77 



Father Faber 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Mother of Mercy 

Mater MisericordiaB 



S-.M. Yenn 



^ 



Andante reli^ioso 



^m 



r r r ' ^g-r 



1. Moth - er of 

2. Though pov- er 

3. But scorn- ful 

4. They know but 



mer - cy, 

ty and 

men have 

lit - tie 



day by 
work and 
cold - ly 
of Thy 



^m 



rj ^ I ^rT 



f "r 'r-T E=r'r^ ^ 



I 

1. day, My love of thee grows more and 

2. woe The mas - ters of my life may 

3. said Thy love was lead - ing me from 

4. worth Who speak these heart -less words to 



^ 



mf 



^{}0\h'} 



m 



^ 



g 



'} r'r-r r 



^ 



1. more; Thy gifts are strewn up - on my 

2. be, When times are worst who does not 

3. God J And yet in this I did but 

4. me , For what did Je - sus love on 



Cfipyrigrht 1920 by N.A.M. 
118 



^^ 



J-j o 



r^ r "iT f 



way Like sands up 
know Dark-ness is 

tread The ver - y 

earth One half so 

rail 

/C\ f a tempo 



on the 

light with 

path my 

ten - der - 



^=^ 






great sea - shore. Thy gifts are 

love of thee? When times are 

Sav - iour trod. And yet in 

ly as thee? For what did 



i 



^M 



^ 




p r \r^f^^ 



r 



1. 

2. 


strewn 
worst 


up - 
who 


on 
does 


my 
not 


way 
know 


Like 


3. 


this 


I 


did 


but 


tread 


The 


4. 


Je - 


sus 


love 


on 


earth 


One 



^ 



'PP 



m 



~r r f r r y r 

1. sands up - on the great sea - shore. 

3. Dark-ness is light with love of thee ? 

3. ver - y path my Sav - iour trod. 

4. half so ten - der - ly as thee ? 



119 



78 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Hail^ all hail; great Queen of Heaven! 

Our Lady of Lourdes 
ProcessionaJ 

(The melody^ of Hymn No. 76 "Daily, Daily" may also be used with 
this text, with repetition of the last two lines of the refrain.) 



m 

1. Hah 



Wifh spirit 



Traditional Melody (1750) 
"Pone luctum" 



m 



Queen of He a 



1. Hail! aU ' hiil, g^\ 



at ^een of Heav - en ! 

2. Blest be thou' a - bove aU oth - ers, 

3 Hap - py an - gels joy to own thee, 

4. As the fount is still un - seal - iiig 



1. Hdi] 



J J n iJ ^ 



sw'eet No - tre Dame de 



1. Hdil! 

2. Ma 

3. O'er 

4. Its pure 



tneir 



Jo - tre 
mis - tress 
choirs ex 
treas - ure 



Dame 

of 

alt 

soft 



Lourdes , 
the spheres, 
ed high, 
ly fair, 



* 



IX - ile 



wliose care ooir we'ar - y 



1. 'Neath wnose care o'ur we'ar - y eX - lie 

2. Star of hope, se - rene - ly beam - ing 
3.Thrond in bliss - ful light and beau - ty , 
^. May each drop be fraught with heal - ing, 



I 



^ J J J ^ 



1. Is from count - less iUs se - cured! 

2. Thro' this dark - some vale of tears. 

3. Em - press of the star - ry sky . 

4. Dear - est Moth - er, at thy pray'r . 

NOTE: For Congreg-ational singing* it is sng-erested that the hjinn be transposed 
a full tone lower. 

120 



I 



Refrain 



^ , I I ^ \ 

J J J J -pj-4 



f 



r r r r ' "r ^ 



1-4. Then let men and An - gels praise thee 



I 



■J J J J ,] 



^ 



-7 — r ''r r ' r ^f=f 

For each bless - ing thou'st pro - cured, 



£'■,' / ^M f r 



i 



^ 



While in glad _ some strains we're sing - ing, 



* 



A A 



u J r-2 



P IJ j J ^ 



Hail! sweet No - tre Dame de Loiirdes! 



121 



79 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

O purest of creatures 

The Immaculate Conception 

Father Faber Nicola A. Montani 

Slmvly 
P 



^^ 



i 



r f r f 



1. pur- est of crea - tures ! Sweet 

2. Deep ni^t hath come down on this 

3. The Church doth what God had first 

4. He gazed on thy soul; it was 



I isTT^ ^w^ } 



1. Moth-er, sweet Maid! The one spot - less 

2. rough- spok- en world, And the ban - ners of 

3. taught her to do -, He looked o'er the 

4. spot - less and fair; For the em- pire of 



i 



m 



r #r r ^f f 4 r n ! 

1. womb wrere-in Je - sus was laid! Dark 

2. dark - ness are bold - ly un - furl'd: And the 

3. world to find hearts that were true; Thro' the 

4. sin_ it had nev - er been there; None 



122 



tcresc 



^=^=4 



W 



^ 



r r 

1. night hath 

2. tem-pest- 

3. a - ges 

4. had ev - 



r r r 

come down on 
tost Church all 
He looked, and 
er owned thee, 



us Moth- eri and 

her eyes are on 

He found none but 

dear Moth - er, but 



^ 



J i J J J i J 



^fl r rJ T ' f r 11^ T J 



1. we 

2. Thee, 

3. thee, And 

4. He, And 



Look out for 

They look to 

He love d thy 

He bless'd thy 



thy shin 

thy shin 

clear shin 

clear shin 



mg, sweet 

- ing, sweet 

- ing sweet 

- ing, sweet 



M^ 



n 



(Tr gf 



1. Star of 

2. Star of 

3. Star of 

4. Star of 



TTfnr 

the Sea! Look 

the Sea! They 

the Sea! And 

the Sea! And 



out 
look 
He loved 
He bless'd 



for thy 

to thy 

thy clear 

thy clear 



I 



^ 



^ 



^ t ^ ' f 



1. 


shin - 


ing. 


sweet 


Star 


of 


the 


Sea! 


2. 


shin - 


ing. 


sweet 


Star 


of 


the 


Sea! 


3. 


shin - 


ing, 


sweet 


Star 


of 


the 


Sea! 


4. 


shin - 


ing, 


sweet 


Star 


of 


the 


Sea! 



123 



§Q THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Whither thus^in holy rapture? 

Quo sanctus ardor te rapit 
The Visitaton 



Translated by the Rev. E . Caswall 



Joyously 



^m 



From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr. by N. A. M. 



i 



i 






^ r 

1 . ^liith - er thus in ho - ly rap - tiire , 

2. Lo thine ag - ed cous - in claims thee, 

3. As the sun, his face con-ceal - ing, 



i 



^ 



s r »r Y f ?^ 

1. Roy - al maid - en , art thou bent ? 

2. Claims thy sym - pa - thy and care; 

3. In a cloud with- draws from sight, 



=8= 



^ 



I.J g 

3et - Iv art thou speed -mf 



i.Why so fleet - ly art thou speed -ing 

2. God her shame from her hath tak - en , 

3. So in Ma - ry then lay hid - den 



i . ' I 'M 



"oo — 

1. Up the moun - tain's rough as - cent ? 

2. He hath heard her fer - vent pray'r. 

3. He Who is the worlds true light 



124 






1. Filled with th' E - ter - ual God - head! 
a. Blessed Moth, ers! joy- ful meet- ing! 
S.Hon- or, glo - ry, vir - tue, mer - it, 



^^ 



J J i J 



xc 



r r-^ ' r 



1. Glow - ing with the Spir - it's flame! 

2. Thou in her , the hand of God , 



3. Be 



to 



Thee , 



Vir 



gm 



Son! 



i 



i 



^ 



f r r '? r f^^ 

1. Love it is that bears thee on -ward, 

2. She in thee, with lips in - spired, 

3. With the Fa - ther, and the Spir- it, 



!' i' :' ,' ,' \l 



W 



1. And sup - ports thy 

2. Owns the Moth - er 

3. While e - ter - nal 



■OCT- 



ten - der frame 
of her Lord, 
ag - es run 



12: 



81 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Hail Virgin^ dearest Mary 

Queen of May 

Moderafo S. M. Yenn 

.2_ 



M 



fe 



^^ 



^^ r } Lff- r F r r 

1. Hail Vir - gin, de'ar - est Ma - ry! Our 

2. Be - hold earth's blos-soms spring -ing In 

3. Hail Vir - gin^ dear - est Ma - ryl Our 







1. loVe-l^Qiieen W" mIj! 6 spbt- l4ss, bless-ed 

2. beau-teous form and hue. All na-ture glad-ly 

3. love- ly Queen of May, spot -less, bless-ed 




La - dy, Our 



1 

2. bring -Tng 

3. La - ' 



i 



dy> 



love - "ly Queen 
Her sweet -est charms to 
Our love- ly Que en of 



May. 
you. 
May. 



Thy 

We'll 

And 



^^ 



3 



m 



hiT"' dien . hum - blv bend ^^ 



1. chil"—T" di^en, hum - bly 

2. gath - er fresh, bright 

3. now, our bless - ed 




bend 

flow 
Moth 



i£^ 



ig, Sup- 
ers , To 
er , Smile 




ear"?^ 'with hlL-t L 



i 



1. round thy shrine so dear*^ Wfth h^art kid voice as - 

2. bind our fair Queen's brow; Prom gay and ver-dant 

3. on our.,fes^tal day; Ac - cept our \vTeath of 
rit ' 



^=-^ 



loltorit rZ\ 



^i' \ i jjj /i |^ 



1. cend - inff. Sweet Ma- rv. hear o 



2. bow - 

3. flow - 

By Permission 



mg, oweet ivia- ry, near our 
ers,We haste to crown thee 
ers, And be our Queen of 

Copyrig-ht 1919 by S.M.Yenn 
126 



piiy'r. 

now. 

May. 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 82 

This is the image of the Queen 

Month of Mary 

Crowning Hymn 
Tr. Rev. E. CaswaU From a Slovak Hymnal 

Jovously : marcato Arr^^y N. A. M. 

i ' ' ' 



% 



^m 



I 



-p w jp m —m w w— 

1. This is the im- age of tne Queen Who 

2. This hom -age of - fered at the feet Of 

3. How fair so - ev - er be the form Which 

4. Sw^eet are the flow'- rets we have culled This 



:',' r,' i' 



I 



1. reigns in 

2. Ma - ry's 

3. here your 

4. im - age 



bliss 

im - age 

eyes be - 

to a - 



bove ; 
here 
hold, 
dorn : 



>f 
To 
Its 
But 



^^ 



n}J. 



f 



W 



r 



her wno 
Ma - ry's 
beau - ty 
sweet - er 



r 

is 
self 

is 
far 



T 

the 
at 

by 



hope 
once 
Ma . 
Ma . 



of men , Whom 

as - cends A - 

ry's self Ex - 

ry's self, That 



^\Pi .^J-': i \ ': m 



r f iff 



^ 



r-^ 



Most h( 



men and an -gels love I Most 

bove the star-ry sphere. Most 

ceU'd a thou -sand -fold. Most 

rose with -out a thorn! Most 



xio - ly Ma - ry 

ho - ly Ma - ry . 

ho-ly Ma- ry! 

ho - ly Ma - ry I 



12 7 



i 



f 



« J n 

-r — r— 

1. at thy feet I 

2. at thy feet I 

3. at thy feet I 

4. at thy feet I 



J ^. J J 

r. f r r 



bend a 

bend a 

bend a 
bend 



sup - pliant 

sup - pliant 

a sup - pliant 

a sup- pliant 



J iJ ..J^ 



m 



^ 



r 'eJ'Or 



1. knee 

2. knee 

3. knee 

4. knee 



In this 

In all 

In my 

When on 



own 



thy 
my joy, 
temp - ta 
the bed 



sweet 
in 

tions 
of 



t^LPi nri 



^^=^ 



r ^ r r "r r 



1. month of May, Dear Moth- er of my 

2. all my pain, Vir - gin born with - 

3. each and all, From Eve de - rived in 

4. death I lie ^ By Him who did fop 



4';' i.;' p \ *! ru m 



ber me ! 



1. God, I pray, Do thou re - mem-ber ihe ! 

2. out a stain, Do thou re - mem-ber me! 

3. Ad - am's fall, Do thou re - mem-ber me! 
;. sin- neps die,. Do thou re - mem-bep me! 



128 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN §3 

Hail ! Holy Queen; enthroned above 

Salve Reg-ina 

Mater Misericordiae Traditional Melody 
Andante moderafo Salve RegJDa Coelitum 




^ 



i 



T P f 

1. riail, no - ly Queen, en _ thron'd a - bove, 

2. Our life, our sweet -ness here be -low, 

3. To thee we cry, poor sons of Eve, 

4. This earth is but a vale of tears , 

5. Turn then, most gra - cious Ad - vo - cate, 

6. When this our ex - ile is com-plete, 

7. cle - ment. gra- cious, Moth- er sweet i 




1. V Ma . ri . 

2. Ma - ri - 
S. Ma - ri - 
4 Ma - ri ~ 
5. Ma . rt . 
6 Ma - Ti ~ 
7. Ma -ri- 



al Hail, Moth-er of 
«/ Our hope in 
To thee we 



a I 

a! A place of 

a' T Wards us thine 

a! Show us thy 

a' Vir - gin Ma - ry^ 



Mer-cy 

sor - row 

sigh ^ we 

ban - ish ■ 

eyes com 
Son . our 



m 

1. and of 



f 

a! 
a! 
a! 
a! 
a! 
a! 
a! 



love! Ma - ri i 



T 

and 
and 



of love I 
in woe. 



3. mourn, we grieve, 

4. ment, of tears., 

5. pas - sion -ate , 

6. Je - sus sweet, 

7. we en - treat, 



Ma 
Ma 
Ma 
Ma 
Ma 
Ma 



ri 
ri 
ri 
ri 
ri 
ri 



129 



Refrain 

/AAA 



!; i' L r ' L'^ 



Cher . u - bim? 



r 

1-7. Tri - iimph, all ye 



^ 



\ A 



^^ 



r ^^Ur Lf f 



^ # 



' r r r 

Sing with us, ye 



Ser 



phim, 



i 



crf5^ 



J J J J iJ 



i 



^ 



r r r r 'r-c=f r 'cj/r 

Heav'n and earth re -sound the hymn: Sal. - ve. 



allarg. 



fs~L) ) A 



sa/ - VBj sal - ve ^e - gi - na ! 



130 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 84 

Hail; Queen of heaven 

Ave, Reg-ina coelorum 
Rev. Dr. Lingard Traditional Melody 



Moderato 



^M 



] J i .^TTl 



'■>: 7 ^ r ' f r T f I f f 

1. Hiil, Qiieen of heav'n, the o - cean star, Guide 

2. gen- tie, chaste, and spot - less Maid, We 

3. So- jour-ners in this vale of tears. To 

4. And while to Him "Who reigns a - bove, In 



)f the wan-derer here be - low,Thr< 




S 



1. of ' the \^aii-derer her^ lie - Ibw, Thrown on life's 

2. sin-ners make our pray'rs thro'thee^ Re -mind thy 

3. thee,blest Ad-vo-cate, we cry, Pit-y our 

4. Grod-head One, in P er - sons Three, The Source, of 



m^'U}i^m 



$ 



surge, we claim thy care. Save us from per-il 
Son that He has paid The price of our in- 
sor - rows, calm our fears. And soothe with hope our 
life, of grace, of love, Horn a pie we pav on_ 

/a ' ^ "^ ^ ^ 



f 

Mol 



P=^ 



and fro 



r r r r 

from woe. Moth-er of Christ 
iq - ui - ty. Vir- gin,most pure, 
mis- er - y. Ref-uge in grief, 
bend-ed lmee_Do thou,bri ght Queen 



^ 



ife±E5t 



Star of 

Star of 

Star of 

, Star of 



the 
the 
the 
the 



M 



fpf r r T-nn^ 

5ea, Pray for the wan-derer, pray 

Sea, Pray for the sin - ner. 

Sea, Pray for the mourn-er. 

Sea , Pray for the chil - dren, 



, r 

praty for me 

pray for me 

pray for me 

pray for me 



131 



85 ™E BLESSED VIRGIN 

Remember^ holy Mary 

Memo rare 

St. Bernard 
Tr. Rev. M.Russell, S.J. From a Slovak H^Tmial 

Moderato Adapted by N.A, M. 




1. Re - mem - ber, ho - ly Ma - ry , 'Twas 

2. And so to thee, my Moth-er, With 

3. See at thy feet a sin - ner, Groan- 

4. All, all His love re- mem- ber, And, 




1. nev - 

2. fil - 

3. ing 

4. oh! 



er heard or 
ial ^faith I 
and weep - ing 
re - mem - ber 




known 
call, _ 
sore_ 
too 

A 



That 
For 
Ah! 
How 



>U2rht thee An 



^^ 



an . 

2. Je - 

3. throw 

4. prompt 



y one who sought thee 

sus dy - ing gave thee 

thy man- tie o'er me, . 

I am to pur - pose, 



I 



^m 



d 
As 
And 
How 



'ra 



r~n^ — r . 

1. made to thee his 

2. Moth - er to us 

3. let me stray no 

4. slow and frail to 



moan, 

all. 



more 
do.^ 



T 
To 
Thy 
Yet 



132 



s 



^ 




r=f 



1. an - y one who has - tened 

'Z. thee, Queen of vir - gins,_ 

3. Son has died to save me , 

4. scorn not my pe - ti - tions _^_ 



For 


And 

But 



i'''', ' 'TT'Q i m^ P 



I 



1. shel - ter to thy care, 

2. Moth- er meek, to thee_ 

3. from His throne on high_ 

4. pa - tient - ly give ear, , 



Was 

I 

His 
And 



m 




$ 



r ' c^ 



1. ev - 


er 


yet 


a 


ban 


doned 


2. run 


with 


trust - 


ful 


fond - 


ness , 


3. Heart 


this 


mo 


ment 


yearn - 


eth_ 


4. help 


me , 





my 


Moth - 


er,_ 



^ 



rail. 



i 



m 



r-Tr 



r=if 



his de V spair. 
moth- er's knee. 

such as I . 

4 Most lov - ing and most dear.. 



l._ 


And 


left 


to 


2.— 


Like 


child 


to 


3._ 


For 


ev - 


en 



133 



86 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 



Hail^ full of grace and purity 

The Rosary 
The Joyful Mysteries 



Father Conway, O.P. 



Isabella Montani 




Moderato 



CTT^ 



1. The Afiunciation: Humility. 

Hail full of grace and 

2. The Visitation: Charity to our neighbors . 

By that pure love 

3. The Birth of our Lord: Poverty. 

This bless - ing beg , 

4. Presentation in the Temple: Obedience. 

Most Ho - \j Vir 

5. The finding of Our Lord: Love cf Him and of His service. 

By thy dear Son, re - 

6. Concluding Verse. 

Queen of the Ho - ly 



\^iiich 



gin, 



134 



h J J i :^7~i 



f f r Y r f f r" 

1. pu - ri - ty! Meek Hand -maid of the 

2. prompt - ed thee To seek thy cous ~ in 

3. Vir - gin Queen, From Je _ sus through His 

4. Maid - en mild , Ob - tain for us we 

5. stored to thee, This grace for us im - 

6. Ro - sa - ry, With ten - der love look 



m 



^^=f 



1. Lord , 

2. blest, 

3. birth, 

4. pray, 

5. plore, 

6. down , 



Hail 
Pray 

By 

To 
To 
And 



mod 

that 

ho 

im 
serve 
bless 



el 
the 

ly 

i 

our 
the 



of hu 

fires of 

pov - er - 

tate thy 

Lord most 

hearts that 



^ 



fall. 



i r'f r r f V 

1. mil - i - ty\ Chaste Moth-er of the Word. 

2. char - i - ty May burn with- in our breast. 

3. ty to wean Our hearts from things of earth. 

4. Ho - ly Child, By striv-ing to o - hey. 

5. faith- ful- ly, And love Him more and more. 

6. of- fer thee This chap -let for thy crown. 



135 



87 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Hear thy children, gentlest Mother 

(Jnildren's Hymnlo Our Lady 
Fkther Stanf ield ^ M . Haydn 

Moderato 



i 



fe V^ 



Arr.by N.A.M. 



n ^\TlO- ^ 



1. Hekr thy cliil-drLn, fftnt-lUt Moth-er, Pit/r -™ 

2. Hear, sweet Moth-er, near the wear-y, Borne up 



hearts to thee a - rise; Hear us while ou 



hearts to thee a - rise; Hear ds while our 
on life's troubled sea; Gen - tie guid - ing 



^^^^^^ 



tar-ry ski 



eve-ning A-ve Soars be-yond the star-ry 

Star of 0-cean, Leacfthy chil-dren home to thee. 



^ 



^ 



Dark-ling shad-ows fall a - roiuid us, Stars tneir 

Still watch o'er us, dear . est Moth- er, From thy 



ars tnei 



I 



fcfi: 



^ 



si- lent watch- es ke^p!; Hush the heart 6p 
beau-teous throne a - bove: Guard us from all 






. , r r T" p ' tf r S^f r r 

press'd with sorrow, Dry the tears or thise who wfeep. 
harm and dan-ger, 'Neath thy shelt'ring wings of love. 



136 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

O most holy one 

Sanctissima 



88 



Tr.byRev. J.M.Raker 

Slowly, withdevotion 

m. — 



Sicilian Melody 
Arr. by N. A.M. 




1. U most ho - ly 6ne ,' U most 

2. Help in sad - ness drear, Port of 

3 . Call we fear - ful . ly , Sad - ly , 

4. Moth-er, Maid- en fair, Look with 

cresc. motto 



1. low-ly one, Dear-est Vip-gin Ma-ri^ - a! 



2. glad-ness near, Vir - gin Moth-er, Ma - ri - a! 

3. tear-ful -ly , Save us now O Ma- ri - a! 

4. lov- rng care, Hear our pray'r, Ma . ri 



a! 
a! 



i 



1. Moth- er of fair Love, Home of th 



z. In 

3. Let 

4. Our 



of fair 

pit - y heed 

us not Ian 

sor - row feel 



I 



/^ 






Love, Home of the 
ing , Hear thou our 

guish, Heal 
ing , Send 



X ^ calando 



P 




^ 



f^r-r'r 



1. Spir-it Dove, - ra, o _ ra pro no* - bis. 

2. plead- ing, - ra, o - ra pro no - bis. 

3. an - guish, -. ra , o - ra pro no - bis. 

4. heal - ing, - ra, * o - ra pro no - bis. 



137 



89 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Mother of Chinst 



Not too slew (alia breve) 



Nicola A. Montani 



'm i,ai; ,' \ ' 



s 



1. Mclth-er of cfeilt, Mot 



* 



Moth-er of Christ,What shall I 

2. Moth-er of Christ, Moth-er of Christy What shall I 

3. iVloth-er ^jChrisl, Moth-er of Christ,! toss on a_ 



j~J I r T \ 



sk if the^TT \\y 'J do ndt si^h fdr the 



i 



ask 

do for thee? 
storm -y sea 



I will love thy Son with the 
li|fc t^y Child as a 



sea, lift; thy Ch 

J I I i_.| I.J J-4 



^« 



ffi 



wealth of the earth.For the i6ys that fade ai 



v^ 



wealth of the earth,For rhe j6ys that fade and flee; 

whole of my strength My. on-ly Kinor shall He. be. 
bea - con^"" l^fc_JTo the^rt where I'lMajyould. £e, 




teK^^+^ 



i 



Bit, Mbth-er of Clirist, Moth-er of Christ, 

fef.Sa.-Sf °i i^ff; M:V, * Sail; 




#^^^^^^ 



do I long to see , The Bliss un - told Wch thine 



s will I do for thee „ Of all that are dear 
5 do 1 ask of^Jhee, When the voy - age is 



o'er, 



ms en-fold, The treas-ure up -on thy knee. 



up -on tny 

che?-ished here, None shall be dear as 

stand on the shore And show Him at last to 

138 



He. 
me. 



THE BLESSED VIIIGIN 90 

Raise your voices^ vales and mountains 

Causa nostra laetitiae 

St. Alphonsus Liguori 
Translated by Rev. E .Vaughan WiUiam Schultes ( 1815-1S79 ) 
Joyfully {aUabrevel_ Arr. by N. KM . 



Joyful 



^ 



1. Raise your voic - es, vales and mo im -tains, 

2. Murm-'ring brooks your trib - ute bring- ing, 

3. Like a sun with splen - dor glow -ing 

4. Like the rose and lil - y bloom -ing, 



V if A 



L'i'i I III' ;i|i,i^^ 

low - 'ry mead- ows, streacas and foim- tains, 



I 



Fl 

Lit - tie birds "with joy - ful 

Gleams thy heart with love o'ei 

Sweet - ly heav'n and earth per - 



sing-mg, 
flow -ing, 
f um - ing 



aise, praise the love - liest Maid- ei 



4. 



I 



Praise, prkise 'the 

Come with mirth., ful 

Like the moon in 

Stain - less, spot - less 

I p ~ J'cill 



love 
prais 
star 
thou 



r 

liest 
es 
ry 
ap 



sn 

lad - en 
heav- en 
pear - est : 



^ 



m 

- er 

- age 

- i 

- es 



? 



The Ore - a - tor 
To your Queen be 
Shines thy peer, less 
Queen -ly beau- ty 



ev 

horn 

pur 

grac 



XT 

made, 
paid. 

ty. 

thee. 



139 



91 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

O Mother! most afflicted 

Our Mother of Sorrows 



AtiODymous 

Lento 
P 



Traditional Melody (1638) 
Arr.byN.A.M, 



tj^-') I t/ 1, ^ / / ^^ 



1. Moth- er! most af - flict - ed , Staiid- 

2. Thy heart is weU - nigh break- ing, Thy 

3. His liv - id Form is bleed -ing, His 

4. Ma - ry! Queen of Mar - tyrs, The 

5. dear and lov - ing Moth.erl En- 



I 



^^ 



^ 



f 



' r 

1, ing 


r 

be - 


r 

neath 


tnat 


2. Je - 


sus 


thus 


to 


3. Soul 


with 


sor - 


row 


4. sword 


has 


pierced 


thy 


5. treat 


that 


we 


may 



f 

tree, Where 

see, De - 

wrung , Whilst 

heart , Ob - 

be Near 



I 



i 



^ '^^H \ 



r=r=f 



1. Je - sus hangs re - ject - ed On the 

2. rid - ed, wound -ed, dy - ing, In 

3. thou, af - flict - ed Moth- er, Shar'st the 

4. tain for us of Je - sus In thy 

5. thee and thy dear Je - sus Now 



140 



$ 



u 



t^ t 



m 



^^ 



Refrain 



f 



f 



1. 


hill 


of 


Cal - 


va 


ry: 


2. 


great 


- est 


ag - 





- iiy. 


3. 


tor - 


ments 


of 


thy 


Son. 1-5. 


4. 


grief 


to 


bear 


a 


part. 


5. 


and 


e 


ter - 


nal 


> ly- 



i 



J J J 



r "r r £^ ' r-- ^^ 



Ma - ry! sweet - est 



Moth 



er, 



We 



I 



j=^=# 



^> * 



r ^r r r ' rq' r 'r ^ r r 

love to pit- y thee; 0! for the sake of 



^* 



rail 



^ 



Je - sus Let us thy chil - dren be. 



141 



QO, SAINTS 

^'^ Sf. Joseph 

O blessed Saint Joseph 

The Patronage of St. Joseph 
Father Faber Melody from the 

Trier Gesangbuch (1872) 



Moderato 



fca$ 



^ 



S 



i 



m 



"^ 



2. For 

3. When the treas - ures of 



thou to the pil - grim art 



d Saint Uo - seph, how 
pil - grim art 
God where un - 



^W 



^ 



^r — ^ 

.. ffrfeat wi 



T — I 

1. grfeat was thy worth, The one chos - en 

2. fa - ther and guide , And Je - sus and 

3. shel - tered on earth, Safe keep - ing was 



^ 



n | J J 



^ 



^ G6d up 



1. shad- ow of G6d lip - on earth, The 

2. Ma - ry felt safe by thy side; Ah, 

3. found for them both in thy worth; 



1. fa-ther of Je- sus UAh, then, \^ilt thou be,' S\te 



1. fa-ther of Je- susUAh, then,\^ilt thou be,' Sv^eet 

2. bless- ed Saint Jo~seph, how safe I should be, Sweet 

3. fa-ther of Je-sus, be fa-ther to me, Sweet 



^ 



n^^h^^ 



a^ 



La -ay! a fa - ther to me r 
La- dy! if thou wert with me! 
La- dy! and I will love thee . 



1. spouse of our 

2. spouse of our 

3. spouse of our 



142 



SAINTS 93 

St. Joseph 

Great Saint Joseph! Son of David 

Du aus David's 

Translated by 
Bishop Casartelli From a Slovak Hymnal 
Con Spir ito Arr.byN. A.M. 

A 



m 



3 



— — ■ , - " ' — /I 



1. Great Saint Jo- seph! Son of Da- vid, 

2. Three long days in grief and an - guish 

3. Clasped in Je - sus' arms 



and Ma - ry's^ 



4 



\ I i' gi/ / i' 



1. Fos - ter - fa - ther of our Lord, 

2. With His Moth - er sweet and mild, 
3. "When death gent - ly came at last, 



± 



use of M^ - ry ev - er Vir - ffii 



1. Spouse or ivi-a - ry ev - er vir - gm, 

2. Ma - ry Vir - gin , didst thou wan - der 

3. Thy pure spir - it sweet - ly sigh - ing 



m 



f¥^ 



1. Keep - ing 

2. Seek - ing 

3. From its 



o'er them watch and ward ! 

the be - lov - ed Child. 

earth - ly dwell - ing passed, 



143 



^^ 



f=»f 



m 



1. lu the sta - ble thou didst guard them 

2. In the tern - pie thou didst find Him: 

3. Dear Saint Jo - seph! by that pass - ing 



^ 



^P\.^ II J ^ 



^r c=r r c^ =t 



1. With a fa - therms lov - ing care; 

2. Oh! what joy then filled thy heart! 

3. May our death be like to thine ; 



m 



^£=^ 



m 



r ^r r ' cJf 



s^ 



1. Thou by Grod's com-mand didst save them 

2. In thy sor - rows, in thy glad - ness 

3. And with Je - sus Ma- ry, Jo - seph, 



I 



?Hf 



f 



i 



^ 



i 



r-*r 



r=l^ 



1. From the cru - el Her- od's snare. 

2. Grant us, Jo - seph, to have part. 

3. May our souls for - ev - er shine 



144 



SAINTS 

St. Joseph 

Joseph^ pure Spouse 
of that Immortal Bride 

Te Joseph Celebrent 



94 



Pranslated by Father Caswall 



M. Mattoni 



Devoio (alia breve) 



P 



S 



^ 



n 



fe 



1. Jo-seph, pure spouse of ttiat im-mor-t'al 
2^ Thine arms em-braaed thy Mak- er new- ly 

3. Not un - ti} af - ter death their bliss-ful 

4. Grant us gre^t Trin - i - ty , for Jo - seph'& 



m 



i 



^ 



fj^i f r ^rMVr r r r 

1. Bride, Who shines in ev- er-vir-gin glo - ry 

2. bomiWth Him to E-gypt's des-ert didst thou 

3. crown 0th - ers ob - tain, but un - to thee was 

4. sake Un - tc the star -ry man-sions to at - 



P 



H H\. \ .J J \M 

1. bright, Thro' all the Chris-tii 



P 



r-r 



-tian climes thy praise be 

2. flee: Him in Je - ru - sa - lem didst seek and 

3. giv'n, In thine oviii life- time to en - joy thy 
4^ tam; There, with glad tongues, thy praise to eel- e - 



^ o — 1 

i. sung, 


Thro' 


r 

all 


the 


realms 




light 


^ 


2. find; 





grief 


,0 


joy 


for 


thee. 


3. God 


As 


do 


the 


blest 


in 


Heav'n . 


4. brate 


In 


one 


e - 


ter - 


nal 


strai 


n . 



145 



95 



SAINTS 

St. Joseph 



Hail! Holy Joseph^ Hail! 



Eather Faber 

Con Spirito 



From the Catholic Songbook 
(St. Gall 1863) 



m 



feM 



Chaste spouse' c 



Ho-ly Jo -set 



X. 



1. Hail, Ho-ly Jo-seph, hail! 'Chaste s^use'of Ma 

2. Hail, ho-ly Jo-seph, hail ! Com - rade of An -gels, 

3. Hail, ho-ly Jo-seph, hail! Teach us our flesh to 




a. hail! 
3. tame, 



Pikre 

Cheer 

And. 



as 
thou 
Ma 



i 



J J .iTJ 



e 111 - y 
the hearts that 
ry, keep the 
J 



flow'r In 
faint , And 
hearts That 



ale. Hail! ho - ly llo - seph. 



r r Bf 

3ns peace -lul 



1. Ji;-deis pekce-ful vale. Hail! ho 
2. guide the steps that fail. Hail! ho 
3. love thy hus - bands name. Moth-er 



y uo-seph, 
ly Jo- seph, 
of Je - sus! 



i 



^ 



M. 



m 



^=r 



r 

1. hail ! Prince of Ihe house of 

2. hail ! God's choice wert thou a 



3. bl^ss. And bless 



ouse of Goi 



saints on 



od ! May 
lone! To 
high, All 




1. Hik best fff-ac-^s be ' ^ thlj^ s^eet hiandsl be-stowed. 

2. thee the Word made flesh, Was sub-ject as a Son. 

3. meek and sim-ple souls That to Saint Jo-seph cry. 



146 



SAINTS 

St. Patrick 



96 



Hail^ glorious Saint Patrick (No. l) 



Sister Agnes 
Maestoso 

£h 



I 



From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr. by N.A.M. 

A 



g 



f 



^ ^] V i' t 



r p r 

1. Hail, glo - rious Saint Pat - rick I dear 

2. Hail, glo - rious Saint Pat- rick! thy 

3. In the war a - gainst sin, in the 

4. Thy peo - pie, now ex - iles on 

5. Ev - er bless and de - fend the sweet 



_y-j 1 C T 1 







x_u J n K — ■" 






(rf % — 4 J-i J^^ , 


-p — 


— ^ 





^^ r^r 


? 


f 


r 


r 


r 


?J 




1. Saint 


of 


our 


isle, 


Ob 




2. words 


were 


once 


strong 


A - 


_ 


3. fight 


for 


the 


faith, 


Dear 




4. man - 


J 


a 


shore. 


Shall 




5. land 


of 


our 


birth. 


Where 


th( 




1 


_ .._k. 


L 


iw 


s 


~ > 


y 1 




■ r\ 


f - 1 


■ _n 


J > 


A^ J — 


— ^ 


—j^ — 


J W 


m ' 




^— f — 


-^- 


—t- 


-1* 


-^- 


-H 


1. us 


thy 


poor 


chil - 


dren 


be - 


2. gainst 


Sa - 


tan's 


wiles 


and 


a 


3. Saint, 


may 


thy 


chil - 


dren 


re - 


4. love 


and 


re - 


vere 


thee 


tin 


5. sham - 


rock 


still 


blooms 


a 


s 


whe 


n 



147 




& 



1. stow 

2, her 
3-. sist 

4. time 

5. thou 



^m 



e 

to 
be 
wert 



sweet smile 



tic 
the 
no 
on 



throng; 
death ; 
more; 
earth. 



ftp — rr 



And 

Not 

May 

And 

And 



their 
the 
our 



i^ mu pi 



^5 



-/ 



i 



p r r r 



i.'-now thou art high in the man-sions a-bove, On 
2- less is thy might where in Heav-en thou art; Oh, 

3. strength be in meek-ness, in p-^n-ance,and pray'r,Their 

4. fire thou hast kin-died shall ev - er burn bright, Its 

5. hearts shall yet burn,where-so - ev - er we roam, For 



7'ali K 






JiA' j ^ 



r\ 



T=T=^ 



1. E-rin's green val- leys look down in thy love. 

2. come to our aid, in our bat - tie take parti 

3. ban -ner the Cr oss, which they glo -ry to bear. 

4. warmth un-di - min-ished, un - dy - ing its light. 

5. Grod and Saint Pat -rick and our na - tive home. 



148 



SAINTS 
St. Patrick 



97 



Hail; glorious Saint Patrick (No. 2) 



Sister Agnes 
Moderafo 

A 



Ancient Irish Melody 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



m 



^^ 



^ 



pf 



T T r 

10 - rious Saint Pat - rick, dear 
glo - rious Saint Pat - rick, thy 

the 



g 



1. Hail , 

2. Hail, 

3. In the war a - gainst sin, in 



4. Thy 



peo - pie , now ex - iles on 



Ev - er bless and de - fend the sweet 



$ 



m 



# 




i 



r r r 'i' 



r 



6o] 



1. Saint of our isle! On us thy poor 

2. words were once strong A - gainst Sa - tan's 

3. fight for the faith, Dear Saint, may thy 

4. man - y a shore, Shall love and re - 

5. land of our birth. Where the sham-rock still 



^ r ' r ^ / ' l' 

'en, be- stow a sweet smile, -And 



:mi- 



1. cliil- dren , be- stow a sweet smile 

2. wiles and a her - e - tic throng,- Not 

8. chil - dren re -sist to the death; May their 

4. vere thee tiU time be no more: And the 

5. blooms as when thou wert on earth, And our 



149 



^ 



K 

T 

thou 



1. now 

2. less in 

3. strength be 

4. fire thou 

5. hearts shall 



^ 



art 

tliy 

in 

hast 
yet 



f 



high 


in 


the 


might 


now 


in 


meek 


- ness, 


in 


kin - 


died 


shall 


burn , 


where ■ 


- so 



7rin 



n \ i i- i 



1. man-sions a - bove, On E - rin's green 

2. heav - en thou art Oh, come to our 

3. pen - ance,and pray'r, Their ban - ner the 

4. ev - er burn bright Its warmth un - di - 

5. ev - er we roam, For God and Saint 



^ 



T^-f ^ hi ^ 



r 

1. val - leys look down in thy love. 

2. aid, in our bat - tie take part. 

3. Cross ^ which they glo - ry to bear. 

4. min - ished, un - dy - ing its light. 

5. Pat - rick and our na - tive home. 



tSO 



SAINTS 
St. Peter 



98 



Seek ye a Patron to defend? 

Si vis Patronum quaerere 



Translated by Father Caswall 
P 



Nicola A. Montani 



m 



ye a Pa - tron to de - fend You 



1. Seek ye a Pa - ti^on tb de - fend Your 

2. By pen - 1 - ten- tial tears thou didst The 

3. The An -gel touch'd thee and forth-with Thy 

4. Firm Rock whereon the Church is based Pil ■ 



p=? 



r-^; 



ihen, 



1. 'jause? then, one 

2. path of life 

3. chains from off 

4. lar that can 



and 
re 

thee 
not 



all, 
gain 
fell 
bend 



With - 
Teach 
Oh 

With 




0-^ 



r #r c/ f Mr f 

1. out de - lay up - on the Prince Of 

2. us with thee to weep our sins And 
3.- loose us from the sub - tie coils That 
4. strength en - due us; and the Faith From 



151 



^. - BOS - ties 



s 



Refrain 

/I 



U: 



W 



1. the A 

2- wash a 

3. link us 

4. her - e 



pos - ties call . 

way their stain. . , t>i j. 

^ 1-4. Blest 

close with Hell . 

sy de - fend. 



i^ 



M=4 



P 



^ 



f^ 



^ 



r^r r r 



hold - er of the heav'n - ly Keys! Thy 



^ 



AAA 



^ 



^ 



f f- r r p pf 



pray'rs we all im-plore; Un - lock to us the 



I 



^ 



^ 



«i # 



"r c^r r r ' r 



r 



sa - cred bars Of Heaves e - ter - nal door 



152 



SAINTS 

St. Paul 



99 



Lead us^ great teacher Paul 



Translated from the Latin 

Slowly 



From a Slovak B^jTmiaJ 



i ^'\ i i\\ \i m\ r^ 



1. Lead u&, great teach-er Paul, in wis-dom's w^s, 

2. Praise, bless-ing, ma-jes- ty, thro' end-less days. 



And lift our heai ts with thine to Heaven's high throne, 
Be to the Trin - i - ty im-mor - tal giv'n^ 



K J i.j) JMjrr^ 



$ 



^ 



r p p ' P P =f=V 



Till faith be-holds the clear me - rid - ian blaze, 
Who in pitre u - ni - iy pro- found -ly sways. 



^^ 




^ 



S 



rp p ' r cj' p 



And in the soul reigns char- i - ty a- lone. 
E - ter-nal - ly all things in earth andHeav'n. 



153 



100 



SAINTS 
St. Anthony of Padua 



If great wonders thou desirest 

(Si quaeris) 



Translated by 
Father Aylward, O.P. 

Andante moderato 
P 



Melody from a 
Slovak Hymnal 



^^ 



m 



1. If great 


won ■ 


- ders 


thou 


de 


2. Young and 


old 


are 


ev 


er 


3. Pa - du - 


a 


has 


been 


the 


4. Glo - ry 


be 


to 


God 


the 



^m 



^^ 



r^=P=T 



1. sir - est , Hope _ ful to Saint An-thon-y 

2. sing- ing, Prais - es to Saint An-thon-y 

3. wit - ness Of these deeds six hun - dred 

4. Fa - ther And to His co - e - qual 



:'ni ' i"i ' i ' ^^ " 



1. pray; Er - ror 

2. bring- ing; Storm - y 

3. years ; 

4. Son, 



Sa - tan, wants the 

o - cean calms its 

Dan - gers flee and need must 

To the Ho - ly Ghost re - 



154 



* 



1. dir _ est, Death aiid pest his ^^ill o 

2. pas - sion, Bonds and fet - ters break in 

3. per- ish, Grief and sor - row dis - ap 

4. splen-dent; One in Three- Three in 



3E 



; :' ,' ii' ,' i' 



1. bey, And the sick, who beg his 

2. twain, Treas - ures lost and limbs dis - 

3. pear. 



Fill 



mg 



all the world 



4. One; Praise we Fa - ther, Son 



with 
and 



^^if^^^^^^r4^ 



1. pit - y, From their couch.es haste a - way. 

2. a -bled, These his pow'r re - stores a - gain. 

3. won-der. While the de - mons quake with fear. 

4. Spir- it While e - ter - nal a - ges run. 



155 



101 



SAINTS 
St. John Baptist De La Salle 



Glorious Patron 



Sr. Mercedes 

(J=104) 




J. Lewis Browne 



i 



rhe 



r^ 



liw 



1 . Glo - nous 

2. Loy - al 

3. Mod - el 

4. In this 



Pa - 

to 
of 
life 



tron! 

our 

the 

of 



t 



w be - fore Thee 
Queen and Moth-er, 
Chris -tian teach- er! 
sin and sor - row, 



■?A^ J J J i J 



1. kneel Thy sons^ with hearts a - flame! 

2. At her feet didst vow thy heart, 

3. Pa - tron of the Chris - tian youth! 

4. Saint La Salle ^ oh, guide our way, 



^m 



^ 



i 



f 



r—r 



1. And our voic - es Mend in mu - sic, 

2. Earth, and all its joys, for - sak - ing, 

3. Lead us all to heights of glo - ry, 

4. In the hour of dark temp-ta - tion. 



Copyrig-ht MCMXIII by The Gilbert Music Co. 
Interimf ional copyrig-ht secured 

By permission 156 



^H 



J ^ lj J J 



r-^ — r 



1. Sing - ing prais - es 

2. Thou didst choose the 

3. As we strive in 

4. Fa - ther! be our 



to 

bet 

ear 

spir 



thy name 

ter part. 

nest ruth, 

its' stay ! 




s 



m 



f 



r- p r r r r r 

1. Saint John Bap-tist! glo - rious Pa - tron! 

2. Saint La Saile , our glo - rious Fa - ther, 

3. Saint La Salle! oh, guard and guide us, 

4. Take our hand and lead us home -ward, 



2 7^ 



^^ 



r=f 



1. Saint La Salle we sound thy fame . 

2. Pierce our souls with love's own dart . 

3. As we spread a - far the Truth! 

4. Saint La Salle, to Heav'n's bright day! 



157 



102 



SAINTS 
St. Francis of Assist 

Blessed Francis^ holy Father 

Patron of Franciscan Tfertiaries 



From the Fransciscan Manual 



Con anima 



From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arrby N. A. M. 



i 



m 



^ 



E 



^=T=f 



V^ fk - tier, 



1. Bless - ed 

2. By thy 

3. Hum -ble 

4. Teach us 



Fran - cis 



ho 



love so deep and hurn-ing, 
fol - low - er of Je _ sus, 
al - so, dear Saint Fran- cis, 



i 



we raise , 

ci - fied J 
thy birth, 
'ry sin; 



1. Now our 

2. For thy 

3. Lik - ened 

4. How to 



J I 

hearts to 

Sav - iour 

to Him 

mourn for 



i 




P 



1. As we 

2. By the 

3. In thy 

4. May we 



r r ^ \ K t 

gath - er 'round thine al - tar, 

tok - ens ivhich He gave thee 

way thro' life de - spis - ing, 

walk in thy dear foot - steps 



I 



^ 




1. Pour 

2. On 

3. For 

4. Till 



lig 
thy 
His 
the 



fokh 

hands 

sake 

crown 



our 
and 
the 
of 



hymns of praise 



feet 

goods 

life 



and side : 
of earth 



we 



win . 



158 



^'1 i I I ^ hOi^^i ^ 

1. Bless thy chil-dren, ho - ly Fran- cis, 

2. Bless thy chil'-dren, ho - ly Fran- cis, 

3. Make us love the price - less vir - tue 

4. Bless thy chil- dren, ho - iy Fran, cis ^ 



i 



s' r tff r r 'r T r 

1. who thy might _ y help im - plore , 

2. With those wound- ed hands of thine , 

3. By our hid - den God es - teemed, 

4. With those wound - ed hands of thine , 



i 



A 



m 



3 



f=^ 



f" Mr „r 



T 



1. For in heav - en thou re - main - est, 

2. From thy glo - rious throne in heav - en 

3. Make it val - ued, ho - ly Fran - cis, 

4. From thy glo- rious throne in heav- en 



I 



mil 



^ 



1. still the fk - ther 

2. Where re - splen -^ dent 

3. By the souls of 

4. Where re - splen - dent 



of 

ly 

the 

ly 



the p6or. 

they shine . 

re - deemed, 

they shine . 



159 



403 SAINTS 

St. John the Evangelist 

Saint of the Sacred Heart 



Pkther Faber 

Andante 
P 



Nicola A. Montani 



i 



m 



T=f 



1. Saint of the 

2. We know not 

3. Dear Saint I 

4. The gifts He 



Sa - cred Heart , Sweet 

all thy gifts; But 

stand far off With 

gave to thee He 



^^ 



s 



•U' 'f r r 



1. teach-er of the Word; Part - ner of 

2. this Christ bids us see, That He Who 

3. vil - est sins op - pressed; Oh may I 

4. gave thee to im - part; And I, too, 



'J- J' J J 



^ r ' p f r T r r r 

1. Mar - y's woes And fav - 'rite of ib 



2. 80 loved all Found more to love 

3. dare, like thee, To lean up - on 



thy 

in 

His 



4. claim with thee His Moth - er and His 



160 



r^ Y r r f 

1. Lord! Tkou to whom grace was giv'n To 

2. thee. When the last eve - iiing came, Thy 

3. Breast? His touch could heal the sick, His 

4. Heart. Ah teach me, then, dear Saint! The 



I'*'/ I I 'r ULr hi 14 

1. stand where Pe - ter fell, Whose heart could 

2. head was on His Breast, Pil - lowed on 

3. voice could raise the dead! Oh that my 

4. se - crets Christ taught thee. The beat- ings 



f\ Li \ rail - 

1. brook the Cross Of Him it loved ho 



1. brook the Cross Of Him it loVed ko well J 

2, earth where now In heav'n the Saints find rest 

3. soul might be Where He al - lows thy head 

4, of His Heart. And how it beat for me 



161 



104 



SAINTS 
St. Jeanne d' Arc 



The Maid of France^ with visloned eyes 



Rt.Rev.Msgr, H.T. Henry* 



Andante maestoso 



"^^^ Ancient French Melody 
Arr.byN.A.M. 




fe^R=^ 



p r. t T 



1. The Maid of France, with vis - ioned 

2. The Vis - ions and the Voic - es 

3. The Maid be - lieved the great com - 

4. who shall dare her glo - ry 



:'.,' 1 1' i' iJTi' 



i 



r 



1. eyes, Saw mes - sen - gers from Par - a - 

2. spoke A won- drous mes - sage: "Break the 

3. mand, And fought for God and na - tive 

4. paint? She lived a he - ro , died a 



i^-fU 



]■ i' rn^ 



1. dise And voic - es bore a hid - den 

2. yoke That bur - dens France, and crown your 

3. land: Her love was like a liv - ing 

4. Saint: A mod - el she shall ev - er 



-*r Written expressly for the St. Greg-ory Hymnal (all rig-hts reserved) 

■^* A traditional Catholic melody (Provencal Noel) known as the "Marche dei 
Rei" words of wiiich are attributed to King- Rene. The Noel, over two centur. 
ies old, was utilized by Bizet in his incidental music to "L' Arlessierne " 

162 



i 



^m 



^ rj.j 



r p t £=/ ' ^ r "^r 



* 



1. word That on - ly by her ear was 

2. King, Sweet Her - aid of his tri - un^h 

3. lamp To guide her feet in court or 

4. stand Of love for God and Fa - ther ■ 



;^frain _.^_=— _==ii=i=ZIZZZ 



p 



1. heard. 

2. iiig!"^_^^ bless -ed Maid, the chant we 

3. camp. 

4. land . 



^m 



^m 



^ 



^ 



^ 



rrr , 

raise That tells the mean-ing of thy praise.-Thoute aches t 



„ marc. 



us the les-son grand Of love for God and Fa-ther-land . 



163 



105 



SAINTS 
St. Cecilia 



Let the deep organ swell the lay 



Rev. C. Pise 
Marcato 



Nicola A.Montani 



:"'' luv^ii 1/ i 



1. Let the deep or - gan swell the la^, In 

2. Then from the worlds be - wil-d'ring strife, In 



yii|iii';iiS'M,SiM 



r r T r T T -^ , 

hon - or of this fes - tive day; Let the har 
peace she spent her ho - ly life,- Teach- ing the 



*^ f r ' r f ' f- p 'r r 7 



^ 



mo-nious choirs pro-claim Ce-cil - ia's ev - er 
or -gan to com- bine With voice, to praise the 



164 



rv^Vpj'^''"^ 



^ 



bless- ed name. Rome gave the vir - gin 

Lamb di-vine. Ce - cil - ia, with a 



^ 



TljT^ i fi 



^ 



r T- p T r '#f 



#r 



mar-tyr birth, Whose ho-ly name hath filled the 
two- fold crown A-dorned in Heav'n^we pray look 



!''V-.'i;"Mr 



it 



i 



^^ 



earth; And from the ear - ly dawn of 
down Up - on thy fer _ vent vo - taries 



M j: ^ \ J i-ff i 



m 



m 



r=rT=r 



f=^r 



youth, She fixed her heart on God and truth, 
here, And heark-en to their hum - ble pray'r 



165 



106 



SAINTS 



Sweet Agnes^ Holy Child 



Anonymous 

Andante religioso 
M P 



Melody^ from a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



sg 



m^m ^ u^^ 



, All 



Sweet Ag_nes, ho - ly child, All pu - ri -ty, 

gen-tle pa - tron - ess Of ho - ly youth, 
Look do\^Ti and hear our pray 'r R-om realms a-bove, 



5r ' f^H^f^ 'p ^ ^^ 



? 



1. Oh, may we un - de - filed, Be pure as thee: 

2. Ask God all those to bless Who love the truth : 

3. Show us thy ten-der care, Thy guid - ing love: 



1. Read-v our blood to shed Fbrth as the mar-tyrs le 



1. Read-y our blood to shed Fbrth as the mar-tyrs led, 

2. Oh, guide »s on our way Un-to th'e-ter-nal day, 

3. Oh, keep us in thy sight, Till in tl?uh-cloud-ed light 



1. The path of pain to tread, And die like thee. 

2. With hearts all pure and gay. Dear Saint,like thine. 

3. Of Heav'n's pure vis - ion bright We dwell with thee. 



166 



SAINTS 
SL Ursula 



107 



Afar upon a foreign shore 




Andante religioso 
mf- ^ 



Ancient Breton Melody 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



rrr-J i rr j ^ 



1. A - far up - on a for-eiffn snore A 



up - on a lor-eign 

2. hap - py Saint! up - on whose way God's 

3. To God the Fa-therwith the Son, And 



i 



t^ n ^—^ 



^ 



i 



r r r r-r 



1 . mar - tyr's crown 

2. spe- cial love 

3. Ho - ly Spir 



v^in, Thy 



thy love did win 
a glo - ry cast, Thy 
it . Three in One , Be 



m^^ 



g^-^j 



t t r ^ r r [ ^ r ^ 

1. life, thy death to Je - sus giv'n, Wii 



death 

2. sor - rows o'er, 

3. glo - ry while 



thy tern - pest past, Thou 
the ag - es flow, From 
Refrain 




"^T" I .rail , fi=^ ^ ^f 



r ^^^ r T mr r 

m to reififn for - ev - er - mire . 



1. Him to reign 

2. shar - est His 

3. all a - bove 



tor - ev - er - more 

e - ter - nal day. 1-3. Hail 

and all be - low 



167 



^w 



f=^ 



^^Tf}} 



Bless- ed Saint, hail Ur . su 



lal Ob 



$ 



^ 



r J i j 



m 



1 



t r r r ^ 

tain for us, we pray, 



^ 



That 



$ 



>.\, J I, J 



1^ i^'i' i' l^P 



' r ^ 



love may make us mar - tyrs too, And 



# 



m^/ 



'.'i.^ J n^ r^ 



^ 



r-T 



is^ 



in 



CUP hearts hold 



f 

sway 



168 



SAINTS 
St. Vincent de Paul 



108 



O blessed Father sent by God 



Father Faber 

Moderate 



Nicola A. Montani 




1. bless -^d Fa-tberl sent by God His 

2. Thy mir - a - cles are works of love j Thy 
3. Dear Saint not in the wil-der.ness Thy 
4. For char- i - ty a -noint-ed thee O'er 




1. mer - cy 

2. great - est. 

3. fra - grant 

4. want and 



10 

is 
vir 
woe, 



dis 

to 

tues 

and 



pense , 
make 
bloom 
pain; 



Thy 
Room 
But 
And 




1. hand 

2. in 

3. in 



r 

all 
toil 



edrth, Like 



is out oer 

a day for toil that weeks In 
the cit - y's crowd - ed haunts, The 

Of 



4. she hath crowned thee em - per - or 



# 



1. God's 

2. oth 

3. al 

4. all 



own 
er 

leys 
her 



prov 
men 
cheer 
wide 



would 
less 
do - 



r 



dence . 
take . 
gloom 
main 



J 



There 

All 
When 

Vin - 



109 



f 



f r^^r 7 r r 



1. is no grief nor care of men , Thou 

2.cries of suf - f ring thro' the earth Up - 

3. hun - ger hid it - self to die, Where 

4. cent! like Moth - er Ma - ry thou Art 



■^ J J i J 



3st not oWn for thine , 



1. dost 

2. on 

3. guilt 

4. no 



)t 

thy mer 

in dark 
one's pa 



cy call , 

ness dwelt 
tron saint : 



No 

As 

Thy 

Eyes 



iM 



^^^ 



m With 



1. bro - ken 

2. tho' thou 

3. pleas - ant 



4. to 



heart thou 
wert, like 
sun - shine 



the blind, health 



T r 

dost not fill 

God Him -self, A 

^•-ame hy <..dlth Thy 

to 1 ;ie sick, And 



i; 



^ 



f 



1. mer 

2. Fa 

3. hand 

4. life 



cy's oil 

ther un 

and heart 

to those 



X 

and 
to 

were 
who 



wine . 

all. 

felt. 

faint 



170 



SAINTS 109 

Feasts of Virgins 

Dear Crown of all the Virgin-choir 

Jesu, corona Virg-inum 

For Unison, or Two- Part Chorus of Equal Voices 

Translated by Father C as wall P. Pi el 

3[oderato 



^^m 



^ 



m 



^ 



r r^'^ 



1. Dear Crown of all the Vir-gin choir! That ho-ly 

2. En- cir-cled by Thy Vir-gin baud, A- mid the 

3. And stiU wher-ev- er Thou dost bend Thy love-ly 

4. Keep us, Pur- i - ty di -vinejR-om ev-'ry 

5. To God the Fa-ther,and the Son, All hon-or, 




1. Moth-ers Vir-gin Son! Who is, a - lone of 

2. lil - ies Thou art found ; For Thy pure brides with 

3. steps ^ glo-rious King, Vir-gins up - on" Thy 

4. least cor-rup-tion free; Our e,v -^ry sense from 

5. glo - ry, praise be giv'n-With Thee, co - e - qual 



UZhl 



$ 



m 



^^ 



J 



worn -an -kind, Moth-er and Vir-gin both in one. 

lav-ish hand Scalrtring im-mor-tal graces romid. 
steps at -tend. And hymns to Thy high glo - ry sing. 

sin re- fine. And pur-i -fy our souls for Thee. 
Par - a-clete! For- ev- er-more in earth and HeaVn. 



17] 



110 SAINTS 

Feasts of Apostles 

Now let the earth with joy resoimd 

Exsultet orbis g^udiis 

Processional 

Translated by Father Caswall Lachmannov Spevnicek 

Joyously a nd with an imation (alia breve) Arr. by N. A. M . 
niarcato ~ a a .- 




1. Now let the earth with joy re-somid; AndHeavnthe 

2. ye wiio, throned in glo - ry di-ead, ShaU judge the 

3. So when the world is at its end, And Christ to 

4. Praise to the Fa-ther, with the Son, And Ho - ly 




1. chant r"e-ech - o round; Nor Heav'n nor earth too 

2. liv-ing and the dead! Lights of the world for 

3. judg-ment shall de-scend. May we be called these 

4. Spir- it. Three in One; As ev- er was in 



i 



*dE^ 



*f' i Hi! 



r Y' p 'r r ' r P 



1 high can raise The great A- pos-tles' glo -rious praise 

2 ev-er-more! To you the suppliant prayr we pour. 

3. joys tq_ see Pre-pared from aH e - ter - ni - ty. 

4. a-ges past, And so shall be while a - ges last. 



173 



ANGELS III 

Hark! hark! my soul 

The Pilgrims of the Night 

Father Faher Nicola A. Montani 

Moderato (alia breve) 




jJ r f vJ r r f 

1. Hark! hark! my sAul! an - gel - ic 



my soul I an - gel - ic songs are 

2. Dark - er than night life's shad-ows fall a - 

3. Far, far a- way, like bells at eve - ning 

4. An - gels! sing on, your faith -ful watch- es 



fcj 



^ 



i 



r r r ' ^-^' ^r ' ^^ r 



1. swell - ing Oer earth's green 

2. round us, Aiid , like be 

3. peal - ing, The voice of 

4. keep - ing, Sing us sweet 



fields 


and 


night - 


ed 


Je - 


sus 


frag - 


ments 



^^ 



m 



5 



- cean's wave -beat shore; How sweet the 



r r 



^^TT 



1. 

2. men, we miss our mark; God hides Hjm 

3. sounds o'er land and sea ; And lad - en 

4. of the songs a - bpve; While we toil 



173 



/a 



m 



#^ 



1. truth those bless -ed strains are tell- ing Of 

2. self, and grace hath scare e-ly found us, Ere 

3. souls, by thou- sands meek-ly steal -ing, Kind 

4. on, and soothe our- selves with weep -ing , Till 



a 1 L I ^ . /"^.'^^^ A^ A A A A 



P 



J 



pTr 'r-r r 7 r r r r 

1. that new life where sin shall be no moref 

2. death finds out his vic-tims in the dark. 

3. Shep -herd! turn their wea - ry steps to Thee. 

4. life's long night shall break in end-less love. 



Refrain 

PPrf 




1-4. An -gels of Je_sus! An - gels of light I 



Sing- ing to wel-come The pil-gruns of the night. 



174 



ANGELS 



113 



Dear Angel! ever at my side 

The Guardian Angel 

Father Faber Nicola A. Montani 



SeTnplice 



$ 



lh - gel ! ev - er at my side 



^ 



s 



How 



1. Dear an 

2. Thy beau- ti - fiil and shin -ing face, J 

3. But when, dear Spir-it, I kneel down, Both 

4. Oh! when I pray thou pray- est too, Thy 

5. Then, for thy sake, dear An- gel! now More 

6. Then love me ^ love me, An- gel dear! And 




1. lov-ing must thou be, To leave thy home in 

2. see not, tho' so near- The sweetness of thy 

3. morn and night to pray'r^ Something there is with- 
4.pray'r is all for me; But when I sleep, thou 

5. hum- ble will I be: But I am weak, and 

6. I will love thee more; And help me when my 



^^ 



##-i#=l l 



^ 



hi^ r r ^r f r cir f 

1. Heav'n to guide A sin- ful child like me. 
Z, soft low voice Too deaf am I to hear. 

3. in my heart, Which tells me thou art there. 

4. sleep -est not, But watch-est pa-tient - ly . 

5. when I fall , wea - ry not of me . 

6. soul is cast Up - on tE^ - ter - nal shore . 

175 



113 THE HOLY SOULS 

Help, Lord^the Souls 
whicn Thou hast made 

The Faithful departed 
Cardinal Newman From a Slovak Hymnal 

. ^ , • Arr.by N.A.M. 

Andante 



m 



i 



i 



1. Help , Lord, the souls which Thou hast made, The 

2. Those ho- ly souls, they suf - fer on, Re - 

3. For dai - ly falls, for par-doned crime, They 

4. Oh, by their pa-tience of de - lay, Their 

5. Oh , by their fire of love , not less In 

6. Good Je-sus, help! sweet Je-sus, aid The 



^^ 



n 



i 



1. souls to Thee so dear, In pris-on 

2. signed in heart and will , Un - til Thy 

C. joy to un - der - go The shadow 

4. hope a- mid their pain, Their sa-cred 

5. keen-ness than the flame, Oh, by their 

6. souls to Thee most dear, In pris-on 

y SiMar^andc 



for the 
high be- 
of Thy 
zeal to 
ver-y 
for the 



i 



'^argc 



(to :zr= 



- r\ 



\'f 'r r^ r 



here . 

fill. 

woe. 

stains 

Name: 

here. 



1. debt un- paid, Of sins com - mit - ted 

2. hest is done , And jus - tice has its 

3. Cross su-bEme, The rem-nant of Thy 

4. burn a -way Dis-fig-ure - ment and 

5. help-less-ness, Oh, by Thy own great 

6. debt un-paid Of sins com - mit - ted 



1?P 



THE HOLY SOULS 

Ye Souls of the Faithful 

O vos fideles animae 



114 



Tr. by Father Caswall 

Moderato 



From an Italian Hymn Book 
Arr. by N. A M^ 



1. 'Ye souls of the faitB-fm,\vno sleep in the Lord, Who 

2. Fa-ther of mer-cies,Thine an-ger with-holdjThese 
3 = tender Re- deem- er , their mis -er - y see : De - 
4. Spir-it of Grace,Thou Con-sol-er di- vine, See 

A 



A '"^f- ■ cresc rZT | I 

1. yet are shut out from vour fin- al re -ward: 



1. yet ai*e shutout fr6m y6ur fin - al re -ward:' Of 

2. works of Thy Hand in Thy mer-cy be -hold: Too 

3. liv - er the souls that were ransomed by Thee: Be 

4. how for Thy pres-ence they long-ing-ly pine, To 




^m 



^ ^^ 



m 

lend 1 






1. would 1 could lend you as - sis-tance to fly ' From 

2. oft from Thy path they have wan-dered a - side , But 

3. hold how they love Thee, de-spite of their pain: Re- 

4. lift, to en - liv _ en their sad-ness,de- scend; And 



ris - on be - low! to your pal - ace on 



1. pi'is- on be - Ibwi to your pal 

2. Thee, their Cre - a - tor, they nev ■ 

3 . store them, re - store them to fa - 

4. fill them with peace and with joy 



er 



on high ! 
de - nied, 
vor a - gain, 
the end 



in 



177 



115 THE HOLY SOULS 

O turn to Jesus^ Mother^ turn 



Father Faber 

Lento 



m 



From a Slovak Hjnmal 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



^m 



f 



l^nf r ^ ' S' r "r r 



1. turn to Je - sus , 

2. Ah! they have fought a 
3. They are the chil- dren 
4. Ma - ry, let thy 
5. Pray, then, as thou hast 



Moth- er! turn , And 
gal - lant fight ; In 
of thy tears; Then 

Son no more His 
ev - er prayed ; An - 



$ 



^S 



ff 



/Cn 



^ r' &c /rT- f r ^ ' f ' ' r r 

1. call Him by His ten-derestnames^Pray for the Ho-ly 

2. death's cold arms they per-se-vered; And af-ter life's un- 

3. has -ten,Moth-er , to their aid; In pit- y think each 

4. lin-gering Spouses thus ex-pect: Gods children to their 

5. gels and souls, all look to thee;God waits thy pray'rs, for 




r r f r ' ar 



1. Souls that burn This hour a -mid the cleans-ing flames. 

2. cheer- y night, The ar-bour of their rest is neared. 

3. hour ap- pears An age while glo-ry is de-layed. 

4. God re- store, And to the Spir-it His e - lect. 

5. He hath made Those pray'rs His law of char-i - ty. 



178 



THE HOLY SOULS flQ 

Unto him^ for whom this day 



RecessionaJ 

Rt.Rev. Msgr. H.T. Henry, Litt.D. 

Andante religioso (nontroppo lento) 



SL 



^ 



Nicola A. Montani 
accel 



S 



S 



1. Un-to him, for whom, this day,' Juste ju- 

3. When at Judg-ment he shall stand ,_ Rex ire- 

3. He hath fought the gal - lant fight In - ter 

^_^ a tempo 



^m 




f 



T 



1. dex ul - ti - o - nis, We in love and 

2. men-doe ma - jes- ta - tis^ Grant him what Thy 

3. o - ves lo - cum prce - sta^ Lead Him on to 



1. pit - y pray*, Do-nwn \/uc're-mis-si- o - nis. 

2. love hath planned. Qui sal-van-dos sal-vas gra - tis . 

3. Heav.en's light Sta.tu-ens in par-te dex - tra. 
Refrain 



f\h. fTiff 



^^ 



m 



^^^^^m 



1-3. Pi 



Je - su Do - mi - ne 



ho L 



na 



i 




IT 






^ 



TIYT 



r 






r^ 



2^-1 - 6771. 

179 



re - ^wt - ew. 



117 



THE HOLY SOULS 

Out of the depths 

De Profundi s 



jnth devotion 



S.Webbe 



r'//l|' ^''iV^ 



s 



e 



"1^ 

cry, 

blest , 
Thine; 
- bove , 



1. Out of the depths to Thee, Lord, I 

2. Oh, hear our pray'rs and sighs, Re -deem- er 

3. To be ap-peased in wrath, dear Lord, is 

4. This God Him- self shall come from Heav'n a 



i 



^s 



^^m 



^ 



f f f Tf t T jf nr T r 

1. Lord! gra-cious turnThine ear to sup-pliant sigh; 

2. And grant Thy ho - ly souls e - ter- nal rest 

3. Thou mer-cy with Thy j us -tice canst com -bine; 

4. The Christ! the God of mer-cy and of love! 



u-4^j^lij ^^ m 



r-r 



r^^W 



If 

And 
Thy 
He 



sins 

let 

blood 



r 

of man inou 
per- pet -ual 
our count-less 



iL TlJbu 



scann's t , who may 
light up - on them 
stains can wash a ■ 
comes. He comes! the God In - car - nate 



CTVsc molto 



stand 
shine 
way: 
He1 



^ 




rail 



lat search-in£r eve of Thincand cna 




That search-ing eye of 
For tho' not spot - 

This is Thy, law our 

And by His glo-rious 



Thine,and chast'n- uig 
less, still these souls are 
hope and stead - fast 
death makes all men 



hand? 
Thine, 
stay, 
free! 



ISO 



118 



HEAVEN 

Jerusalem the Golden 

Urbs Sion aurea 

Bernard of Cluny J. Grabowski 

Translated by J. M. Neale Air. by N. A. M. 

Con Tnoto . a ^^ 



4i- 



5 



^ 



^ 



^ 



1 . Je - r u - sa - leta tike Gold - en , Wltb 

2. They stand, those Halls of Si - on, AU 

3. There is the throne of Da _ vid, And 

4. sweet and bless - ed coun -try, The 



I^W J J 



i 



^^ 



f 



1. milk 

2. ju 

3. bliss 

4. home 



and hon 
bi - lant 
with - out 
of God's 



ey 

with 

al 



blest, ' Be 

song, And 

loy ; The 

lect I 




^ 



fe^ 



n 



I 



1. neath thy con - tern - pla - tion Sihk 

2. bright with man - y'^n An - gel, And 

3. shout of them that tri - umph. The 

4. sweet and bless - ed coun - try That 



Us\> J 




J^ 


1 


— ^ . 1 


W^- 


=^ 


=H= 


w^ 


^ 


=t=^ 


1. heart 


and 


voice 


op- ] 


srest ; 


I 


2. all 


the 


Mar - 


tyr t 


hrong; 


The 


3. song 


of 


fes - 


tal 


joy, 


And 


4. ea - 


ger 


hearts 


ex - 


pect I 


Je - 



181 




i 



i 



f P ^r r T r r 

1. know not. Oh, 'I know not Wh 



2. Prince is 

3. they, who 

4. su^ in 



^hat 

ev - er in them , His 

with their Lead - er Have 
mer . ey bring us To 




3 



i 



-&-^ 



r r r \ r=^, 

a - wait us there : Vvi 



1. joys a - wait 

2. light is al 

3. con - quered in 

4. that dear land 



us there -, 
ways seen j 
the 
of 



fight, 
rest; 



hat 
The 
For 
Who 



P 



b J J J J 



r — r-^ 



r r r r =^ 



1. ra - dian - cy of 

2. pas - tures of the 

3. ev - er and for 

4. art, with God the 



glo - ry, What 
bless - ed Are 
ev - er Are 
Fa - ther. And 



I 



A^ J J 



P 



f 



r r -r 



1. bliss 

2. decked 

3. clad 

4. Spir 



be 
in 
in 

it, 



yond 

glo 

robes 



ev 



com 

rious 
of 
er 



pare 
sheen 
white . 
blest, 



18) 



HE AVEN /|.JQ 

Jer usaleiii; my happy home 



L. Anderson, S. J. 

Moderato {ali a brev e) 



From an Italian Hymnal 



I 



m 



sa - lem', my hap - py' 



r=r 



i 



1. Je - ru - sa 

2. hap - py 

3. There lust and 

4. Je - ru - sa 



lem', my 
har - bor 

lu - ere 
lem , Je 



ap - py 
of the 
can - not 
ru - sa 



m 



f 






*^ f f r r — r^r — -==nr 

1. home, When shall I come to thee? When 

2. Saints, sweet and pleas - ant soil: In 

3. dwell, There en- vy bears no sway, Ther« 

4. lem, God grant I once may see Thy 



^m 



'^ ^-J i j J 



y r ^^'f f T r-r'r r - 

1. shall my sor - rows have an end? Thy 

2. thee no sor - row may be found ^ No 

3. is no hun - ger, heat or cold But 

4. end - less joys, and of the same. Par 



i 



^ 




^ 



1. joys when 

2. grief, no 

3. pleas - ure 

4. tak - er, 



shall ll 

care, no 

ev - 'ry 

aye to 



183 



120 HEAVEN 

O Paradise! O Pa;radisel 



Father Faber 

Moderato 



From a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr.byN.A.M. 






r r r r r 

.6 Par- a- disel 

2. Par- a - disel 

3. Par - a- disel 

4. Par - a- disel 

5. Par - a- dise! 



r r r 

Par - a - disel Who 

Par- a- dise! The 

Par - a- disel 'Tis 

Par - a- dise! I 

Par - a- dise! I 



^m 



m 



1. 


doth 


not 


crave 


for 


rest? 


Who 


2. 


world 


is 


grow - 


ing 


old; 


Who 


a. 


wea - 


ry 


wait - 


mg 


here ; 


I 


4. 


want 


to 


sin 


no 


more ; 


I 


5. 


great - 


ly 


long 


to 


see 


The 



■pf 1 i,r; i 'H^ n n 



r T r r T r r i^^ 

1. would not seek the hap - py land, Where 

2. would not he at rest and free Where 

3. long to be where Je - sus is, To 

4. want to be as pure on earth As 

5. spe - cial place my dear - est Lord In 



184 



I 



r r r r 



3X: 



S 



Refrain 



P 



f 



1. they that loved are blest: 

2. love is nev - er cold; 

3. feel, to see Him near; 1-5. Where 

4. on thy spot - less shore, 

5. love pre - pares for me; 



ii> j J J ^J I J-J H 



r r r r ' r-r ^ 

loy - al hearts , and true , Stand 



m 






ev-er in the light. All rap-ture thro' and 



^ 



M 



i 



^ 



^r r ^pV"^^ 



^^ 



thro' In God's most Jio - ly sight V 



185 



121 THE CHURCH 

Faith of our Fathers 

Fi deles ad mortem 



Father Faber 

Maestoso, hen marcafo 



Nicola A.Montani 



44^ 



i 



i 



^ 



tr r V r T r 

1. Faith of our Fa - thers! liv - ing 

2. Our Fa - thers, chained in pris - ons 

3. Faith of our Fa - thers! we will 




geon, 
and 



^m 



^ 



i 



f r r r 

1. fire, and sword; Oh, how our 

2. con - science free : How sweet would 

3. all our strife : And preach th6e 



186 



g ,, -rj=7 
r 

1. hearts beat 

2. be their 



? 



f 



^^ 



too 



as 



high with joy 

chil - dren's fate, 
love knows how 



M j J J fi^ J |l^ 



l.When- e'er we hear that glo - rious word. 

2. If they, like them, could die for thee! 

3. By kind - ly words and vir - tuous life : 



Refrain 



rii]j;i,^' 



^=^=f^ 



r ^r r 'M' r 'r r 'f 

1-3. Faith of our Fa - thers! Ho - ly Faith! 




^jrrr 



We will be true to thee till death 



187 



122 



THE CHUKCH 



Long Live the Pope 

Hymn for the Pope 



Rt . Rev. Msgr, Hugh T. Henry, Litt. D. 

Maestoso 



H. G. Ganss 






r r r / tr r r r 

1. Long live the R)pel His prais - es sound A- 

2. Be - lea-guered by the foes of earthy Be- 

3. His sig - net is the Fish- er -man's 5 No 

4. Then raise the chanty with heart and voice^ In 



^W 



m 



i 



w 



TWrrTTT 

1. gam and yet a - gam: His rule is o - ver 

2. set by hosts of hell^ He guards the loy- al 

3. seep - tre does he bear 3 In meek and low- ly 
4. church and school and home "Long live the Shep-herd 



^^r^ l ^ r^ ^VV: 



r I I '^r I r r fiT r. r 

space and timej His throne the hearts of men: All 

flock of Christ, A watch- ful sen- ti - nel: And 

ma - jes - ty He rules from Pe-ter's Chair. And 

of the Flock! Long live the Pope of Rome!''Al- 



« J. .^ J 



m 



f 



hiil! tHe Shep-hJr( 



f 



lep 

yet J a - mid 
yet from ev 
might - y Fa 



the 
ther 



King of Rome, The 

din and strife , The 

tribe and tongue, From 

bless his work. Pro - 



By permission 



Copyrig-ht 1908 by J. Fischer &. Bro. 

188 



i 



Iff soner: Uet all the eart 



M^ 



1. theme of lov-ing song: Uet aill the earth liis 

2. clash of mace and sword, He bears a - lone the 

3. ev - 'ry clime and zone, Three hun-dred mil . lion 

4. tect him in his ways^ Re-ceive his pray^rs^ ful - 



^ 



^HH-^ 



"^^ 



t 



1. glo - ry sing, And heaven the strain pro 

2. shep-herd staff ^ This cham- pi on of the 

3. voi - ces sing, The glo - ry of his 

4. fil his hopes And grant him ^4ength of 
ritz=:^' a tempo a ^^ 



i 



ff J— J-^ 



i=^ 



m 



long , Le 



1. 


long. 


iet 


all 


the 


earth 


his 


2. 


Lord , 


He 


bears 


a - 


lone 


the 


3. 


throne, 


Three 


hun - 


dred 


mil - 


lion 


4. 


days/^ 


Re - 


ceive 


his 


prayVs^ 


fill 



i 






I 



1. glo " ry sing, And heaven the strain pro- long 

2. shep-herd staff. This cham-pion of the Lord. 

3. voi - ces sing, The glo - ry of his throne 
\. fil his hopes And grant him "length of days" 



189 



123 



THE CHURCH 

Blest is the Faith 



Father Faber 

Maestoso 



Nicola A. Montani 



m 



m 



i 



i^^ 



r r p rT ^ r 

the Faith, di - vi 



1. Blest is the Faith, di - vine and strong, Of 

2. Blest is the Hope that holds to God, In 

3. Blest is the Love that can- not love Aught 




«=¥^ 



^^ 



^ 



1. thanks and praise and end- less foun-tain, 
2- doubt and dark - ness still un - shak- en, 
3. that earth gives of best and bright -est 3 




3 



« 



f^ 



r T-f r V 

per - pet - ual song, 
the heaven - ly road , 



1. Whose life is one 

2. And sings a - long 
3.Whose rap-tures thrill like saints' a 



bove. 



1. High up the Sa -viour's ho _ ly moun-tain. 

2. Sweet -est when most it seems for - sak -en, 

3. Most when its earth - ly gifts are light -est 



190 



I 



Refrain 



r^ r r r T 



r r r 'r^f r r r r-fr" 

1-3. Oh, Si- oil's songs are sweet to sing, With 



i 



^- 



t=j 



i 



^— i #■ 



mel - o - dies of glad- ness lad - en; 



^' f f t ^ f4f } 'r Mr 



Hark! how the harps of an - gels ring, 



allargando 



'ill 1 'l^'Ml 



A ^ . ^ 1 



^^W 



n-^ '1^ r r ' f f r 

Hail! Son of Man! Hail! Moth - er Maid- en f 



191 



\24: ^^^ CHILDREN 

Hear Thy Children^ gentle Jesus 



Father Stanf ield 
Animato 



M. Haydn 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



Hear Thy 



-F^^ i J I 



r r r r r r 



Hear Thy chil-dren, gen - tie Je - sus. 

Gen - tie Je - sus, look in pit - y , 



Y-i—i 



m 



J. _ — = m M cji 

r r T r 'r f \r = 

While we breathe our dai - ly prayer. 
From Thy great white throne a - bove^- 



^^m 



j OTT j 



7 r T r 



Save us from all harm a»d dan - ger. 
All the night Thy Heart is wake-ful. 



^=^ 



^ 



m 



f 



m 



^ 



r=f 



f 



Take us ^neath Thy she! - taring care 
In Thy Sa - era - ment of love 



192 



-r p ? 



Save us from the wiles of Sa - tan, 
.Shades of e - ven fast are fall - ing 




_ 'Mid the lone and sleep - ful 
— Day is fad - ing in - to 



nigh^ 
gloom, 




A f^i j J j 






Sweet - ly may bright Guar - dian An - gels 
When the shades of death fall 'round us, 




r r '^r c^ 'f f 



r 



Keep us 'neath their watch - ful sight 
Lead Thine ex - iled ehil - dren home. 



198 



125 



FOR CHILDREN 



Little Klng^ so fair and sweet 

School Hymn 



S.N.D. 



From a Slovak Ifymiial 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



i 



^^ 



r f ( 



1. Lit - tie King, so 

2. Raise Thy lit - tie 

3. Be our Teach - er 

4. And when hoi - i 



fair and 

hand to 

when we 

days have 



swe( 
bless 
learn 
come , 



i 



iee lis era'th - ered at Thi 



i 



feet : 



turn ) 
home, 



1. See us gath 

2. All our child - hood's hap 

3. All the hard to ea 

4. Call Thy chil - dren to 



Thy 

pi 

sy 
Thy 



1. Be Thoi 



6f our s(!hool, 



1^ 



r 



1. Be Thou Mon - arch 6f o 

2. Bless our sor - row and our 

3. Be our Play - mate when we 
4 In tha,t gen - tie voice of 



s< 

pam^ 
play > 
Thine , 



1. it shall pros - per 'neath Thv rule 



r 

rule , 
gain 
gay. 
vine 



shall pros 

2. That each cross 

3. So we shall 
4.Whioh we know. 



per 

may be 

in - deed 

sweet Child 

194 



our 

be 

Di 



^m 



i 



I 1 ■ ,L. U 



1. We will be Tl 

2. Be Thine own sweet child - hood, Lord, 

3. Keep us hap - py , keep us pure , 

4. At the gate , oh , meet us thus y 



#=+= 


=^ 


=\= 


=j=i 


fJ= 


ii^-T- 


"^ 


t^ 


#=p 


=^ 


f 


T=^ 


*gr f ' 


1. Brave 


to 


suf - 


fer, brave 


to 


do ; 


2. Sane - 


ti - 


fy 


each thought 


and 


word. 


3. While 


our 


child . 


hood shall 


en - 


dure. 


4. As 


we 


loved 


Thee- Child 


like 


us; 


#M^ 




=^ 


J |J 


=4= 


"/ 


k^ 


1. An 


Oil" 


hearts 


— J 

r r 

to Thee 


we 


bring. 


2. Set 


Thy 


seal 


on ev - 


'i-y 


thing 


3. All 


its 


days 


to Thee 


we 


bring . 


4. fet retch 


Thine 

—jJ — 


hands 


in wel - 


com 


' i^g 


#^ 


=jh 


n !. 1 






H H 


t=4^ 


-^ 


=1^ 


-f — ' 


b* 


p- 


=^t=^ 


1. Take 


them, 


keep 


them , lit 


- tie 


King. 


2. Which 


we 


do, 


lit 


- tie 


King. 


3. Bless 


them 


, guard 


them, lit 


- He 


King. 


4. To 


Thine 


own^ 







lit 


- tie 


K] 


"g-- 



195 



126 ^^^ CHILDREK 

The Infant Jesus 

When Blossoms flowered 
^mid the snows 

A Christmas Carol 
For Unison Chorus 
Frederick H. Martens {Gesu Bambino) 

Andante mosso 



Pietro A. yon"^ 



P 



li'i"iV 1 



w/*«^ 



^^ 



r^ 



r-r^ 



1. When 




^^^-1^ 



5 



^3S 



w 



1. bios 

2. gain 



- soms flow-ered 'mid the snows Up 
the heart with rap - ture glows To 



I 



y 



m 



n J' 



^^ 



on 
greet 



the 



win 
ho 



ter 

ly 



night, 
night , 



Was 
That 



born the Child, the Christ-mas Rose, The 
crave the world its Christ-mas Rose, Its 



the world 
rail 



Christ-mas Rose, Its 



a tempo 



I'l^ .LIT r.i I .1^ 



King 
King 



Copyrig-ht 1917 by 
* By permission of 



of Love and Light . T^he 
of Love and Light. Let 

J. Fischer A Bro. British Copyrig-ht Secured 

J. Fischer A Bro. owners of Copyrig-ht 
196 



f^^ m 



i 



35^ 



£ 



an - gels sang, the shep- herds sang, The 
ev - 'ry voice ac - claim His name, The 



y^^rrp frpr^TrTP "lu^^ 



^^ 



grate-ful earth re -joiced,- And at ifis bless-ed 
grate-ful cho-rus swell. From par- a-dise to 

Refraii 



I J J 1 1 1 ' ^ TTJ 



"I 



m 



i 



birth the stars Their ex-ul- ta -tion voiced, 
earth He came That we with Him might dwell. ^ 



I 



i M^^ ^ 



E 



* 



come let us a - dore Him , come let us a 



ti.gi^ i ^.j 



? 



dore Him . come let us a - dore Him 



^ 



IT 



iU vH'=» J-/ ^ 



s^-fc: -^±- -•-' 



Christ the Lord. 



2. A 



197 



127 FOR CHILDREN 

The Infant Jesus 

Dear little One! how sweet Thou art 

Christmas 



For additional Children's Hymn see No. 87 



Father Faber 

Andante 



Nicola A. Montani 



¥'^ 'fTUi ^ ^ ni 



f 



1. Dear lit - tie One! how sweet Thou art, Thine 

2. How faint and fee-ble is Thy cry_, Like 

3. When Ma - ry bids Thee sleep Thou sleep'st^Thou 

4. Saint Jo - seph takes Thee in his arms^ And 

5. Yes! Thou art what Thou seem'st to be, A 






I u « r 

1 eyes, how bright they shine : So bright, they al-most 

2 pTaifit of harm -less dove, When Thou dost mur-mur 

3 Wcik-est whf^n sh^ calls, Tnoii art <:oa ten: up - 
4.sniocthes Thv" lit -tie cheek, Thou look- est up in 

5 thing of smiles and tears, Yet Thou art God, and 



^m 



^sm 



rr\ tiff ^ 



1 seem to ^peak When Ma - ry's 

2 m Thy sleep Of sor - row 

3 on her lap, Or in the 

4 to his face So help -less 



look meets Thine ! 
and of love . 
rug - ged stalls, 
and so meek. 



' Heavh and earth A - dore Thee with their fears. 



ly^ 



HOLY COMMUNION 

Acts of Faith J HopCj Ltne a-fid Contrition 

Great God^ whatever 
through Thy Church 



128 



i 



Maestoso 



From a Slovak Hynmal 
Arr. b yN. A.M. 



^ 



T"i'n 



E 



±m: 



^aiYA 1. Great God, what- ev - er thro 

Hope 2. My God, I firm- ly hope 

Love 3. With all my heart and soul 

Contrition 4. Most Ho - ly God , my ver 



r ' r T r-r 




Thy Churd^ 

in Thee , 

and strength^ 

y soul 



i 



f 



1. Thou 

2. For 

3. I 

4. With 



each - est to 



true , I 
good; Thou 
Lord J For 
movM , Be - 



teach - est 
Thou art 
love Thee 



grief 



sm 



great 

cere 



be 
and 

IS 



fc 



J J J 



X 



^ 



r '' f- t ! M 



1. firm- ly do be - lieve 

2. gav - est US Thine on 

3. Thou art per - feet, and 

4. cause I have of - fend 



it all, 

ly Son 

all things 

ed Thee, 




1. And 

2. To 

3. Were 

4. Whom 



r — ^ 

will con 
die up 

made by 

I should 



fess it, 

on th« 

Thy blest 

e'er have 



too. Thou 
Rood. I 
Word. Like 
lov'd For 



199 



r^ ; I ,' 1/ ^ u 



1. nev - er caiist de - ceiv - ed be^ 

2. hope thro' Him for grace to live 

3. me to Thine own im - age made ^ 

4. give me , Fa - ther ; I am now 

tn . ^-^ rali ^ a tempo 

1. Thou nev- er canst de - ceive^ For 

2. As Thy com - mand-ments teach, And 

3. My neigh - bor Thou didst make, And 



4. Re - solved to 



sm 



no more , And 



i 



^^ 




^ 



r^ — r 



f r r r 

1. Th'ou art truth it - self, 

2. thro' Thy mer - cy, when 



and Thou 

I die 

3. as I love my - self^ I love 

4. by Thy ho - ly grace to shun 



i 



» J n n m 



f 



^ 



f 



r 



1. Dost 

2. The 

3. My 

4. What 



tell 
joys 
neigh 
made 



me 
of 
bor 
me 



r 



be - lieve , 

HeaVn to reach 

for Thy sake, 

sin be - fore. 



200 



HOLY COMMUNION 129 

O Lord^ I am not ^vovthy 



Nicola A. Montani 




Lento con espr essione 



P 



m 



^ 



n 



r 'r^ r r 



1. Lord, 1 am not wor - thy That 

2. And hum-bly I'll re - ceive Thee^ The 

3. Might* y^ -ter- nal Spir - it Un - 



^m 



n ij"j < J 



P 



ou shouldst come to me 5 Bui 



1. Thou shouldst come to 

2. Bride- groom of my 

3. wor - thy tho' I 



me 5 J5ut 

soul, No 

be , Pre 

rail 



ii^^l U '**r U^ 



i 



? 



r 



1. speak the words of com - fort , My 

2. more by sin to grieve Thee^ Or 

3. pare me to re - ceive Him And 



m 



i 



^ 



r T r 

1. spir - it healed sHall 

2. fly Thy sweet con 

3. trust the Word to 



troL_- 
me. 



201 



130 HOLY COMMUNION 

Jesus ^ Thou art coming 



Acts before Communion 



Moderato 



1. Je 



3 



From a Slovak Hymnal 



% 



i 



^ 



1. Je - sus^ Thou 


art 


dom '- 


in^^ 


2. Who am I^ 


my 


Je - 


sus. 


Trust 








3, Put Thy kind 


arms 


round 


me^ 


Love and Desire 








4. Dear - est Lord, 


I 


love 


Thee 


Offering and 'petition 








5. Ah! what gift 


or 


pres 


ent^ 


6. Take my bod - 


y. 


Je - 


sus , 




hou, th 



r=f 



^ 



art^ Thou 
me? 



I 



Lo - ly as Thou 

2. That Thou com'st to 

3. Fee - ble as I am; Thou 

4. With my whole _, ivhole hearty Not 



the God who 



have sinned a - 
art my Good 
for what Thou 
bring? I have noth- ing 
6. Eyes^ and ears^ and tongue; Nev- er let them. 



5. Je - sus, can 



i 



U "T I J 



^ 



-SSL 



rH" r *r 



r=^ 



1. 


made 


me, 


To 


my 


sin - 


ful 


heart. 


2. 


gainst 


Thee, 


Of - 


• ten. 


griev . 


ous 


- ly; 


3. 


Shep - 


herd, 


I, 


Thy 


lit - 


tie 


lamb; 


4. 


giv - 


est, 


But 


for 


what 


Thou 


art. 


5. 


wor - 


thy 


Of 


my 


God 


and 


King; 


6, 


Je - 


sus, 


Help 


to 
202 


do 


Thee 


wrong 



^ 



1. Je - sus, 

2. I am 

3. Since Thou 

4. Come^ oh^ 

5. But Thou 

6. Take my 



r Y r ' i--f l 



I ^e - 

ver - y 
com - est, 
come , sweet 
art my 



heart 



and 



lieve n 

nor - ry 
Je - sus , 

Sa - viour ! 

Shep - herd , 
fill it 



^m 



^^ 



r 



^ 



1. On Thy on - ly word; Kneel-ing, I a - 
». I have caused Thee pain; I will nev- er, 

3. Now to be my Guest, I can <r««/ Thee 

4. Come to me, and stay, For I want Thee, 

5. I, Thy lit- tie lamb; Take my. self, dear 

6. Full of love for Thee; All I have I 



^ 



rail ZZIi:zi=== 

^^ 

As my Kiner anc 



rr 



T5cr 



1. dore Thee As my King 

2. nev - er. Wound Thy Heart 

3. al - ways, Lord, for all 

4. Je - sus. More than I 

5. Je - sus, All I have 

6. give Thee, Give Thy- self 



a'nd 


Lord 


a - 
the 


gain 
rest. 


can 
and 


say, 
am. 


to 


me. 



203 



131 



HOLY COMMUNION 



Jesus^ Jesus come to me 

Hymn before Communion 



For additional Communion Hymns see Nos. 49^ 51^ 54^ and 
Hymns in Ifonor of the Blessed Sacrament. See also '^Actsf 
Nos. 128, 129, 130, 145. 

Tr. Sister Jeanne Marie 

Slowly 



Traditional Melody 



1. Je - sus, Je - sus. come to 



1. Je - sus, Je - sus^ come to me, 

2. Je - - sus, I live for Thee, 



";y; / ,' '.^ i 



m r 

All my 
Je - 



long 
sus 



I 



IS 

die 



for Thee , 
for Thee , 



* 



ill friends tne best Thou ai 



fffl 



Of all friends the best Thou art , 
I be - - long to Thee, 



I 



%4ff^ 



i' ri- n « 



Make 
For 



T 

of 



me Thy coun - ter - part 
e'er in life and death 



204 



CONFIRMATION 133 

My God, accept my heart this day 



M- Bridges 

Slowly with devotion 



Nicola A. Montani 



1. My God, ac-cept my heart this day, Ant 



1. My God^ ac-cept my heart this day^ And 

2. Be -fore the cross of Him who died^ Be - 

3. A-noint me with Thy heav'n-ly grace, A- 
4 May the dear blood, once shed for me_, My 
5. Let ev- 'ry thought, and work, and word, To 



^ 



n 



^^ 



^ 



r^r r r 



r-rr 



1. make it al-ways Thine, That I from Thee no 

2. hold I pros-trate fall; Let ev -'ry sin be 

3. dopt me for Thine own,- That I may see Thy 

4. best a - tone-ment prove;-That I from first to 

5. Thee be ev- er giv'n_ Then life shall be Thy 



^m 



r\ 



^ 



^ 



^m 



r=r=^ 



de - dim 



1. more may stray, No more from Thee ae - ciine 
a. cru - ci - fied. Let Christ be all in all . 

3. glo-rious face And wor.ship at Thy throne. 

4. last may be The piir- chase of Thy love! 

5. ser - vice. Lord, And death the gate of heav'nl 



205 



133 MISSIONS 

Jesus^ my Lord! 
behold at length the time 

Act of Contrition 

Bishop Chadwick Traditional Melody 

Moderato 



^ 



SL 



f 



m 



W 



& 






r 



1. Je-sus^ my Lord! be -hold at length the time 

2. Since my poor soul Thy precious Blood has cost 
3.Kneel-ing in tears, be - hold me at Thy Feet, 



^'l'^|^"l'^^' 



i 



Refrain 



P T r r- p r r ' t^r 

l.When I re- solve to turn a -way from crime . 

2. Suf- fer it not for-ev-er to be lost. 1-3. Oh, 

3. Like Magda-lene> for-give-ness I en -treat. 



I'^fT^f^m n m 



par-don me, Je-sus:Thy mer-cy I im-plore; I will 




nev-er more of-fendThee^Oh^fend Thee^no, never more. 



206 



MISSIONS 134 

God of mercy and compassion 

Rev. E. Vaughan Nicola A. Montani 

Moderato 



I 



J2- 



^ 



er_cy and com- pas -sion! Look wi 



^ 



1. God of mer-cy arid c6m- pas -sion! Look with 

2. By ny sins I have a - ban-do ned Right and 

3. See our Sa-viour, bleed -ing^ dy-ing^ On the 



^^ r k tfj^ 



TjTIJ J J 



1. pit- y up - on me^ Pa-therl let m€ call Thee 

2. claim to Heav^ a - bove^Where the Saints re-joice for 
S.Cross of Cal-va-ry^ To that Cross my sins have 






ft 



1. Fa - ther, 'Tls Thy child re -turns to Thee. 

2. ev - er In a bound- less sea of love. 
Snailed Him, Yet He bleeds and dies for me 

Le fraj] 



n^ l MT^I ' 'U 



s^Wff^rr ' i^^f r 'r r r r 

1-3. Je-sus,Lord,I ask for mer-cy,- Let me not implore in 



rSi'ii\i?iiT<,vyS 



n I ' ' I ■ I ■ ' I r L r r 

vain; All my sins I now detest them^Never will I sin ar-gain. 



207 



135 GENERAL 

Jesus, ever- loving Saviour 



Hymn for a Happy Death 



Franz Schubert 
Arr.byN.AM. 



nil nL:i ri 



1. Je - sus , ev - er lov - ing Sav - iour^ 

2. When the last dread hour ap _ proach - ing 

3. Ma - ry, thou canst not for - sake me, 

4. Je - sus, Tidien in cru - el an - guish 

5. Then, by all that Thou didst suf - fer, 



r,' i' ,' ,' \i d 

1. Thou didst live and die for 



1. Thou didst 

2. Fills my 

3. Vir - gin 
4 Dy - ing 
5. Grant me 



live 
guilt - y 
moth - er 
the 



on 
mer 



die 
soul 

un - 
shame 

in 



r 

me , 

with fear J 

de - filed; 

- ful tree, 

that day; 



1. Liv - ing, I will live to love Thee^ 

2. All my sins rise up be - fore me, 

3. Thou didst not a - ban - don Je - sus, 

4. All a - ban-doned by Thy Fa - ther, 

5. Help me. Ma - ry, my sweet Moth - er. 



208 



r,'i',','v./r' V'' 

1. Dy - ing, I will die for Thee. Je _ 

2. All my vir-tues dis - ap - pear. Je _ 

3. Dy - ing, tor- tured,and re - viled. Je - 
4. Thou didst writhe in ag- o -uy. Je - 
5. Ho - ly Jo- seph, near me stay. Je - 



F 

sus! 
sus! 
sus! 

Sii«1 

sus I 



^^^Vi'i'/'i' 



i 



nrr 



1. Je - sus I 

2. Je - sus! 

3. Je - sus! 

4. Je - sus! 

5. Je - sus! 



By Thy life and death and sor-row^ 
Turn not Thou in an-ger from me. 
Send Thy Moth- er to con -sole me: 
By those three long hours of sor-row 
Let me die, my lips re-peat-ing, 



I 



u 



i 



^m 



^^ ft/** 

1. Help me in my 

2. Ma - ry, Jo - seph, 

3. Ma - ry, help Thy 

4. Thou didst pur - chase 

5. Je - sus, mer - cy! 



ag - o - ny. 
then be near 1 
guilt - y child! 
hope for me . 
Ma - ry, pray! 



209 



136 GENERAL 

The Holy Family 

Happy we who thus united 



Rev. E. Vaughan 

Alles:ro moderato 



i 



lle^ 



'Ave Virgo '^ 15 th Century melody 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



J J 

1. Hap- py we^ who 



m 



^ 



T r r r 

tnus u - nit - ed 
might -y bid - ding 
lone wert chos - en 
called the fa - ther 



we 

whose al - 

thou a - 

4. Jo-seph! thou wert 



LP- py 

2. Je - sus^ 

3. Ma - ry! 



^i—i-^ 



^ 



f. r H 



f 



1. Join in 

2. All ere - 

3. Vir - gin 

4. Of thy 



cheer 
at 

Moth 
Mak 



ful 
ed 
er 
er 



mel - - dy; 

things ful - fil, 
of thy Lord: 
and thy Lord -, 



^ 



J J J J 



1^ 

Je - sus^ 
earth in 
guide the 



r'^ri' 



1. Prais- ing 

2. Lives on 

3. Thou didst 

4. Thine it 



Ma 



was 



to 



^ ft J J 



ry_, Jo - seph, 
meek sub - jec - tion 
ear - ly foot - steps 
save thy Sav - iour 



T r" r 

Fam - i - lyV 
par - ents^ will, 
car - nate Word 
Her - od's sword. 



1. In the 

2. To His 

3. Of the 

4. From the 



S" 



'^Ho - ly 

earth - ly 

Great In 

cru - el 



210 



i 



<l J J J J :: 

f r r ^ 



^ 



1. Je - sus 



Ma 



ry^ Jo - seph^ help us, 

3. Sweet- est In - faut, make us pa - tient 

3. Dear - est Moth - er ! make us hum -ble; 

4. Suf - fer us to call thee fa - ther : 



^ 



r Lr r t «r r 

we ev - er true may be , 

o - be - dieut for Thy sake, 

thy Son will take His rest 

to us a fa - therms love; 



r 

1. That 

2. And 

3. For 

4. Show 



I: 



i 



3 



^^ 



1. To the prom - is - es that bind us 
Z. Teach us to be chaste and gen - tie, 
3 In the poor and low - ly dwel - ling 



4 Lead us safe thro' ev 


- 'ry 


dan - ger 


Ou J J 1 1 


r— 1 


r\ 


aJ^ '' i % 4 \ 


^*= 


— 1 J 1 


V ^ r — F — H 

1. To the ^'Ho - ly 

2. All our storm - y 

3. Of a hum - ble 

4. Till we meet ir h 


4^ 

Fam 
pas - 
sin - 
eav'n 


r r " 

- i - ly'-' 

sions break. 

ner's breast , 

a - bove. 



211 



-1^7 GENERAL 

■■■*' ^ The Rosary 

The Griorious Mysteries 

By the first bright Easter Day 

For the Joyful Mysteries see Hymn No 86 



C. M.Caddell 

AUescro inoderato 



The Resurrection 



1. By the first bright 
The AsceTision 

2. By Thy part - ing 

The Descent of the Holy Ghost 

3. By that rush- ing sound 

The Assumption of our Lady 

4. See the Vir - gin Moth 

The Coronation of our Lady 

5. Ma - ry reigns up 



Ei^m a Slovak Hymnal 
Arr.by N.A.M. 




Eas - ter 

bless- ing 

of 

er 



day, 
giv'n , 
might 
rise , 



on the throne 



p 


^ 


¥ 


^ 


r 


: J ^ J - 

V r 


r 


1. 


When 


the 


stone 


was 


rolled a - 


way ; 


2. 


As 


Thou 


didst 


as - 


cend to 


HeaVn, 


3. 


Com - 


ing 


down 


from 


heav - en's 


height ; 


4. 


An ^ 


gels 


bear 


her 


to the 


skies; 


5, 


Pre - 


or - 


dained 


for 


her a - 


lone> 



212, 



m 



J J JJiJJ ^i^. ^ 



1. By the glo-ry round Thee shed At Thy ris-ing 

2. By the cloud of liv- ing light Ttat received Thee 

3. By the clo-ven tongues of fire , Ho-ly Ghost^ our 
4.Mount a -loft, im - per - ial Queen_,Plead on high the 
5. Saints and an-gels round her sing, Moth-er of our 

Chorus 



^ r ^r r V r r r r r =P 



1. from the dead. 

2. out of sight. 

3. hearts in-spire! 1-5. Ring of Glo-ry, hear our cry> 

4. cause of men! 

5. God and King. 



^ 



i 



Make us soon Thy joy to see_, Where enthroned in 



!''''^i7Ji' Pi 




I T Lj f ' r f f 



ma-jes-ty Count-less an-gels sing to Thee, 



1213 



138 GENERAL 

Evening Hymn 

Sweet Saviour! bless us ere we gt) 

Father Faber 



Nicola A. Montaii 



Andante ma non troppo 
p 



^ 



5g 



P 



r 



r^r 



1. Sweet Sav- iour! bless us ere we 

2. The day is done^ its hours have 

3. Grant us, dear Lord! from e - vil 

4. For ail we love. the poor^ the 



# 



m 



^ 



r-T 



1. go ; 


Thy 


word 


in - 


to 


our 


2. run ; 


And 


Thou 


hast 


tak - 


en 


3. ways 


True 


ab - 


so - 


lu - 


tion 


4. sad, 


The 


sin - 


ful,— 


un 


. to 




r 



I H^J J I J J 

tm' hearts to glow Wit 



luke - wal-m' hearts to glow With 

tri - umphs grace hath won, The 

more than in past days With 

mer - cy make us glad; Thou 

214 




1. low - \y love and ler - vent will. 

2. bro - ken vow, the fre - quent fall. 

3. pur - i - ty and in - ward peace. 

4. art oui- Je - sus and our AU. 



m 



Refrain 



M 



r-r 



m 



f 



;i J | j-j 



r T r 'r 



1-4. Thro* life's long day and death's dark night, 




r r r TH " r T-r t - ^ 

gen- tie Je - sus! be our light; 




Je - sus I be 



OUT light . 



215 



139 GENERAL 

Evening Hymn 

As fades the gloiivlnjg orb of day 

Jam solrecedit ig'neus 



Translated by T. J.Potter 
Moderato 



^ 



^ 



S.Webbe (1740-1816) 



^^ 



r=^r^ 



r^r^ 



1. As fades the glow-ing orb of day^ To 

2. At ear - ly dawn, at close of day, To 



^miprvn 



Thee, great source of light, we pray; Blest 
Thee our vows we hum - bly pay; May 



^'''fi ^;f"^j ^ i' 



Three in One, to ev - 'ry heart Thy 
we, 'mid joys that nev - er end, With 



^^ 



s 



W 



r\ 



1^-r 



r 



beams of life and 
Thy bright saints in 



love im 
horn - age 



part, 
bend 



216 



GENERAL 

Evening Hymn 

When day^s shado\rs lengthen 

Mane nobis cum, quoniam ad vesperascit 



140 



Dr. R G.Lee 



Andante 



Traditional Melody 
Arr. by N.A.M. 



^^ 



i 



f. r T.. r 



1. When day's sliad - ows length - en , 

2. When the night grows dark - est, 

3. Come, Thou Food of an - gels, 

4. Then be near me, Je _ sus, 

5. So shall no fears chill me 

6. Bless - ed war - fare o - ver, 




com - fort_, 
foe - men 
Fa - therms 
God and 
death He 
more, nor 



strength - en, 
gath - er 
man - sions 
Sav - iouP; 
con - qufii*eKl, 



row, 



217 



r — r 



1. Chase 

2. In 

3. Give 

4. Thou 

5. And 

6. Neith 



a 
death's 
me 
my 
can 
er 



^ 



r 

way 

mist 
soon 
com 
die 
sigh 



r 



my 

y 

a 
fort 
no-j 
nor 



fearj 
vale^ 
place; 
be: 
more, 
moan, 




^ 



it 



m 



m 



r r r T tiiijr r-f 



1. Love and hope be deep - en'd, 

2. Be Thou Sword and Buck - ler, 

3. That un - veiled in splen - dor 

4. Food, and Priest, and Vic - tim, 

5. His Hand guards and guides me 

6. But a song of tri - umph 



^^ 


'f 


tr 


f 


f-f 


i 


1. Faith 


more 


strong 


and 


clear. 




2. Be 


Thou 


Shield 


and 


Mail. 




3. I 


may 


see 


Thy 


Face. 




4. Let 


me 


feed 


on 


Thee. 




5. To 


the 


heav'n - 


ly 


door. 




6. Round 


a 


bout 


the 


throne . 





218 



141 



GENERAL 

Praise we our Grod with joy 

The Praise of God 
Processional 

Canon Oakeley Nicola A. Montani 

Allegro maes toso {w ith weH-marked rhythm) 

A. - " "^ 



m 




f r p '; 



1. 


Praise 


we 


our 


God 


with 


w 


2. 


He 


is 


our 


Shep - 


herd 


tru 


3. 


Bleed 


- ing; 


we 


iay, 


but 


He 


4. 


His 


Word 


our 


Ian - 


tern 


is 



^ 



XZl— I 



r r p ^^^^ 



f 



1. And 


glad- 


ness 


nev - 


er 


end - 


n)g , 


2. With 


watch - 


ful 


care 


Ull - 


sleep - 


i^iK, 


3. With 


sooth - 


ing 


bands 


hath 


bound 


us; 


4. His 


Peace 


our 


con - 


so - 


la _ 


tion; 




1. An 

2. On 

3. Dark 

4. His 



gels and 

us , His 

was our 

Sweet - ness 



Saints with 

err-ing sheep, 

path, but He 

all our rest,. 



219 



!'' i' i' : ii' |i I 



i. Their grate . ful voic 

2. An eye of pit 

3. Hatk poured His Light 

4. Him - self our great 



iL( 



es blend - ing. 
y keep - ing. 
a - round Us; 
Sal - va - tion! 



V I' r p I f r r '.r r f 



1. Me IS our Fa- ther dear^ Oer- filled with 

2. He with a might - y arm The bonds of 

3. Grac-es in co-pious streams FVom that pure 

4. Then live we all to God, Re _ ly on 



jf 



# 



i J i 



m 



i 



«r r r 



f 



1. 


Fa- 


therms 


love> 


Mer - 


cies 


un 


2. 


sin 


do^h 


break, 


And 


to 


our 


3. 


foun - 


tain 


come^ 


Down 


to 


our 


4. 


Him 


in 


faith , 


Be 


He 


our 



1. sought, un-known He show-ers from a - bove. 

2. bur-den'd hearts In words of peace doth speak. 
8. heart of hearts_,Where God hath set His home. 
4. guide in life, Our joy, our hope, in death. 



220 



GENERAL 142 

Praise to the Holiest in the height 

Dreant of Gerontius 
PFocessional 

Cardinal Newman Nicola A.Montanl 

Wtfh spirit 




f^ 



1. m the 

2. of our 

3. flesh and 

4. gift than 

5. He who 

6. se - cret 



height, 

God! 

blood 

grace 

smote 



And 


in 


the 


When 


all 


was 


Which 


did 


in 


Should 


flesh 


and 


In 


man 


for 


And 


on 


the 




1. depth 

2. sin 

3. Ad 

4. blood 

5. man 

6. Gross 



le 
and 

am 
re 
the 
on 



praise 3 
shame , 
fail, __ 

fine , 

foe, 

high, - 
221 



A 

Should 
God's 
The 

Should 



i 



^ 



all 



i 



ffij 



2. sec 


ond 


3. strive 


a 


4. Pres 


eiice 


5. dou 


ble 


6 teach 


His 



J — ^ 



T^^ r-^ ' r — r [- 



words 


most 


Ad 


am 


fresh 


a 


and 


His 


ag - 





breth - 


reii 




1. won 

^ io 

3. gainst 

4. ver - 

5. ny 

6. and 



der 
the 
the 

y 

in 
in 



fight 
foe J 
Self, 
man 
spire 



f 

m 
the 

Should strive and 
And Es - sence 

For man should 

To suf - fer 



^^ 



f 



1. 


all 


His 


2. 


res - 


cue 


3. 


should 


pre 


4. 


all — 


di 


5. 


un - 


der 


6. 


and 


to 



ways ! 
came 
vail; . 
vine. . 

go 3 - 
die. _ 



7~^ 



T5" 



22; 



GENERAL |43 

Lord^ for tomorro^v and its needs 

("Just for today") 

Sister M. Xavier Nicola A. Montani 

Slo'wly 




1. Lord, for to-mor-row and its needs 'I Ido not 

2. Let me be slow to do my will, Prompt to o - 

3. Let me in sea-son, Lord,be grave, In sea- son, 

4. In Pur-ga-tfi,-ry'8 cleansing fires Brief be my 






1. pray; 'Keep me, my God, from stain 

2. bey: Help me to mor - ti - fy my flesh, 

3. gay; Let me be faith-ful to Thy grace, 

4. stayj Oh, bid me, if to - da y I die^ 
I nifaccec - 



m 



^^ 



Tor to - diy. 



1. Just for to - day 

2. Just for to - dsy 

3. Just for to - day 

4. Go home to - day 



Let me both di - \i 

Let me no wrong or 

And if to - day my 

So, for to - mor- row 



1. gent - ly work. And du - ly pr^rf lie 



Jilt- ly work. And dU - ly pray:' l!et 

2. i - die word Un - think- ing say; Set 

3. tide of life Should ebb a - way, Give 

4. and its needs, I do not pray^ But 



1. me be kind in wArd or deed, Just for to 



1. me be kind in w6rd or deed, Just for to-day. 

2. Thou a seal up - on my lips. Just for to-day. 

3. me Thy Sa . cra-ments di-vine. Sweet Lord,to-day. 

4. keep me, guide me, love me Lord Just for to-day. 

223 



144 GENERAL 

Why art thou sorrowfuT? 

The Remembrance of Mercy 
Fkther Faber S. M. Yenn 



Moderato 



^ap 



il, ser-vant or 



1. Why art thou sor-row-ful, ser-vant ol 

2. Oh, is there a thoi^ht in the wide world so 

3. Oh, then,when the spir - it of dark-ness comes 

4. That God hath once whis-pered a word in thine 



# 



W 



i 



i 



^1' J- J^ji 



r r 'rcJT ^ 



1 . God ? "And '^ what is this dul - ness that 

2. sweet, As that God has so cared for us, 

3. down "With clouds and un - cer - tain - ties 

4. ear^ Or sent thee from Heav - en one 






1. hangs o'er rhee now? Sing the prais - es of 

2. bad as we are. That He thinks for us, 

3. in - to thy heart, One look to thy 

4. sor - row for sin, Is e - nough for a 




cresQ^ 



FHTJ I ^ > r^ 



r r ' I' M 

them a - loud. And the 
to en - treat. And 
of thy crown> And the 

ish all fear. And to 



Je - sus, and sing 
plans for us^ stoops 

Sav- iour, one thought 
life both to ban - 



Copyrig-ht 1920 by S.M.Yenn 
224 



1. song shall dis-pel the dark cloud from thy 

2. fol - lows us, wan- der we ev - er so 

3. tern - pest is o - ver, the shad- ows de - 

4. turn in - to peace all the trou-bles with 

Poco piu md^s o 



m 



i 



i^Si 



t 



k^ 



S5 



" rjgt*^" ! ' f f "T r r 

1. brow. Sing the prais - es of Je-sus^ and 

2. far? That He thinks for us^ plans for us, 

3. part. One look to thy Sav-iour, one 

4. in. Is e - nough for a life both to 



$ 



,b Ji^J j i J 



f 

d the 



m 



r r r T p-p ? " T^ 

1. smg them a- loud, And the song shall dis - 

2. stoops to en - treat, And fol - lows us, 

3. thought of thy crown, And the tern - pest is 

4. ban - ish all fear^ And to turn in - to 



allargando 



. aLiariianao ^^ \ —73 



^^ 



1. pel the dark doud from thy brow. 

2. wfin - der we ev - er so far? 

3. o - ver, the shad - ows de - part . 

4. peace aU the trou - bles with - in. 



225 



145 GENERAL 

Acts of Faith^Hope and Charity 

For acts of Contrition etc. see Nos. 128, I33,and Hymns 
for Holy Communion 
(A) ACT OF FAITH 



Anon. 
Moderate (Recitativo liber o) St. Patrick's Hymn Book 



^m 



s 



U 



My God^ I be-lieve in Thee^ And 



m 



r\ 



^ -^^ 



m 



r r r r '^^^^ 

all Thy Church doth teach _, Because Thou hast 



i 



^m 






m 



r\ 



said it And Thy word is true 



(b) 



ACT OF HOPE 



* 



4 



s 



m 



0- 

^ r r 



My God, I hope in Thee^ For 



226 



M 



f 



a 



9 



r — r — r — r~»r — ^ 

Grace and for glo - ry , Because of Thy 



I 



-j J J ^^ J I J ^^ 



/^ 



T5 



prom- is - es, Thy mer- cy, aiid Thy pow^r. 
(C) ACT OF CHARITY 



#= 



^ 



P 



» 



^=f 



My God, because Thou art so good^ I 



m 



^ 



pf 



r r r r «r r 

love Thee with all my heart. And for Thy 



J J J J IJ J J J 

r f f r Y f^ 






Tsr 



sake, I love my 'neigh- bor as my - self. 



227 



146 OUR MOTHER OF SORROWS 

Passioiitide and B.V. M. 

What a Sea of Tears and Sorrows 

quot undis lacrymarum 



Tr. by Rev. F. Campbell 



Ch. Gounod 
Arr. by N. A. M. 



1. What a sea of tears and sor - rows 

2. Oh , that mourn - ful Vir - gin - Moth - er ^ 

3. Oft; and oft His Arms and Bos - om, 

4. Gen- tie Moth - er^ we be- seech thee^ 



i 



J J J 



^ 



f 



f r r — r 

1. Did the soul of 

2. See her tears how 

3. Fond - ly strain - ing 

4. By thy tears and 



Ma - ry 
fast they 

to her 
trou - bles 



toss 
flow 
own 
sore. 



S 



^ 



^ 



t w w - ^ 

r r r 



f=f 



1. To and fro up - on its bil - lows 

2. Down up - on His man - gled Bod - y 

3. Oft, her pal - lid lips im - print - ing 

4. By the death of thy dear Off - springy 



228 



v'' c ^ r r r 'f 



» 



i 



1. While she wept her bit - ter loss ) 

2. Wound - ed Side and thorn - y Brow; 

3. On each Wound of her dear Son: 

4. By the blood - y Wounds He bore; 



^^ 



i^ 



P 



;ib^ 



r £=/"r 



f=f 



1. In her arms her Je - sus hold - ing , 

2. While His Hands and Feet she kiss - es^ 

3. Till at last in swoons of an - guish, 

4. Touch our hearts with that true sor - row 



1. Torn so new - ly from the Cross . 

2. Pic - ture of im - mor - tal woe . 

3. Sense and con - scious - ness are gone , 

4. Which af - flict - ed thee of yore 



229 



147 GENERAL 

The Divine Praises 



Organ sustains chords in recitations 

Slowly 



J. Lewis Browne 






Bless-ed be God! Bless-ed be His Ho-ly Namel 



AAA 



iimnm^i 



BIes8-ed be Je-sus Christ,true God and true Man 



h Voicesi- 

'I" u ^ I i i i I 



iTJ T3 



f — r 



Bless - ed be the Name of Je - sus 



'I' \ ) I i I i i ^U 



^^^^5 



• — • 



Rr-jnrr 



Bless-ed be His most Sa-cred Heart, Bless-ed be 



^ 



i^ 



^=^ 



' T p p r r r P p^^ 

Je-sus in the most Ho-ly Sa-cra- ment 



Copyng-ht Gilberf Music Co 
By permissimi 8;^0 



Faster 




i 



of the Al 



^=^=^ 



rcrr 

tar! Bless- ed be the great 
Slowly — ^^ 



i 



xs: 



^^ 



s 



f=f 



Moth- er of God, Ma - ry most ho - ly ! 



a tempo {recitando leggiei^e) 



Hmmmwm 



Bless-ed be her Ho Jy and Im - ma^cu-late Con-cep-tion> 



Ca) Bless- ed be the Name of Ma-ry, Vir-giu aiid Moth-er, 
(h) Bless-ed be Saint Jo-seph her most chaste spouse. 

Maestoso 

allarg. 



^l^^fTiHifHii 



^^ 



Bless-ed be God in His an-gels^and in His Saints. 



231 



148 GENERAL 

The Lord's Prayer 

Our Father^ Who Art in Heaven 

Nicola A. Montani 
Andante relia:ioso -. ^ 

p- . - \ - - - . . \ \ ^ Vif ^ . -;^ 



"^i^iDmv 



Our Fa-therWho art m heav_ eu^ hal-lowed te Thy 



mTJ^^XIv 



^ 



Name; Thy Kiiig-dom come; Thy will be done on 



M j> ;: J 



^ 



— ^rnarc. i ■ ^ 



»== 



earth, as ft is in heav- 



en. Give us this day our 



^^ 



^5 



3^^ 



^ mil 3^ ^ 



ly breadj And for-give m 



dai 



us our tres-pas - ses, as 



a tempo 



^ 



La rffo 



^ 






r p p 



we for-give those who tres-pass a -gainst us. And 

^ rzY si2 

r7\ 



lead us not in - to temp- ta - tion; but de ■ 



lead us not in - to temp- ta - tion; but de - 






m 



t 



7^ 7 1. 



liv- er us from e - vil 
232 



A - men 



GENERAL ^^Q 

Hail, Mary^ full of Grace 

The Ang-elical Salutation 



^ 



Devoto {Slowly) Con espress ionej, ^ 
"mo I — i / 1 



Nicola A. Montani 



m. 



f 



iF=^ 



±=± 



rf f r e/'f^ 



r^ 



Hail, Ma -ry, full of grace; the Lord is 



^ ^tm 



JJT^ 7 ^ 1 



r^^TT 



with thee:bless-ed art thou a-mongst wom-en, and 



^^^^ 



frw^ 



bless -ftd is the fruit of thy womb, Je - sus 
Slower . > 



^^m 



s 



^m 



f f r r r c&f 



Ho-ly Ma-ry, Moth-er of God, pray for us sin-ners^ 



^ 



m^m 



r f /'«f f f ' ^tp 



S^=^=e 



now, and at the hour of our death. A - men 



233 



150 ^^^^ MATRIMONY 

Lord, Who at Cana's Weddiag Feast 

A. Thrupp 



J. Lewis Browne 



Moderato 



(■"i i .i J J i i j 



^ 



! 



. I T r r -^ 

1. Lord^ Who at Ca - na's wed -ding feast Didst 

2. For ho - ly Thou in - deed dost prove The 

3. The ho-liest vow that man can make, The 

4. Which blest by Thee, what- e'er be -tides, No 

5. On those who at Thine al - tar kneel, 

6. Oh grant them here in peace to live. In 



l^ } j I jij7j, jij HA ^ 



1. as a guest ap-pear, Thou, dear- er far than 

2. mar-riage vow to be, Pro-claim-ing it a 

3. gold- en thread in life. The bond that none may 

4. e - vil shall de-stroy. Thro' care-worn days each 

5. Lord, Thy bless -ing pour. That each may wake the 
i". pu - ri - ty and love, And^ this world leav- ing. 



i 



^bM 




rr r r>f r r 

1 . earth-ly guest,VouchsafeThy ja^sence Tiere ^ 

2. type of love Betweenthe Church and Thee. 

3. dare to break,That:. biudeth man and wife,- 

4. care di-vides, And doubles ev-'ry joy. 

5. oth-er's zeal To love Thee more and more: 

6. to re-ceive A crown of life a - bove ! 



A - 



men 



Copyrig-ht Gilbert Music Co.^ Chicag-o, III. 
By j)e7*misHion 234 



ADVENT 

Creator Alme Sideriun 



151 



i 



^4fi^=^^ ^ 



1. Cre- a -tor ail - me si - de - rum, A^ - ter - na 

2. Qui dae-mo-nis ne fraii - di - bus Per - i - r^t 

3. Com-mu-ne qui mun - di ne - fas Hi bx- pi- 

4. Cu-jus po-te-stas gl6-ri _ ae, No-men-que 

5. Te de-pre-c^ -mur, ul - ti - mae Ma-gnum di- 

6. Vir-tus, ho -nor, laus, gld - ri - a De - o Pa- 







1. lux cre-den- ti -um, Je-su, Re-dem-ptor o-mn- 

2. or- bis im-pe- tu A - mo -ris a? ctus, lan-gui- 

3. a -res, ad cru-cem E Vir-gi-nis sa - cra-ri - 

4. cum pri-mum so-iiat, Et coe -li -tes et in - fe - 

5. e - i Jii-di-cem, Ar-mis su-per-iiae gra-ti - 

6. tri cum Fi - li - o, Sa'n-cto si - mul Pa - ra - cli 



I 






1. um, In - t'en - de vo-tis sup-pli-cum 

2. di Mun-di men -de -la fa -ctus es . 

3. o In - ta - eta pro-dis vi-cti - ma. 
4 ri Tre _ men- te cur-van-tur ge -nu. 
5. ae De ^ f e'n - de nos ab ho-sti- bus. 
6 to, In sae ^ cu- \6 -rum sa& - cu - la. 



A- men 



235 



153 



Veni^ Venl Emmanuel 



Ancient Chant 




1- Ve-ni, ve-ni Em-man-nu el! Cap-ti^vmn sol-ve 

2. Ve-ni^ O Jes-se Vir-gu-la! Ex hos-tis tu-os 

3. Ve-ni, ve-ni - ri-ens! So-la-re nos ad- 

4. Ve-ni Cla-vis Da-vi-di -cal Re-gna,re-clu-de 



* 



'il- JTl . I ' i> J' 



^ 



I 



S=5 



J 



Is - ra-el 
un- gu-la 
ve- ni-ens: 
coe- li- ca 



Qui ge-mit in ex- i - li - o 
De spe-cu tu-os tar-ta-ri, 
No-ctis de-pel-le ne - bu-las, 
Fac i - ter tu-tum su- p'r-num 




^ 



va4us De - i Fi - Ii- o. 



1. Pri-v^4us De - i Fi -H-o. 

2. E- ducket an-tro ba-rath-ri,, ^m ^ j ^- . 

3. Di-ras-que no-ctis te- ne-bras'-^'^^-^^^^^^-^^^ 

4. Et clau-de vi- as in-fe-rum. 



i l\|■^l^ J^ fi\^ li' M ^^^ 



Em-man-nu-el Nas-ce-tur pro te. Is - ra-el 



236 



O Emmanuel 



153 



Second Mode 



Antiphonae Majores 



j^JJ>.r3Jjj:j 'JM^^ 



Em-ma-nu- el, Rex et le-gi- fer no-ster. 



^" i' f] iJ ^' i' ^^ ^^ 



ex - spe - eta - ti - o gen - ti - um, 



I 



^m 



nrJi^jM \rii 



Et Sal - va - tor e 



rum: ve - ai 



rail 



^^m 



JUi^UU 



&4 



<l' ^^ 



Ad Sal- van-dum noSo Do-mi-ne De-us no-ster 



237 



^^^ En Clara Vox Redarguit 

First Mode Antiph oale (Vatican Edition) 



^ 



s 



p .p p r 



1. En cTa _ ra vox re - dar - gu - it 

2. Mens jam re - siir - gat tor - pi - da , 

3. En A - gnus ad nos mit - ti - tur 

4. Ut cum se - cun ~ do ful - se - rit , 

5. Vir - tus, ho - nor^ laus, glo _ ri - a 



^ P P Lr ^^ 



1. 


Ob - 


scu - 


ra 


quae 


- que 


per - 


so 


- nans 


2. 


Non 


am _ 


pii 


- us 


ja - 


cens 


hu . 


- mi • 


3. 


Lax ■ 


■ a - 


re 


gra - 


tis 


de - 


bi - 


turn 


4. 


Me - 


til - 


que 


mun - 


dum 


cin - 


xe ■ 


■ rit, 


5. 


De - 


o 


Pa 


- tri 


cum 


Fi - 


li 


- , 



I''' J p. p 



s 



1= Pro - cul 

2. Si - dus 

3. - mnes 
.4. Non pro 

5. San - cto 



fu - gen 

re - ful 

si - mul cum 

re - a - tu 

si - mul 

. rail 



tur 
get 



Pa 



«o 



mm - a , 
no - vum 
cri - mis 
pii - ni - at^ 
ra - cli - to J 



jam 
la 



^5 



p M r \^tn 



1. Ab al - to Je-sus pre -mi- cat. After la(it 

2. Ut. tol-lat - mne nox - i-um. vei'se 
3 Pre-ce-mur in- dul -gen - ti - am. 

4- Sed nos pi - us tunc pro -te- gat. 

5. In sae _ cu- 16 -rum saB-cu- la A - men. 



23S 



CHRISTMAS 155 a 

Jesu Redemptor Omnium 

Vatican Antiphonale 



p)' j^]^PDl 



^ 



^ 



1. Je-su Re-dem-ptor 6-mni-umj, Quem lu-cis 

2. Tu lu - men et splen-dor Pa-tris^ Tu spes per- 

3. Me-men-to re - rum Cdn- di - tor, No-stri quod 

4. Te-sta- tur hoc prae-sens di - es^ Cur-rens per 
S.Hunc a - stra^tei - Ins, ae - quo- ra, Hunc o - mne 

6, Et nos^ be- a - ta quos sa -cri Ri - ga - vit 

7. Je- su; ti - bi sit glo - ri - a_, Qui na- tus 



m 



mf UJCdTierp ^^J'-gj 



1. 


an-te 





3. 


en - 


nis 


3. 


- 


lim 


4. 


an - 


ni 


5. 


quod 


coe 


6. 


un - 


da 


7« 


es 


de 



m 



n - gi - nem_, Pa-rem pa-ter-nae glo- 
6 - mni - um : In- ten- de quas fun-dunt 
cor - po - ris, Sa-crata"^b al-vo Vir- 
cir - cu - lum, Quod so-lus e si-nu 
lo sub- est ^ Sa- lii - tis au-cto-rem 
san-gui-nis, Na-ta-lis ob di-em 
Vir - gi - ue^ Cum Pa4re"^t al-mo Spi- 
raH 



P'PJIjJ''i'j ^1^ ^ 



EH5 



#-# 



ri-ae^Pa-ter su-pre-mis ^-di-dit. After last 

2. preces Tu- i per or - bem ser-vu-li. verse 

3. gi-nis Nascen-dO;, for-mam sump.se-ris. 

4. Pa-tris Mun-di sa-lus ad ve-ne-ris- 

5. no-vae No-vo sa-lu-tat can-ti-co. 

6. tu- i? Hymni tri-bu-tum s6l-vi-mus. 

7. ri-tu, In sem-pi-ter-na sae-cu-la. A- men. 



239 



155 b 



Jesu Redemptor Omnium 



/May be sung in alter- \ 
Viiate fashion with 155 a/ 



Alternate setting by Talep 

Dominican Monk 
Monastery of Strasbourg 1361 

Arr.by N.A.M. 



:''''' I 'rU 



331 



r 



^^==T 



r 

1. Je - su Re - dem - ptop o - nmi 

2 . Tu lu - men et splen - dor P&, - 



W 



i 



S 



XE 



^ -^"9— & — ' ^ - -Tf 



X|-r- 



um^ Quem lu - cis an - te o - ri - gi -nem, 
spes per - en - nis 6 - mni - um : 



tris, Tu 



^^ i JT:]- 



^ 



r n-- f if-r^P 



s 



'a - rem pa - ter - nae glo - n - a , 
In - ten - de quas fun - dunt pre - ces 



I 



h> J J J 



^=1 



Pa- ter su-pre - mis e - di- dit. 
Tu - i per or - bem ser - vu- li. 



men 



240 



Resonet in Laudibus 



156 



Christmas Song of the XTV Century 



M' F P r P 



^5 



-net in lau-di-bus Cum ju - cun-dus 
lau-da D6-mi-num Sal-va - t6 - rem 

. ri con-cur-ri- te Na- to Re - gi 
est Em - ma- nu- el Quern prae -di - xit 
cum can- to- ri- bus Gra-de - re de 

• gnat in ae-the-re_, Ve-nit o - vem 



M r. gTl P P, ^' 



6. quae 



bus, S'i - oh cum f i - de - li - bus 

um Vir - go pa - rit Fi - li - um . 

te Vo - ce pi - a di - ci - te - 

el Tes-tis est E - ze - chi - el . 
bus Et die cum pa - sto - ri - bus, 

re, No -lens e - am per -de - re- 



J) h ^' J> li i' ^ 



1-6. Ap 



it quem ge-nu- it Ma- rf - a 



■^m 



feJIrMr^ 







Gau-de-te, gau-de-te, Christus na-tus ho~di- el 



] J I J, J J I J, j> > ^ ^^ 



Gau-de-te, gau-de-te, ex Ma-ri-a Vir-gi-ne. 



241 



157 



Ecce Nomen Domini Emmanuel 




Ec - ce No - men Do - mi - ni Em - ma -nu- el^ 




Quod an-nun-ti- a -turn est per Ga-bri-el^ 



^''''' p p P r M r p r -^ ^ ^ 



ho - di - e ap - pa - ru - it in Is - ra - el : 



j, i .h J. [TT r^ .T' J' ii J> I, ,1 



per Ma - ri-am Vir-gi-nem est na-tus Rex. 



'' '^' a ^' p p ^ 



^ 



E - ia! Vir-go De - um ge - nu - it. 



242 



^^ 



i^ i' J^ jl J' 



«==¥ 



ut di- vi - na v6 - lu - it cle -men -ti - a 



I 



S 



^ 



' J' i' ^■'^^ [? p r 



In Beth - le - hem na - tus est 



^-^ ^j' i' ;^^^-..= #^ 



^ 



?i 



Et in Je . ru - sa - lem vi - sus est, 



# 



, p p r^Hi-P- r P p 



et in 6 - mnem ter - ram ho - no - 



^i i^ j^ nJi 



^dr 



ri - fi - ca - tus est^ Rex Is - ra - el ! 



243 



158 



Adeste Fi deles 



Traditional Melody 



f y r r T' r T r r 

1. Ad-e - ste^ fi- de - les, lae - ti tri- 

2. En gre-ge re - li - do ^ liu- mi-les ad 

3. Ae - ter - ui Pa -ren -tis splen-do'-rem ae - 

4. Pro no-bis e- ge-num et foe-no cu - 



.urn- 



'!'''' ro' w ; I,' 



rr 



1. phan - tes) Ve - m - te_, ve - ni - te in 

2. cu - nas Vo - ca - ti pa - sto - res ap 

3. ter-num Ve - la - turn sub car - ne vi - 

4. ban- tern Pi-is f o - ve - a - mus am 



Tflf \2dtime f 



BetJi - le - 



^& 



n 



m 



r r T '(^ f 

Na-tum vi- de- te 
Et nos o-van-ti 

De - um in- fan -tern ^ 

Sic nos a - man-tem 



1. Beth" - le - hem: 

2. pro - pe - rant: 

3. de - bi - mus: 

4. pie - xi - bua: 



244 



ge 
sti 



1. Re - gem Aa 

2. gra - du fe 

3. pan - nis in - vo _ 

4. quis non red . a - 



ne 
lu 
ma 



bus: 
turn: 
ret? 



re _ 

Ve - 

Ve - 

Ve - 






i^r r r 'r: r r 

ni - te^ a - do - re-mus, ve - ni - te , a - do 

ni - te, a - do - re-mus;, ve - ni - te, a - do 

m - te, a - do - re-mus, ve - ni - te, a - do 

ni - te^ a - do - re- mus^ ve - ni - te^ a - do 



PL i 'r 






r r r 



1. 

z. 

3. 

4. 



re 
re 

re 
re 



mus . ve 



mus 
mus 



mus. 



ve 
ve 

ve 



ni - te, 

- ni - te, 

- ni - te, 

- ni - te, 



o - 
do - 
do - 
do - 



I 



m 






m 



I. i-i V 

1. re - mus Do 

2, re - mus Do 

3. re - mus Do 

4, re - mus Do 



11 - num. 
mi - num. 
mi- num. 
mi - nimi. 



r 

num. 
num. 
num. 
num. 



245 



159 Puer Nobis Nascitur 



Moderato 



David Scheidemaiin 
1570-1625 



^ 



^^ 



m 



^ 



1. Pu - er no - bis na - sci - tur 

2. In prae-se-pe p6 - ni - tur sub 

3. Hinc He - ro-des ti - mu - it 

4. Qui na-tus ex Ma - ri - a 

5. Xii - ge - 11 lae - ta - ti sunt 

6. Nos de ta - li gau - di - o 

7. Laus et ju- bi - la - ti - o 



e -ctor 
foe - no 
Ma - gna 
D i - e 
Et - i - 
Con - ci - 
No- stro 



m 



^ 



^ 



^ 



1. an - fire - lo - riml ' In hoc 



1. 


an - ge - 


16 - 


rum" 


^' Ih 


hdc 


mun 


-do 


2. 


ju - men 


- to - 


rum 


Co - gno - 


vit 


bos 


et 


3. 


cum tre ■ 


■ mo - 


re 


In - fan 


- 


tes 


et 


4. 


ho - di - 


er - 


na 


Per-dii - 


cat 


nos 


cum 


5. 


am de 


De - 





Can - 


ta . 


. ve - 


runt 


6. 


na - mus 


cho - 


ro, 


In chor 


- 


dis 


et 


7. 


sit in 





re, 


Et sem 


- 


per 


an - 



>y r ;:-p£r ' M" r -r. r B r I rl f 't>ffy^ 



1. pa -sci- tur Do-mi-nus Do 

2. a - si - nus Chri-stum re-gem coe- 16 

3. pii - e - ros Oc - ci - ^icti prae do 

4. gra - ti - a Ad gau - di - a su - 

5. glo - ri - a Sit in ex - eel - sis 

6. or - ga - no Be-ne-di - ca -mus 

7. ge - li - cas De-o di - ca -mus gra-ti -as 

246 



no 


- 


rum 


.16 


- 


rum 


16 


- 


re. 


per 
De 


- 


na. 

0. 


D6- 


mi 


-no. 



Tolllte Hostias 



160 



Motet for two or four part chorus 

^ C. St. Saeiis 



M 



Allegro Maestoso ^ 




yd 



m 



^ A- 



Arr. byN.A.M. 



Iz 



f^ 



et ii^o - li - ft ( 



14 



1. Tol-li - te ho-sti-as, et fii-^i^o - 'i - Ite 

2. Ad - o - ra - te . ad - o - ra - te 

\ ^ K K 



S 




feM 



, a-tri-ia e - - jus. 



Ill 



Do - ira -iium iii a - tri - o San-cto e - jus. 



uo - ira -iiui 



3. 4. H. Lae -ten-tuT coe - li et ex-sul-t( 




Q-te ftb- ci-em Do-mi -ni quo'-ni - am ve - nit. 



nit. 5.A1- le - lu - ia , al - le - lli - ia, al - le - lu - 
al-le-lii-ia. 




al - le -lu - ia, al - le - lii - i 



347 



Ef peat from % to ^ 



161 a THE HOLY NAME 

Jesu Dulcis Memoria 

Motet for four part diorus 

St. Bernard 

T.L.da Vittoria 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



Lento 



rj i j-jffi. J' 



^ 



n 



^^3 



gff 



rrt-rrT^^m 



Je-su dul -CIS me - md - n - a. Dans ve - ra 






^ 



ve - ra cor-dis gau - - di - a , gau 

Sed su-per mel et o - 



I 



^^ 



^ 



r r r-^T^ ' 



- di - a . Sed su 



- per mel et 



- mill - a 



i - a^ su -per mel et o - mni-a 



^^ 



^ 



- mmi-a^ su - per mel et o - mni-a e - 



jus dul-cis prae- sen - ti - a ^ PP 

uj-cis prae -sen - ti - a. dulcis praesen-ti - a . 



- jus dul - cis prae 



246 



Jesu Diilcis Memoria 161 b 

For unison or two part chorus 

Cornelius Schmuck 
Mod era to . (abridged) 




1. Je - bu diil-cis me - m6 

2. Nil ca-ni - tur su . d . 

3. Je - su. spes pae - ni - t^n 

4. Nee lin-giia va - let di 

5. Sis, Je-su, no _ strum gau 



VI - us , 
ti - bus^ 
ce - re, 
di - um. 



i 



^ J i j 



m 



1. Dans ve - ra cor - dis gau - 'di - la: 
au - di 
pi - us 
lit - te 



2. Nil au - di - tur ju - cun - di - us, 

3. Quam pi - us es pe - t^n - ti - busl 

4. r^ec lit - te - ra ex - pri - me - re: 

5. Qui es fu - tu - rus prae - mi - um: 




i 



^ 



r T r 'ff7F g 



1. Sed su - per mel et o 

2. Nil CO - gi - ta - tur dul 

3. Quam bo- niis te quae - ren 

4. Ex - per - tus po - test ere 

5. Sit no - stra in te glo 



mni - a, 

ci - us, 

ti - bus ! 

de - re, 

ri - a, 



r. . J 1 . ^"-^ J. ' kr^er last 

1. E - JUS dul-eis prae -sen- ti- a. verse 



1. E - jus dul-eis prae- sen- ti - a. 

2. Quam Je -BUS De - i Fi - li-us. 

3. Sed quid in - ve - ni - en - ti bus. 

4. Quid sit Je-sum di- li - ge -re. 

5. Per cun-cta sem - per sae - cu -]a. 



249 



161c 



Jesu Dulcis Memorla 



h J- J^ J^ 



Vatican AiitiphonaJe 



^5 



1. Je - su dul - cis me 

2. Nil ca - ni . tur su 

3. Je - su, spes pae _ ui 

4. Nee liii - gun va - let di - ce - re, 

5. Sis Je - su, no - strum gau _ di - um_ 



mo - ri - a, 
a - vi - us , 
ten - ti 



bus 



i' J^ i'-J^^ 



^ 



1. 


Dans 


ve - 


ra 


cor - 


dis 


gau - 


[ii, - 


a : 


2. 


Nil 


au - 


di . 


tur 


J^i - 


cun - 


di - 


us, 


3. 


Quam 


pi - 


us 


es 


pe - 


ten - 


ti - 


bus! 


4. 


Nee 


lit - 


te 


- ra 


ex - 


pri - 


me - 


re : 


5. 


Qui 


es 


fii ■ 


■ tu - 


rus 


praf> - 


mi - 


um : 



r-,-^n 



^^ 



1. Sed su _ per mel et o - mm - a , 

2. Nil CO - gi - ta - tur dul - ci - us, 
3, Quam bo - nus te quae - ren - ti - bus! 

4. Ex - per - tus po - test ere -de - re, 

5. Sit no - stra in te glo - ri - a , 



f J' J' i' .1' j',-f^-jmm 



1. E - jus dill - cis prae-sen-ti- a. After last 

2. Quam Je - sus De - i Fi - li - us. verse 

3. Sed quid in - ve-ni -en -ti -bus. 

4. Quid sit Je - sum di - li - ge - re. 

5. Per cun - eta sem-per sae - cu - la. A-men. 



J250 



LENT AND PASSIONTIDE 

Stabat Mater d) 

Sequentia 



162 a 



Jacopone da Todi (d.l306) 



A , Lento — -= 



Traditional Melody from the 
M aintzesch G esaJigbuch (166 1) 



^ 



% 



'j r ' ; 'f '1 ^ 

Ma - ter do - lo - ro - 



1. Sta - bat 

g. Cu - jus a - ni - mam ge 

quam tri-stis et af 

moe - re - bat et do 

est ho - mo, qui non 

non pqs - set con - tri 

pec - ca - tis su - ae 

dit su - um dul - cem 




ro - 


sa 


men - 


tern 


m - 


eta 


le - 


bat 


fie - 


ret 



sta - ri , 
fi;en - tis 
Na - turn 



g 



1. Ju- xta 

2. Con -tri 

3. Fu - it 

4. Pi - a 

5. Ma-trem 

6. Chri - sti 

7. Vi - dit 

8. Mo - ri 



ru - cem la - cry - mo - sa , 



cru - cem 

- sta - tarn 

il - la 

Ma - ter^ 
Chri - sti 

Ma - trem 

Je - sum 
■ en - do 



la 
et 

be - 
dum 
si 
con 
in 
de . 



''^ r r r r r r > P > 



cry 

do 

ne 

vi 

vi 

tem 

tor 

so 

1 



len - tem, 
df - eta 
de - bat 
de - ret 
pl4 - ri 
men - tis , 
la - tum, 



r r T r r T r 

le - bat Fi,- li - Js. ^After Vast 

di - us . verse 

ni - ti ! 
cly- ti. 
ci - o? 
K - o? 
di - tum. 
ri - tum. A - men. 



1. Dum pen- 

2. Per-trans 

3. Ma -ter 

4. Na- ti 

5. In tan- 

6. Do - len- 

7. Et f la - 

8. Dum e - 



de - bat Fi^ 
- 1 - vit gla 
U - ni - ge 
poe-nas in 
to sup - pli 
tern cum Fi 
gk\ - lis sub 
mi - sit spi 
251 



9. Eia Mater, fons amoris, 
Me sentfre vim doloris 

Fae^ ut tecum luge am . 

10. Fac ut ardeat cor meum 
In amando Christum Deum^ 

Ut sibi complaceam . 

11. Sancta Mater, istud agas, 
Crucifixi fige plagas 

Cordi meo valide . 

12. Tui Natl yulnerati, 
Tarn dignati pro me pati, 
Poenas mecum divide. 

13. Fac me tecum pie flere, 
Crucifixo condolere. 

Donee ego vixero. 

14. Juxta cruc em tecum stare, 
Et me tibi sociare 

In planctu desidero. 

15. Virgo virginum praeclara^ 
Mihi jam non sis amara : 

Fac me tecum plangere; 

16. Fac ut portem Christi mortem^ 
Passionis fac consortem, 

Et plagas recolere . 

17. Fac me plagij^vulnerari, 
Fac me cruce^inebriari, 

Et oruore Filii; 

18. Flammis ue urar succeusus, 
Per te Virgo, sim defensus 

In die judicii . 

19. Christe, cum sit hinc exire. 
Da per Matrem me venire 

Ad pal mam victoriae ; 

20. Quando corpus morietur, 
Fac ut dnimae dondtur 
Paradisi gl6ria. Amen. 

252 



Stabat Mater (2) 163 b 



Mnderato assai 
P 



^ 



aM.Nanini (1540-1607) 
Arr.byN.A.M. 



^m^^ 



^P 



B°> 



«=3E 



Sta - bat Ma4er do-lo-ro-sa Ju-xta cru-cem 



Pj\\m 



^ 



r\ 



E/S - 'r ^ 



mzzzi 



la-cri -mo -s^t, Dum pende - bat Fi - li - us . 



Stabat Mater (3) 163 c 

Andante ■ ■ . Qiu^eppe Tartini (1693-1770) 



m ^^^i m n^ 



^ 



fe 



zzzz 



f=f 



Sta. bat Ma-ter do - lo - ro-sa Ju-xta cru-cem 



^W 



U \r. 



oppp 



m^ 



la-cri- md-s a, Dum pen -de- bat Fi - li - us. 



fii 



253 



163 PALM SUNDAY MUSIC 

by Franz Schubert 

Edited and revised by N. A. MoTitani 



After the sprinkling of Holy TV^ter, the Palms are blessed 
and the Choir sings the following Antiphon : 

Hosanna Filio David 

Allea'fo moderato 



l ^\ ^ J J U i 4 -^^ 



Ho - san - ?ia Fi - li - o 



Da - vid: be - ne 




J \ /^^ >\ -X 



^^f=f 



f=f 



ctus qui ve - nit in 



^m 



rrs f<. 



j>tJ. J 



r r r ' r r 

no - ml - ne Do - mi - ni 



rr^r' r 



Rex 



Is 



ra 



\ P'^ 



/A 



f 



y r 'r \ 



el: 



Ho - san - na m ex 



eel 



sis 



;8S4 



In Monte Oliveti 



184 



After the siiigiug of the Lesson the following Responsory 
is sung 

d dag 10 
PP 




1 In mon - t'e () - li 



ve - ti o - ra - vit ad 
2 Vi - gi - la - te, et o - ra - te^ o ■ 



T?T fl J J..^^ 



3a: 



i^ 



^3 



MH^'r r r i'^° 't r^ 



-tJei 



Pa -trem: Pa -ter, si f i - e - ri pot - est^ trans 
^a - te^ ut non in- tre -tis^ in -tre - tis in 



^^^ 




m 



r:\ 



X!E 



:r^-ar f ' r^ 



e - at a me ca - lix 
ten - ta - \i 



ste . 
nem. 



Piu Vivo_ 
P 



i 



bJ 



^rr-c 



^izi 



# tf- 



te 



Spi-ri-tus qui-dem prom-ptus est, ca-ro au-tem in- 



i 



^^i J JiJ J 



r\ 



ir-ma: fi-at vo-lun-ta 



o » o 



as tu 



After the Preface (with responses in ferial form, as at Re- 
quiems see No. 259 (8)) the choir sings the Sanctus and Bene- 
dicfus. 255 



165 Sanctus and Benedict us 

Adas'io . 



t^. 



^^ 



Ft. Schubert 



^ 



f==f 



San - ctus . Sau - 



ctus . San - cfus 



) nwi ii ^' "^ 



XE 



Do - mi - nus De - us Sa 
AUeu;ro Moderato 



ba - oth . 



] ^ i j ) J ^-^i rjM \ , \s^^^ 



'le - ni sunt coe - li et ter - ra rIo - n - a 



J r/1 >|J J^ l l 



^ 



er - ra glo - ri - a 



/r\ 



xn 



• p ' r r p p 



XE 



T^E 



I 



u - a . Ho - san - na in ex - eel - sis 



Slower 



^^ 



M iii^i^J J^J^ 



f-^fp ' r rpr ^ 

di - ctus qui ve-nit m no-mi-n 



P 



Be - ne 



no- mi - ne 



-I. Faster 
Do-. mi-Bi. fio-san-da in ex - eel - sis. 



256 



Pueri Hebraeomm ^^^ 

After a number of prayers and responses, at the distribu- 
tion of Palms, the choir sings the following Antiphon. 



Andante 
P. 



Fr, Schubert 



:?jji'i'ii','i'ii'i'i'i' 



Pu- e.ri He-brae - o- rum, por-tan-tes ra-mos 



m 



^ 



^^ 



:§= 



o - li - va - rum, ob - vi - a - ve - runt 



inin<in \ (B 



Do-mi - no, cla -man-tes^ et di - cen 



Faster A a a a 



Repeat ad lib. 
A A 



xs: 



r T r p p 



tes: Ho- san - na ia ex - eel - sis. 



357 



167 Cuin Angelis et Pueris 

Just before the Procession takes place the Deacon sings 5 
"Procedamus in pace" the choir answers : ^^In nomine Chri- 
sti. Amen." The following is then sung; 

Allegro moderato Pr. Schubert 



i 



^j 



J. 1 . J J i J. h =^^ 



r 'r p r r 'r - p T^ 

Cutn An - ge - lis et pu . e - ris fi 




m ve - ni - a 



mur, tri - 



i 



J. I' J J i j M 




n- pha - to - ri mor - tis cla - man 



Tjj„ r j i j i ij 



4&^ 



A A A ^, A Repeat ad lib. 



m 



tes: Ho-san-na in ex - eel- sis 



^ 



When the procession has reached the portal of the Church 
two or four chanters enter and, facing the door begin the 
^'Gloria Laus"^ the clergy and singers outside repeat the 
verse. Chanters sing each new stanza while the singers 
outside repeat the ^^ Gloria Laus" At the end of the last 
stanza the procession enters the church the music be- 
ing changed to '^Ingrediente? 



258 



Gloria, Laus et Honor 168 

0. Ravanello 
sUodvrato (abridged) 

1. Glo-ri - a. laus, et ho -nor ti-bi sit Rex Chri - 



Is - ra - el es 



f^ 



^=M 



E 



p f r i pp j ' r^ ^ 



, . n 

2. Is - ra- el es tu Riex, Da - vi - dis et 

3. Coe - tus ill ex-cel-sis te lau - dat 

4. Plebs He-brae- a ti-bi cum pal - mis 

5. Hi ti - bi pas-su-ro sol - ve - bant 

6. Hi pla-cu-e -re ti - bi^ pla - ce - at de- 



1. ste Re - dem - ptor : Cui pu - e - ri - le de 



^ 



i^J^ j-j 



^m 



^ 



^ i LK Kj 1^ I I y^^ n|^ -m^- 

2. m - cly-ta pro-les: No-mi-ne qui in Do- mi 

3. Coe - li -cus o - mnis Et mor - ta -lis ho - 

4. ob - vi _ a ve - nit: Cum pre-ce^ vo - to^ hy - 

5. mu-ni-a ]au -dis: Nos ti-bi re - gnan - 

6. vo - ti - o no - stra; Rex bo-ne^ Rex cle - 



l.cus prom-psit Ho-san 



, 1 , i-rj i riui 



na 



Pi 



um. 



1 



M 



?.. ni, Rex be-ne- di - cte^ ve - nis, 

3. mo, et cuii- eta ere - a - ta si - mui. 

4. mnis; ad - - su-mus ec-ce ti - bi . 

5. ti, pan - - - gi-mus ec-ce me - los. 

6. mens, cui bo-na cun - eta pla - cent. 



259 



169 



Ingredlente 



Andante 



^i/ii/^'H ^ 



Fr. Schubert 



f 



1. in - gre - di - en - te Do - mi - no in 

2, Cum -que au-dis.set po - po - lus quod 



^0 u^' i^m m 



san- ctam ci - vi - ta - tem, He- brae - o - rum 



Je - sus ve 



ni - ret, Je 



ro 



pu - e - ri , re - sur - rec - ti - o - nem 
so - Iv - mam, ex - i - e - runt 



I 



J J J i r' ^ TIr^ii i J. //5 



r r r ' mr^ 

vi - tae pro - nun - ti - an 
ob - vi - am e 



tes. 



1-2. Cum 



ra-mis pal-marum Ho-sanna cla-mabunt in ex-cei- sis. 



260 



HOLY WEEK RESPONSORIES 

In Monte Oliveti 

For two or four part chorus 



170 



Michael Haydn (1778) 
Edited and revised by N. A.M. 



Andante moderato 
V 



!''"?;^'mir n 



- r r'r r fr-f r t r r 

In mon-te - li - ve - ti o - ra-vit ad 



vit ad Pa-trem: 




Slower 



s 



i: Pa- tAr, Ti fl- ? - H 



1 ^ot 
P 



^ 



-^ ^J J in 



f [ r T r 



est, tran - se - at a me ca - lix i - ste : 

PoGo piu vivo_ 



|..' )77TjW? f'T | J 



D^^tT] J 



r=W=i^ 



Spi-ri-tus qui-dem promptusesi^ca - ro au - tem in 



Piu lento 



n 



Fine 



^2== 



m 



fmiW'' 



^^ 



fir - ma: fi - at vo-lun - tas tu 



261 



H 



a. 

(over) 



cresc. mo Ho j, 

occeL A A "^^'•S^-- 



Vi - ffi - la - te 







o - ra . - re , lit 




171 Trlstis est anima mea 

M.Haydn 

LavLm con espressione_^ __J^vised^N. A.M 



P 



I 1^ .. 1 



^3 



Tri - stib est a -in- ma me - k Us -qfue ad 



-^ 



¥^ 



nior - tern; s 



I" f'r- p ' r T r r r ' 

iis-ti-ne-te hic^ et vi-gi-Ia-te 



nie -eilm; iiiilic v^ - de - bi - tis tilr-bam, qViae 

M'-rt-F'i I M ! ' 

cir -cum - da-bit me. Vos fii-gam ca- pi - 



2fi2 



calaiido 



P 



aJiarg. 



e - tis, et e - go va-dam im-mo - la - n pro 



^ 



/^i>i^ creso, poco a poco 

PPrS rTs P A. A. A A 



^ 



^ 



^ 



f p "r r r f 

Ec-ce ap- pro-pin-quj 



bis : 



ap- pro-pin-quat 



J J j iJ J J i J- J^ J J 



no - ra^ et Fi - li- us ho - mi -nis tra 



I 



^ 



r~j J ^j 



Repeat J^rom v^ to Fine /CN 

^^ — -^ % 



i 



m 



-I2=ZZB. 



r r 'r r T r ^r ^^ 

e - tur in ma - mis pec - ca - to - rum 



173 



I 



Una hora non potnistls vigilare 

M . Haydn 
Adagio con espressionc Revis ed by N. A.M. 

pp _-==:=-^ A. ^ . ^ - 



J i iJ I I I J J 



^ 



ww^ 



'■ r T r ' T r r T f =-' 

iJ - na ho - ra non po - tu - i - stis 



263 



accel 




vi-ffi-la-re me -cum, qui ex-hor-ta - ba- mi- ni 



Lento l'^nga<^. ff\° K k K k S ^ 

mo - fi pro me? Vel Ju-dam non vi -de-tis. 






quo mo -do non dor-mit , sed fe-sti-nat tra-de-re 
/(rail 



^^ 



Fine 
PPrSP=^P 



me 



Ju - dae 



r^gr 



Txy 



3 



f^TTJ 



^^m 



is? Quid dor-mi-tis? 
cresc. molto 

^' bJ I 



i 



Sur -gi -te, 



et o - ra - 



r=f 



ne in 



Repeat fixrfn S ^ Fine Ov 




tre - tis 1 



ten - ta - ti 



nem 



264 



Tanquam ad latronem existis 



173 



Moderate 



M. Haydn 
Arr. by N. A.M. 



^ 



i 



^ 



p f f- f'ff'r\ T r 

Tan-quam ad la _ tro-nem ex - i - stis cum 



!'';fr' 'I|'m'I|' 

ffla-di-is et fu-sti-bus con 



HS 



y — ir-m 



f=TW^ 



gi a - 01 - IS et f u - sti-bus com-pre -hen-de - re me : 



^m 



ti- di- e a- pud vos e-^'am m tem-plo do 



Quo 



i 



nTjJJj i XJ i J 






^B 



cens^. et non me te-nu-i -stis, ei; ec-ce llagel-la-tum 



/ 



Lento 
P. 



Fine 



rrT3p 



du-ci-tis ad cru - ci- f'i - gen - - dum 



265 



till VIVO 

p 



r T i i , 1 irFfy g 






Cum- que in - je - cis _ sent ma.nus in Je-sum_, 

t 



^T^^ ^r" 'JM '^ L-i 



Repeat fronn % to Fine /Cn 

4- 



-A A- 



^=« 



*^' ■ r r r r • r ' r rr r^^Tf 

et te-nu - is-sent e - um^ ai-xi't ad e - os. 

174 



Velum templi seissiun est 

Con animn 



M.Haydn 

Edited by N.A.M. 
% ace el 




Ve-lum tem-pli scis-sum est 



^HH'V 'V ^^ 



muis 



cla 

A 



ter- ra tre-mu 



t Y r r r r ? 

it; la-tro de cru-ce 



266 



ma - bat^ di-ce: 



Largo 
bat, di-ceiis: con espressionn 



PP 



TJ A 



i 



■^zz^. 



cla - ma- bat^ di- cens: Me .men -to me - i_, 



« 



:0- 



rail 



^H -. im iU^ 




Fine 



rTTTT=T=f=f 



is; 



Do- mi -lie, dum ve - ne-ris in re-gnum tu - um 



Pill Vivo A ^' 



mfj^'j 



^g =?ihF^ 



^ 



f 



r f f f f . 

Pe-trae scis-sae sunt, et mo-nu-men-ta a 



* 



^^y 



^^ 



pep.ta sunt et raul - ta cor 



cor - po - ra sau 



Repeat frovi % to Fine r>\ 




77 ^^ ivn'puLLi jTouv 70 CO r me r .y 



cto-rum^qui dor- mi -e -rant, sur •- re-xe - runt. 



267 



175 



Tenebrae f actae sunt 



Michael Haydn 
Edited by N. A.M. 



Lento . A 'i *i 



Te-ne-brae fa-otae sunt.dum cru-ci-fix - is - sent 



et cir - ca 



Je-sum Ju - dae - i, et cir-ca ho - ram 



ho- ram no -nam, 

h J- J lb J J Ji 



^ 



« 



iJ5L4 



r r ' f T 



r 



no - nam, ex-cla-ma-vit Je-sus vo - ce 



fe 



Lar£o 



, ut quid me 



^^h 



ma-gna: De - us me- us, ut quid me 



de-re - li - qui - sti? Et in. cli 



^ 



^m 



■ i\i w n i'X. 



s 



^ 



r^ 



r=r 



de - re - li - qui - sti ? Et in - cli - 



aes 



na- to 



pi-te^ {Piu lento) 




Qa - to ca - I — "^ - m-te, e 



e - mi - 



sit spl 



f-i "' WV^^^ 



Fine 

ri - tuin. 



W 



^ 



mi - sit spi - ri-tum^ spi - - ri - tum. 



k 



Piu Vivo 



n .n ,. .] L J 



a - 



^S 



% 



* 



r r r T f-^rr-r^ 

Ex-cla-mans Je-sus vo. ce ma-gna a- 



it: 



g 



S 



Largo 

Pa - ter, in ma-nus tu - 
VP 



^ ^\^\\Tf\\4 



^ 



^ 



in ma-nus 

. Rope at from % to Fine /TN 



- it: Pa - ter 



. liepeatjrom -/s ro 
commendo spi - n-tum me - 



um. 



± 



1^ 

tu - as com-men-do spi- ri-tum me 



f 



um. 



269 



176 



Ecce^ Quomodo moritur Justus 

Michael Haydu 
Lento Edited and revised by N. A.M. 



^ 



Ec - ce, quo - mo- do mo-ri-tur ju-stus, et 




mo per-ci-pit cor-de; et vi - ri ju-sti tol- 






lim_tiir, et lie - mo coii-si -de - rat. A 



CTl' l ^.', ■ 'r' l ^//Vf'^ 



fa-ci- e i- ni-qui- ta - tis sub- la-tus est ju - 
Lenlo 



f^-j^-^^-M^ r r r ' "r r - 



Ills: Et e - rit in pa - ce me - mo ~ r] 
270 



^ J^rjj 



jus.^^j;^^ Piu Vivo 



f 



r r^^^(^ ;^T-r f f 



a e 



jus Taiiquam a -gnus 



accel 



^ 



/I >C/Cv^ 



# 



^ 



r'r-f ' r- 'i 



f 



ram ton-dea-te se ob - mu- tu - it^ et nou a 



^ 



. ru- it OS su-um: de an- ffu-sti -a, et 



pe 



gu 

Lento 



^ 



m 



r\ 



m^^ 



fes=^ 



de ju-di-ci-o sub- la - tus est. Et o, -rit in 



V- r r r '?• r ^ 



Repeat frovi beginning to Fine tT\ 
rit assai ^^^\~ ~ 



r r r r-i>.#cp 



i 



pa-ce me-mo-n- a e 

271 



jus 



177 



Unus ex discipuMs meis 



Andante religioso 



7 



^1*^ 



Michael Haydn 
Revised by N. A.M. 



1 



V \ .i^ 'i\ 



r'r'r'r'r f f^J^ ^ 

U-nus ex dis-ci - pu-lis me-is tra-det me 




ho - di - e : Vae il - li per quern tra^dar 

(Bd time to A) 

' % a tempo 




na-tus non f u - is - set . Qui in - tin - git 



272 



Ef^ 



r;Vf"M"i%'i' ^7 



i 



me- cum ma-num in pa-rop-si - de^ hie 



It3 



S 



A A- 



^^ 



^ 



tra-di- tu - rus est in ma-nus pec-ca-to - 



'!'' . \^nm\}^m 



allarg 
molto 



rum. Me -K-us il-li e- rat^ si 

Repeat from beginning top> 

then skvgjo-^^ Lar^o 



cnen s^jo-^ Lav ^o 



na-tus non f u - is- set. Me- li - us il-li 



--^.^ allarg. ^=zzzz. Fine 



e -rat si na - tus non f u - is 
273 



set 



178 



Recessit Pastor noster 



Andante modern fo 
PP 



Michael Haydn 
Edited by N. A.M. 



Re-ces- sit pa-stor iio-ster,foiis a-qiiae vi-vae^ 



ad cu-ius trail- si -turn sol ob -scu- fa-tus e!st: 



ad cu-j 

1^ 



b -scu 

cresc molt 



Nam et il-le cap-tus est^ qui cap-ti-vum te- 



U.A_L±lL^^^^^^^ 



cresc 



^S 



r r r r T- P r r g p 'r r 

iie-bat pri-mum ho-mi-iiem: ho-di-e por-tas 



4" ,',^' ^ i "^ i ^^^/?f ' 



f f f ' p 

101'- tis et se 



moi'-tis et se-ras pa-n-ter 

Pine none! 

u Tit K _r\ ^ ^'"^^ - 



Sal -va -tor no-ster 



ai- ru - pit . I)e-struxit qui-dem ciaustra ui-ier-ni, 



Repeat fvoM % to Fine /^c. 




et sub-ver-tit po -ten- ti-as di 
274 



179 

Omnes amlcl mei dereliquerunt me 

Michael Haydn 
Lento con espressione Edited^y N. A. Montani 

PP —^^- 



m 



liditedjy 



^S 



te^ 



rf=f 



n' r r T- p r 



O-mnes a - mi _ ci me -i de- re - li - que-runt me_, 
:acce/, 



et prae- va -lu - e-runt in- si- di -an-tes mi -m 



S p 

Slower 






an-tes mi -hij 

:::=>cv 4^ Faster 



W \ f\M -^ 



tra-di-dit me^quem di-li - gH— =+ bam: Et ter-ri 



i 



bus 



r- '' I / "T 

o - cu - lis pla 



H ' r r 



rr 



bi 



ga cru 



l^^tlt^tfqgs 



ta 



de- li per-cu-ti - en-tes^ a - ce - to po - 
Fine 



i'jMT^i 



n\ ^mf- 



A A. 



)ro-je-ce-rui 



jTTIiJ J lif 



-' - bant me. In-ter 'i - lii-quos pto-je-ce-rmit 



r?^C^^^fe]f4"^^ ' ^,Vf | ? 



me, et non pe-per-ce-nint a - ni-mae me _ ae. 

Repeat from, % to Fine tZ\ 



275 



180 



Ecce vidimus eum 



AndaTite sostenuto Piu vivo 



Michael Haydn 
Arr. by N. A.M. 



tr-. T--rr 



nhn ^ rm 



rrxr 



^ 



Ec - eel vi-di-mus e-um non ha-ben-tem 



^^^^^m 



spe-ci- em^ ne-que de-co - rem: a- spe-ctus 



I'i^Vi'ii'i'i' 



Ff 



i 



e - jus in e - o non est: hic pec 



m?j jibH'i n^jj J J 



t> — TJ 



rr ' f r rrf \'^r r r r 

ca-ta no-stra por-ta-vit, et pro no-bis 



do - let; ip-se au-tem vul-ne-ra-tus est 



276 



¥'i^f 



^ jnll(2dfimeto %)J'l^ 



^ 



pro-pter i - ni- qui -ta-tes no - stras^ cu-jus li 



hjj j i j y ^Jij^ i -T i i 



^m 



r rTT r r T v r r 

vo - re sa-na-ti su - mus. Ve - re Ian 



JTjtT 



m 



^ 



r ' ? 7 r T 



r r r T 



guo-res no-stros i-pse tu- lit^ et do - lo - res 



^^ 



i-pse por-ta i vit . Cu-jus li- 



no -stros 



jTJj.j i J J i ^Lf^ 



^ 



/^ 



c^ Lento 



W 



r rTT r r ' r-;"f f f 

vo - re sa-na-ti su - mus. Cu-jus le - 
^Repeat froTn beginning to '^nostras'' % 
then skip to corresponding sign % 



m 



3^;^ 



^^ 



S 



^ 



r r r r 



vo .re sa - na - ti su 

277 



mus 



181 



Caligaverunt ociili mei 



Andante moderafo 




Michael Haydn 

Edited and revised by N. A.M. 




m 



T? r-/"f-^ 



Ca - li -ga - ve - runt o - cu - li me - i a 



I lEST^ \U 



±^ 



f 



r ' T r ' T 



f]e 



tu me - 05 qui- a e-lon- 






r-p r r r ^' ^' ^ r'r r 

ga-tus est a me, qui con-so -la -ba - tur 



^M 



i 



--.^ Adagio 



\> fjji ^ ir^^ ^ 



^^ o 



r r r r ' r- rf 



-& L_^ 



me . \^ - de-te o.mnes po - pu - li : Si est 



Z'^S 



^ 



3 



"(' i^f f \^-^ 



ii I . <>: 



do - lor 



si - mi - lis sic- lit do - lor 



m 



mil. 



■^^''^ ate7npo a 



■^ 



/^ 



^=TJ^^ 



is: 



* ^ ' -8- 



iV I V> 



ZZI 



r ' r r 



r- 



nit> 



vos o - miies, 



'^-fWl hfi ' '-^^i^ 



qui tran-si-tis per vi-am, at- ten- di - te 



i 



m 



^5 



i^ — ^ 



^ 



rrrf 






-O L-^ 



et vi- de. tef si est do - lor si - mi 



I 



Repe at f7V7n beginning' to Fine n\ 



lis sic-ut do - lor me 



<> I i> 



S79 



183 a ^^^'^ ^^ PASSIONTIDE 

Vexilla Regis Prodeunt (l) 



Vatican GraduaJe 



;iJ?^p i73J^Ji]iOjiJOW' 



1. Vex-il - la Re- gis prod-e -unt: Fiil-get Cru- 

2. Quo vul-iie- ra - tus in-su-per Mu-cro- ne 

3. Im-ple-ta sunt quae con-ci- nit^ Da -vid f i - 

4. Ar-bor de - c6 - raet ful -gi- da^ Or-na-ta 

5. Be- a- ta^ cu - jus bra-chi- is^ Sae - cli pe- 

6. Crux^ a -ve, spes li -ni - ca; Hoc Pas- si - 

7. Te sum -ma De - us Tri-ni-tas^ Col-lau-det 



y iJJ'jJAjji"j-M^p-g^ 



1. cis my-ste-ri - um, Quo car-ce car-nis Con-di 

2. di - ro lan-ce - ae^ Ut iios la-va-ret cri - mi- 

3. de - li car-mi-ne; Di-censrin na-ti - 6 - ni - 

4. Re-gis piir-pu-ra^ E - le-cta di-gno sti - pi - 

5. pen-dit pre - ti - um j Sta - te - ra fa - eta cop- po - 

6. 6-nis tem-po-re, Au-ge pi -is ju-sti- ti - 

7. 6-mnis spi-ri-tus^ Quos per Cru-cis myst^ - ri - 



ffi j.jjiJMJij^ ] jf jjj,jj, || jjjjjl l 



1. tor Sus-pen - sus est pa-ti-bu- lo . After last 

2. ne^ Ma - na - vit un-daTet san-gui-ne, stanza 

3. bus Re -gna - vit a li-gnofe-us. 

4. te, Tarn san - eta membra tan-ge- re. 

5. ris Prae-dam-que tu-lit tar.ta-ri. 
(>. am, Re - IS - que do-na ve-ni-am. 

7. um, Sal- vas^ re-ge per sae-cu-la. A- men. 



1280 



183 b 
Vexilla Regis Prodeunt (2) 

The entire hymn may be sung to the melody given at 182 a 
or if preferred may be sung alternately with this melody (182 b) 



Con mo to 



N. A.Montani 




2. Quo vid - ne 




Fill- get cru 
Mu _ cro - ne 



CIS my - si 
di - ro Ian 



- um, 

- ae. 




Quo car- ne car- nis Con - di - tor 

Ut nos la - va - ret cri - mi - ne. 



Slower 




j I J J liJ. ^ 



WTT 



^ 



Sus - 


pen - sus 


est 


pa - 


ti - bu . 


- lo. 


Ma - 


na - vit 


UB - 


daet 


sail- gui 


- ne. 



281 



182 c 



Vexilla Regis Prodeunt (3) 



Andante = 92) 
P 



Traditional Melody (1699) 



^^ 



^ 



^ 



y- ^ fr-fi^ i Tr r r 

1. Ve-xil-la Re - gis prod- e - iint : Fiil-get cru 

2. Quo vul-ne- pd - tus m-su-per Mu-cr6- ne 

3. Iin-ple-ta sunt quae c6n-ci -nit^ Da-vid f i - 

4. Ar-bor de -CO - raT^t ful-gi-da, Or - na - ta 

5. Be - a - ta^ cu- jus bra-chi-is^ Sae-cli pe - 

6. Crux, a -ve, spes u - ni - ca; Hoc Pas- si - 

7. Te sum-ma De - us Tri - ni - tas , Col - lau - det 



LiirT f ifj J ^ 



P 



g 



'" r TT c?v-'r r r'r r'P/ r 

1. cis my- ste - ri - um^ Quo car-ne car-nis Con - di - 

2. di - ro lan-ce-ae^ Ut nos la-va-ret cri-mi- 

3. de - li car-mi-ne; Di-cens; in na- ti - 6 - ni - 

4. Re -gis pur-pu-ra, E - le -eta di-gno sti - pi - 

5. pen-dit pre-ti-um; Sta-te-ra fa- eta cor - po - 

6. 6-nis tem-po-re, Au-ge pi- is jus- ti - ti - 

7. 6 -mnis spi- ri -tus^ Quos per Cru-cis my-ste- ri - 



1. tor Sus-p':;i>-sus est pa-ti - bu-lo. 

2. ne, Ma-na-vit un-daet san-gui-ne. 

3. bus Re-gna-vit a li - gno De-us. 

4. te , Tarn s an- eta membra tan - ge - re . 

5. ris Prae-dam-que tu-lit tar-ta-ri. 

6. am, Re -is -que do-na ve -ni-am. 

7. um, Sal - vas_,re-ge per sae-cu-la. ^ 

282 



men. 



THE SEVEN LAST WORDS 183 
Music for the Three Hours' Agony 

Note, These short pieces may be sung before the principal 
discourse on each word and a Haydn Passion Motet or an ap- 
propriate Lenten Hymn, either in English or Latin m^ be giv- 
en at the close 

First Word: " Pater, dimi tte illis" 

Ch. Gounod 
Adagio con esptessione Abridfi:ed and revised by N. A.M. 



;^iQ7iiig.^ii 



s 



^ 



1 -mit - te il - - - lis 



Pa-ter. d 



^m 



m 



^ 



m 

lid fa - ci - 



^ 



^ 



rrrt^ 



- ci - uiit 



lion e-nim sci-unt^ quid fa „. ™_^ 

smorzando 



i 



rail 



non e -nim sci-unt quid fa - ci -unt. 



Second W)rd: 184 

"Amen dico tibi, hodie mecum eris in Paradiso" 

Ch. Gounod 
A 



Moderato 
PP 



!' laiSViV 'l|' 



men di - co ti - bi , 



i 



3 



w:^zz 



r^f^ 



men di -co ti - bi^ 



283 



^^ 



a 



===>«7/ 



) - di - e . Ho - di - e me - cum e - ns 



* 



in Pa - ra 



PM^ 



so . 



^\- \ I . I I 



* u 



» 7 P 

in Pa - ra - di 



so . 



185 



Third Word: 
"Mulier, ecce filius tuus! Eoce mater tua!" 

Ch. Gounod 




i 



Z^> m 



i!iC- ce nia - ter 



r^rf 



tu 



3CE 



- us . 



rrr 



Ec - ce 



284 



tu - 



a^ Ec - ce ma - ter, 



rrTJT^ J , i J ,j-ji i -j, 



I J l a) I I J h.i I 1^ 1 I 

er tu - a. Ec - ce ma - tej 



f 

ma- ter 



ma - ter^ 




Fourth Word: 186 

"Deus meus,ut quid dereliquisti me?" 

Lento c on espre ssione ^^- Gounod 



f 



m 



^ 



^^^=^=^tF4i^ 



e - us me-us, De - us me -us, 



|,n;,'i,^ji , ,iji^7^ ^ 

Ut quid de - re - li - qui - sti me? 



^' r?ii"i'i'ij.i j 

ut quid de - re-li - qui - sti 



me? 



285 



187 



Fifth Word: "Sitio" 



Adagio iunisOTi or S olo) 



1^1 ^7' ^v^^ 



Th. Dubois 
Revised and adapted by N. A.M. 




Si" ti - o Si - 



Pk' 



^ 



"^w 



-eo- 



7^ 

Si 



O , 




188 



Sixth Word: "Consummatum est^' 



Andante 

PR 



Th. Dubois 
Adapted by N. A.M. 

PP 






^ 



. r r r- r^ 

Con - sum - ma - tum 



est 



(Et in - cli 



28h* 



^^1 :'-f ' 4' .1' ,M: i -IT? 

iia - to ca - pi - te , tra - di - dit 



m 



AdaiHo (sot to voce) 

ry PPP- ^n:^ 



spi - ri - tiun) . "Cdu - sum - ma - tujn est/^ 

189 

Seventh Word: Pater, in manus tuas" 

Th. Dubois 
Adagio (adapted) 



PP 



Pa-ter, in ma-nus tu - as com - men - do spi-ri -turn 






Af-4-^ 



me - um. Pa - ter in 



ma-nus tu - as com- 



^^ 



7'afi 



r\ 



mr 



TT 



raen - do spi - ri - tum me - 

287 



um 



190 a Adoramus te Christe (l) 

Th. Dubois 



Adagio 
PP 



'riium^ni 



^^ 



Ad- o- ra-mus te Chri-ste, et oB-ne- di - ci-mu 



mus 



\rali CL tempo 



ki' j-JJ|J J j^J^J i j jij ;.;iJM 



ti - bi: Ad - - ra-mus te Chriiste^et fe-ue-di-ci- 



V 



mus 



i 



I J /J J , I , J , ri U^ 



^ 



r ■' T p p f r r r r r 

ti - bi: qui - a per sdn-ctam cru-cem tu- am 



sotto voce 
PP\ 






ed- e -mi-sti nmn-dum. Ad-o -ra-mus te Chri-ste_, 



Largo (sotto voce)^ 



et be-ue-di-ci-mus ti-bi, Ad- o- ra-mus te Christc 



!88 



190 b 



Lento 
PP 



i 



Adoramus te(2) 

Motet for four-part Chorus 

G. P. da I^lestriiia 
Edited by N. A.M. 



^ 



^^^^ 



^ 



xe: 



^ 



XE 



r^rr 



Ad 



^ r^fe^jjj 



•a - mus te Chri 

r TXlli 



ste: et 






» 



ff=? 



be - ne - di - ci-mus ti - bi; qui -a per 



^'i'7 i ^ ^ \ ]t' 



tu - am 



m 



P 



s 



«=5 



san-ctam cru-cem tu - am red - e - mi - sti mun 



sotto voce 






Do- mi- 
Ac 



dum; qui pas-sus es pro no-bisj Do- mi - 



^iie, Do -mi- ne, mi - se-re-r( 



se-re-re no - bis. 



^ 



ne^ Do - 



mi - ne . mi - se - re - re no - bis 



^89 



191 ANTIPHON FOR GOOD FRIDAY 

Ecce lignum Crucis 

At the uncovering- of the Cross 



Celebrant 



From the Vatican Graduale 



i 



r-ij jjiji^i^m 



m. 



Ec - ce li 



gnum Cru 



CIS 



in quo sa - lus mun - di 



* 



^ 



Chorus 
PP 



^^m 



^' ' s _± :tL 



^ 



pe - pen 



dit , Ve - Jii 




J J") J <J J^ J ^J^~ r ^ ^ " 



ad - o - re _ - mus, 

vSung three times, in successively higher keys. 



The following Improperia is sung during the adoration of th(^ 

'r^^ Popule mens 

192 ^ 



i 



Adairio 



Vittoria 
Full text addfyi by xV. AM. 



1. Po - pu - le me - us, quid te - ci 



pu 
2, Qui - a e - du - xi te 



quid fe - ci 
de. ter - ra Ac 



290 



tP- bi? Aut ill quo con-tri -sta-vi te? Re - 
^y - pti: Pa- ra- sti cru-cem Sal-va- to - ri 
First Chorus 



^m 



sporPTtS"'^ mi - hi. 3. A - gn - os o Th 



«: 



m 



spo 

tu - - - o . 

^ecoiid Chorus 



3. A - gi - OS o The - os . 
First Chorus 



gi - os I - schi 



s 



^ 



^ 



^ 



xj: 



4. Saii-ctus De - us. 5. 
Second Chorus 



OS i - schy - ros 
First Chorus 



$ 



^m 



S 



^ 



=§= 



1 



6. Sail - ctus for - tis. 7. A - gi - os A - 



tna - na - tos, e _ le - i - son 



^ 



331 



Tutti ,, 

f allarg. 



i 



m 



i==j 



mas. 
mi 



i 



^ 



^ 



P 



r.^r r 



8. San . ctus im - mor - ta 

se-re. re uo 



- lis, 



m 



\'i i i J 



bis, 



f 



^ 



r-Tr 



7 

mi - se-re -re no 
291 



bis. 



193 Christ us fact us est 

Pietro A. Yon 
(written expressly for the St. Gregory B^nnnal) 

Lento 






^^ 



[^£jll/rr 



^ 



f 



Chri - stus fa-ctus est pro 
be-di- ens 



no 



bis o 




(1^ nocte 

- be-di - ens 
(2^ nocte additur) 

m(5r - tern au - tern 

^ (Tertia nocte additur) «=:=r: 



usque ad mor 



tern . 



cru - - - CIS. 

ex - al - ta - vit 




^ 



^ 



iH> % 



B= 



t 



^; y(^[' \ U'f 



R"0-pter quod et De - - us, ex - al- ta - vit 



il 



lum. 



b^^Jijjjj I ^*- i bJ J J i .rj 



3s: 



it de-dit •ol fi 



il 



lum 



no - men 



allarff. 




quod est su-per o-mne no 
292 



men 



HOLY SATURDAY MUSIC 



194 



After the blessing of the Pbnt the following order is ob- 
served: (A) The Litany of the Saints is sung. (B) The 
Kyrie follows (Chant or figured music without organ) then 
the ^^Gloria" is intoned (C) the choir beginning witJi"Et in 
terra pax" (with organ accompaniment). The Epistle is 
sung after which the ^^Alleluia" (D) is intoned. This is 
sung three times in successively higher keys by th( cele- 
brant, unaccompanied, and each time is repeated by the 
choir in the same key as taken by the celebrant (with ac- 
companiment, if preferred). 

® 



jm-h}JT]}^^Fm 



^i 



Al- le 



lu 



la. 



The choir proceeds 



--' ine cnoir proceeas 



irrroT 



Con-fi- te-mi-ni Do-mi-no, q^uo-ni-am bo-nus 




qu6-ni-am in saexu-lum mi-se-ri -cor - di - a e -jus . 



^ 



p M P P C ^ 



Lau-da - te Do - mi -num 6 - mnes gen- tes: 



293 



^r p f! p p M 



^fe 



et col - lau - da - te e - um 6 - mnes po - pu - 1 i . 



i 



M°t 



I 



Qiioniam coiifirmata est super nos miseri - 

cordia e -jus; 



^S 



^ 



Et Veritas Domini manet 



in ae - ter-num 



The Gospel response is then sung^ see No. 259 (4) Cre- 
do and Offertory are omitted. 

(Q) Preface follows^with usual responses (see 259-5) after 
^iiich the Sanctus and Benedictus are sung. The "Agnus Dei'^ 
is not sung^ but after the Communion the choir proceeds 
with the following Antiphon and Psalm . 

® Sixth Tone _ 



*-# 



Al- le - lii-ia, Al - le -lii- ia, Al - le - lu- ia. 



i 



n j^ J' h h ;> j^ > 



1. Lau- da - te Do-mi-num o -mnes gen-tes; 
294 



J' i' i' i' ^ Mi^ 



«==¥ 



1. lau- da - te e - urn o - mnes p6 - pu - li 




^ 



hm 



K^ 



:h<^ 



2. Quoiiiam confirm^ta est super iios 

misericordi - a e - jus: 

3. Gloria Patri et Fi-li-o ; 
-i. Sicut erat in priucipio, et uunc et sem - per; 



mmm 



-Hdl- 



2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spiri - 

-t. et in saecula saecu - 



in ae- ter-num. 
tu-i San-cto. 
l(i^rum . A - men . 



Alleluia (H) is repeated j then choir proceeds immediately 
with the Antiphon "Vespere." (I) 



© 



« 



Choir 



£E5 



:£5 



^ 



5 



m 



■9- — ^' <> 



Ve-spe-re au- tern sab - ba-ti* quae lu-ce-scit 



295 



ir pri- ma sab-ba - ti, Ve -nit Ma - ri - a 




Mag-da - le - ne, et al -te - ra Ma- ri - a, 




VI 



i - de - re se - piil - crum, al - le - lu - ia. 



To Magnificat No. 216. After the Magnicat the Anti- 
phon^^Vespere'^ (I) is repeated, the celebrant then sings 
"Dominus Vobisciun" with proper choir response, then af- 
ter a short oration and another ^'Dominus'^ the deax»n sings 
the Paschal "Ite Missa Bst^' (J) the choir responding in 
the manner indicated. (K) 




I-te missa est^al-le-lii - ia, al- le 



111 - ia 



^j'j'i'jJ ; 




De-o gra-ti-as, al-le-lu-ia,al- le 



296 



EASTERTIDE 

O filii et flliae 



195 



Jean Tisserand (d. 1494) 
f 



Traditional Melodv 



j,i>v>jiJ'ji,j j'J^ ;ij'J'J'J' 



Chorus: Al-le -lu-ia, al - Je - lii - ia, al-le-lu-ia. 
Chanters _ 



A , unante 



^^5 



1. {{ .\i . i e^ K^ 



2. Et ma - ne pri 

3. Et Ma - ri - a 

4. In al - bis s^ 

5. Et Jo - ^n - nes 

6. Di - sci - pu - lis 



et fi ^ li - ae 
ma sab - ba - ti, 
Mag- da - le - ne^, 
dens An - ge - lus 
A - p(5 - sto - lus 
as - idn - ti - bus , 



i 



^5 



£ 



p I Up LP 



1. Rex eoe - les - tis, Rex glo - n - ae 

2. Ad o - sti - um mo - nu - men - ti 

3. Et Ja - CO - bi^ et Sa - 16 - me 

4. Prae -di - xit mu - li - e : ri - bus 

5. Cu - cur - rit Pe - tro ci - ti - us, 

6. In me - di - o stet - it Chri-stus, 



y; 



|,^'' ji ji j> jj ;. j:) J, J iJ^'j^j II 



1. Mor-te sur-r^x- it ho^- di - e 

2. Ac -ces-s^-runt di - sei- pu ^ li. 

3. Ye -n6-ruiit cor-pus uu-i(e- re. f A^ i i„ • 

, J nil- ' ^^n'- > Al-le -iu-ia 

4. Ill uai- li - ae-aest Uo -mi -nus. 

5. Mo-nu-men-to ve - nit pri -us. 

6. Di-cens: Pdx v6-bis 6-mni-bus. 



a97 



7. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
Postquam audivit Didymus 
Quia surrexerat Jesus, 

■ Remaiisit fide dubius. Alleluia. 

8. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
Vide Thoma, vide latus 
Vide pedes, vide manus. 

Noli esse incredulus. Alleluia. 

9. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
Quando Thomas Chrisfi latus, 
Pedes vidit atque mauus, 
Dixit: Tu es D^us meus . Alleluia. 

10. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
Beati qui non vfderuut } 

Et firmiter credideruiit, 

Vitam aeternam habebuut. Alleluia. 

11. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
In hoc festo sauctissirno 

Sit laus et jubilatio , 
Beiiedicamus Domino. Alleluia. 

12. Alleluia, Alleluia, Alleluia. 
De quibus nos humillimas 
Devotas atque debitas 

Deo dicamus Gratias . Alleluia. 



298 



196 



Victlmae Paschali laudes 

Sequence for Easter 



Vatican Graduate 



First raode transposed 



^^O 



^ 



^5 



5 



^ 



1. Vie - ti -mae Pa-scha- li lau-des im - mo- lent 



m 



^ 



i^"=p p ^' p ^'^ 



*==* 



Chri-sti - a - ni . 2. A-gnus re-de- mit o -ves 
3. Mors et vi-ta du - el - lo 



^^ i^ j^ ^' J^ Jm^ J ■ ;i j> ;, j^ ;, 



Chri-stus in-no-cens Pa-tri re-con-cil- i - a 
con - f li - xe - ro mi -ran -do: dux yi-tae mor-tu 



I 



mm 



w^ 



m 



^ 



»^^-^ 



^=^=« 



vit pec- ca- to -res. 4. Die no -bis Ma-ri-a, 
us re-gnat vi-vus. r>. Aii-ge - li -cos te-stes^ 



* # 



299 



i 



^ 



T J 1 -1 1 - J ' I' ^ 



quid vi-di-sti in vi - a? 5. Se-pul-crum Chri- 
su- da- ri -um, et ve-stes. 7. Sur-re-xit Chri- 




sti vi-ven-tis, et glori-am vi-di re-sur-gen-tis, 
stus spes me- a: prae-ce-det su-os in Gal-K - lafe-am . 



p r r p r ^ p r 



8. Sci-mus Chri - stum sur - re- xis - se 




a mor - tu - is ve - re : tu no - bis vi - ctor^ Rex, 




mi - se . re - re. A - men. Al- le - lu -ia. 



300 



Concordl Laetitia 



197 



Sixth mode 



^5 



5 



h J ' P M P 



1. Con- cor- di lae- ti - ti - a, Pro-piil-sa mae 

2. Quae f e - li - ci gau-di- o, Re - sur- gen-te 

3. Quam con-cen-tu pa - ri - li Cho - ri lau- dant 

4. Re - gi - na Vir - gi - num , Vo - tis fa - ve 

5. Glo - ri - o - sa Tri- ni- tas, In - di - vi - sa 



' i^ h i' ii 



^ 



^ 



1. sti - ti - a , Ma- ri - ae prae-c6 - ni - a 

2. Do - mi - no, Flo - ri - ut et li - li - um: 

3. coe - li - ci, Et nos cum coe-les-ti - bus, 

4. Slip- pli - cum, Et post mor-tis sta- di - um, 



5. U - ni 



tas, 



Ob Ma - ri - ae me - ri 



ta 



^ 



P 



^m 



5 



^^ 



1. Re-co-lat Ec-cle - si - a : Vir-go Ma-ri-a. 

2. Vi-vum cer-uens Fi-li-um: Vir-go Ma-ri-a. 

3. No-vum me-los pan-gi-mus; Vir-go Ma-ri - a. 

4. Vi -tae con-fer prae-mi-um: Vir-go Ma-ri-a. 

5. Nos sal-va per sae- cu- la: Vir-go Ma-ri -a. 



301 



198 



PENTECOST 

Teni Sancte Spiritus 

Sequence for Pentecost 



Mod era to 



S.Webbe ( 1740 -1^6) 



^ 



^ 



% 



5 



^^ Hr^ -^ 



\F7 \ rrf:\' Y r r r 

1. Ve - iii San-cte Spi-ri-tus^ Et e-mit-te 

2. Con- so -la- tor o - pti- me, Dul-cis hos-pes 

3. lux be - a - tis - si -ma, Re -pie cor - dis 

4. La- va quod est sor- di -um, Ri - ^a quod est 

5. Da tu - is fi - de - li - bus , In te con - f i - 



loe-li-tus Lu-cis tu-ae ra-di-um. Ve-ni na-ter 



i 



. coe- li-tus 
5. • a - ni-mae, 
t. in-ti-ma 
t. a - ri-dum, 
;. den -ti -bus; 



Lu-cis tu-ae 
Dul-ce re-fri - 
Tu- o-rum fi • 
Sa-na quod est 
Sa-crum sep-te 



ra 

ge -ri-um 

de- li-um. 

sau-ci-um. 

■na -ri-um. 



pa-t 
Li la -DO -re 
Si - ne tu - o 
Fie- cte quod est 
Da vir-tu-tis 



LU-pe-rum, "Ve*- ni, 



t 



^m 



^m 



f 



pau-pe-rum, 
re-qui-es, 

nu - mi- ne, 
ri - gi-dum, 

me- ri-tum, 



Ve - ni, da -tor 
In ae -stu tern 
Ni - hil est in 
Fo - ve quod est 
Da sa-lu-tis 



mu-ne-r'um, Ve-ni lu-men 
-jpe-ri-es, In fle-tu so- 
no-mi-ne, Ni-hil est in 
fri-gi-diun, Re-ge quod est 
ex- i - um, Da pe-ren-ne 



M 



r-di-um. After last vei^fie ' ' 



ii: 



cor. 
la - ti -um 
no- xi-um 
de - vi - um 

gau-di-um 



men. Al - le - lu 



302 



la 



Veni Creator Spiritus 

Invocation to the Holy Ghost 



199 a 



Moderato Nicola A. Montaai 

^ rV r Ti^fr^'f r ' 'f r ' 

1 . Ve - ni Cre - a - tor Spi - r i - tus ^ Men - tes tu - 

2. Qui di - ce -ris Pa - r^ - cli - tus, A\ - tis- si - 

3. Tu sep-ti -fdr-mis mil- iie - re, Digi -tus Pa- 

4. Ac- ceil- de lu-meii sen- si- bus ^ In- fun-de^- 

5. Ho- stem re -^el-las I6n-ffi-us, Pa-cem-que 

6. Per te sci-a-mus da Pa-trem,No - sea -mus 

7. De- o Pa-tri sit glo - ri - 41 ^ Et Fi - li - 




4¥^^^'l7'f'"f' 



1. o-rum VI- si - ta: Im-ple su-per-ua gra- ti - 

3. mi do- num De - i, Foiis vi-vus, i-gi'is, t».a - ri - 

3. tf^r-nae dex - te- rae, Tu ri - te pro-m/s- sum Pa - 

4. mo -rem cor- di- bus, In- fir-ma no-stri cor- po - 

5. do-nes pro- ti- nus: Du-cto- re sic te prae - vi - 

6. at- que Fi - li -um, Te- quell- tri -us -que Spi - ri - 

7. o quia mur-tu- is Sur- re-xit ac Pa- ra - cli - 



^^^^ig^ 



a, Quae tu cre-a-sti, pe -cto- ra 

2. tas_, Et spi-ri-t^-lis un - cti - o. 

3. tris^ Ser-mo-ne di-tans giit-tu - ra. 

4. ris Vir-tu-te firmans per-pe- ti. 

5. o, Vi-te-mus o-miie no-xi-um. 

6. turn Cre-da-mus o-mni tem-po -re. 
7 to, In sae- cu - lo-rum sae-cu-la. 



After last 
verse 



men. 



303 



199b venl Creator Sptritus 



Secundum usum recentiorem 



Eighth Mode 



Vatican Graduale 



^ 



^ 






1 Ve - ni Cre 

2. Qui di - ce 

3. Tu sep - ti 

4. Ac - cen - de 

5. Ho _ stem re 

6. Per te sci 
,7. De - o Pa 



a . tor 
ris Pa 

mis 
men 

las 
mus 

sit 



f6r 
lu 

a 

tri 



ra 

mil 
sen 
Idn 
da 
gU 



tus f 
cli - tus^ 
ne - re;, 
si - bus^ 
us , 
trem. 



/a'-- 



ri 



^5 



o' - rum VI - si - ta 



ir Men - tes tu 

2. AJ^ - tis - si - ro^ 

3. Diji - tus Pa^ - ter 

4. lu - fun - de'~a m6 

5. Pa - cem - que do 

6. No - scd, - mus at 

7. Et Fi - U - o 



* 



d6 

nae 

rem 

nes 

que^ 

qui a 



num D^ 
dex - te 
cor - di 
pro - ti 
Fi - li 
mor - tu 



1^ 

rae, 
bus, 
nus: 
um, 

is 



m 



^ 



su^'- rer - na 



P 



P 



1. Tm - pie s 

2. Fons vi - vus, 

3. Tu rj - te 

4. , In - fir - ma 

5. Du - cto - re 

6. Te - queu -tri 

7. Sur - re - xit, 



per - na gra -ti - a , 
i - gn^is, ca - ri - tas, 
pro - mis - sum Pa - tris, 
stri c6t - po - ris 



no 
sic 
lis 
ac 



te 



prae^- vi - o, 
Spi - n - turn 
- ra -cli - to/ 



^-i'Jji^ J'^nj. jl Jv:||J]]j_j | | 



f: Quae tu ere- a - sti, pe-cto-ra. 

2. Et spi - ri - ta - lis un - cti - o . 

3. Ser-mp-ne di-tans gut-tu-ra. 

4. Vir- tii - te fir-mans p^r-pe- ti . 

5. Vi - te - mus o - mne nd - xi - um. 

6. Cre-d4-mus o^-mni t^m-po-re. 

7. In sae - cu - lo -rum set- cu - la , 

304 



men. 



THE BLESSED VIRGIN OQQ ^ 

Ave Maria 



First Mode (transposed) 
2>P 



Salutatio Angelica 
Gregorian 




A-ve Ma - ri - a,* gra-ti-a ple'-na; 



^ .T^i' F \ I J' J' ^^ 



n 



p * ^' * 



^ 



Do - mi - nus te - cum, be - ne - di - eta tu 



I 



\\ n \\ \) \ m 



j^:^ o j^ j^ J I J' /) j^ 



in mu - li - e - ri - bus^ et be - ne 



$ 



I TTJl ' i y i fm 



di-ctus fru-ctus ven-tris tu- i, Je - sus 



^ 



m 



' 'P P p IS r p^"' cJT 



San-cta Ma- ri - a. Ma- ter De - i. 



305 



* 



7 7^ j^ i'-i 



# ^ •' g 



o - ra pro no - bis pec - ca - to- ri-bus, 



i 



:^ 



. hjjJ'J-Jj FT^m M 



nunc et in ho - ra mor-tis no-strae. A-men 

200 b Ave Maria 

For unison, two or four part chorus 

Jacques Arcadelt 
Andante Revised and full text added by N.A.M 



A - ve Ma - r i - a , ffra - ti - a 



Tf 



Si, gra-ti-a ple-na^ 



I'^'/'^^'Wi^V 



^ 



r'fp r 



Do-mi-nus te-cum, Do - mi -nus te-cum; 



|te 



r^c) fj~n 



?=:3e 



t r 'r r r T r f r 

Be - ne - di - eta tu ^ be - ne - di - eta 



r r r r^ ' r- p p ' r r i 



r r r t^r r- P r r 

tu in mu- 11 - e - ri-bus, et 



be - ne 



306 



w 



di-ctus fru-ctus ven - tris tu - i, Je - sus. 



^m 




San -eta Ma- H . la, Ma^- t'er De 



^^^ 



Slower 



n^m 




m 



1,0 - ra pro no - bis pec - ca - to 



M f i' '^J r r V 



^3 




t^rw^ 



mor - 



Lento 



- tis no - strae. A - men. 

Ave Maria 200 c 

Cesar Franck 
Rearranged for unison or 



two part chorus by N. A.M. 




Do-mi-nus te-cum, be - ne - di-ctatu 



I'll mu-li - e - ri - biis; et be - ne 



^* 



e - r i - biis -, et be - ne 

cresc accel 



di - ctus, et be-ne-di - ctus fru - ctus 



xr^n-iWs til - 1 - Je - - SUS 



ven-tris tu - i , Je 




ho - ra mor- ti 



Us no- strae. A-men. A - men 
308 



Ave Maris Stella 



301a 



First Mode (transposed) 
optional keys ^„ 



Vatican Antiphonale 



II m V Ji r? J ' 



cf^cJi' LiLrr 



1. A - ve Ma-ris stel-la, 

2. Sii-mens il - lud A - ve 

3. S6l-ve vin-cla re - is, 

4. Mon-stra te"^s-se ma- trem, 

5. Vir - go sin - gu - la - ris , _ 

6. Vi-tam prae-sta pu - ram,_ 

7. Sit laus De - o Pa - tri , 




^ 



ff-J^e^ ^=L^iM=, ^ 



1. De- i Ma- ter al - ma At-que sem-perVir- 

2. Ga-bri- e - lis o - re , Fiin-da nos in pa • 

3. Pr6-fer lu - men cm - cis, Ma- la no-stra pel 

4. Su-mat per. te pre - ces, Qui pro no - bis na - 

5. In- ter o - mnes mi - tis, Nos cul-pis so - lu - 

6. I -ter pa - ra tu -turn: Ut vi-den-tes Je - 

7. Sum-mo Chri-sto de - cus^ Spi - ri - tu - i San 



* 



^5 



go 
ce, _ 

!«,- 

tus,. 

tos,_ 
sum,. 
cto,_ 



. Fe-lix coe-li por-ta. After last 
_ Mu-tansHeVae no-men. stanza 
. Bo-na cmi-cta p6-sce. 
. Tu-lit es- se tii- us . 
Mi-tcs fac et ea-stos. 
Semper col-lae-te-mur. 
.Tri-bus ho-nor u-nus. A - men. 



309 



301 b ^^g Maris Stella 



For unison chorus 



Andante religioso 
P 



Balthasar Florence 



^ 



4 ^. 1 11 IT 



■ 



^m 



zn. 



A - ve Ma-ris stel 



la_, De - i 



TV73 



<s>-^ 



^ 



(V * 



Ma - ter al - ma^ At - que sem-per Vir - 



After last 
verse rT\ 



^^ 



"^ 



^ 



go ^ Fe - lix coe - li per - ta . A - men . 

201c 

Ave Maris Stella 

J. Mohr 



Con moto 
P 



!''''' ?^ ^■ ' | ^^ I, ; 



^ — # 



^t^ 



A- ve Ma-ris stel- la ^ De- i Ma -ter 



^^m 



m 



f^^ 



i9rf 

al - ma 



At- que sem-per Vir - go > 
A ft er las t . verse 



'^ 



^^^^^ 




Fe - lix coe- li por - ta . A 
Fo7' additional stanzas see 201 a 

•310 



men . 



301 d 
Ave Maris Stella 

Edv. Grieg 
Adap ted for two part chorus by N. A.M. 
' PP 



Con moto Auapteu lur two part uiiuruss uy xx.a.vi 

1. A- VB Ma- ris stel - la ^ De - '^i Ma-ter 



al - ma. At -Que sem-per Vir-go, Fe -lb 



qife sem-per Vir-go^ Fe -lix 



^^'^' ''VjtV 



^F^p^g 



i 



m 



coe - li por - ta, ' ' 



L ^'^i^ 



Ga - bf i - e 



i 



^fe 



« SI- 



ens il - lud A - ve Ga - bri - e - lis 



2. Su-mi 



m 



^ I J. JO J U '^s 

o - re_, Ftin-da nbs m pa - ce_, 




Mu 



^m 



- tans ile-vae no - - men. 



M 



PPP 



K 




men. 
After last stan 



The last stanza 
is begun at the , . 
sign % A 

311 



K 



men. 



^^^ Alnia Redemptoris Mater 

Antiphoii sung from the Saturday before the first Sun- 
day ill Advent to the Second Vespers Feast of the Purifi- 
cation inclusive. 



I 



Andante moderaio 



Ch.Gqunod 

Arr. for two or 

four part chorus by N. A. M. 



Wi\ J ^ |J 



Al - ma R'e - dem - pio - ris Ma-tei 



dem - p 



ner-vi-a coe-Ii por-ta ma-nes. Et 



^^ 



F^^=f^r 



per-vi-a coe-Ii por-ta ma-nes. Et stel - la 



^^m 



^ 



r' l' i' ' f-rr 



a-ns, suc-cur-re ca-den-ti sur- ge - re qui 



^ 



^ 



1>I\\>I i i j ^ 'l 



R^^-rclf i r r 



cu-rat po-pu-lo, sue- cur- re, sue- cur- re ca - 



P^'Pf^ff^ - 



f^lJ I J- J'J I 



M r ' ^ f 



- pu-JO; 



den-ti sur-ge-re qui cu - rat po 
3i2 



bn^ 



^ 



^ # # (SI — # — # 



j 



/ r p p r r r T r r T f 

Tu quae ge-nu - i -sti^ na - tu - ra mi - raii-«te, 

Tempo I 



^^ 



rail 



^^ 



s 



f 



r r T r 

tu - um sau-ctu 



to - rem : 



um Ge -ni 



Vir - go. 



pri-iis ac po-ste - ri-us^ Ga-bri- e - lis ab. 



i 



d^ 



^ 






s 



^^s 



r r ' ff Vr""-i^tr^ 



fe 



o -re su-mens il-lud A 



ve, pe 



s 



? 



ec-ca- to-rum 



^ 



mi-se- re-re^ pec ca-to-rum mi-se-re - re 



Celebrant:- Aiigelus Domini nuntiavit Maria 
Choir Response:- Et concepit de Spiritu Sancto 

After Advent 
Cel. ;- Post Partum Virgo inviolata permansisti 
Choir:- Dei Genitrix intercede pro nobis 

313 



303 Ave^ Regina Ooelorum 

For Unison or Two-part Chorus of Equal Voices 

(From February Second until Holy Thursday) 



Andante con moto 
V 



Nicola A.Montani 



e, Re - ffi -na coe - 



^ 



^m 



TM 



lo-rum_, A -ve^ 



' ll\} WjlllUM. 



^ 



^^ 



La mun- do lux est 



r Ml' "r-f ' r"i ' - 

or-ta, Ex qua mun- do 



I 



sal-ve pbr 

f 



h .1 i fJ.j-^iJ-jj^^ 



m 



^ 



^¥ 



sz=s 



rJ ' rJ 



or-ta: Gau-de Vi - go glo - ri - o - sa^ 



Su-per o-mnes spe - ci -o-sa: iVaJle^ o val-de 



I I J , I ra/i 



^m 



s 






de - co-ra, Et pro no-bis Christum ex- o - ra. 

Cel. :- Dignare me laudare te Virgo sacrata. 
Choir:- Da mihi virtutem contra hc^stes tuos. 



314 



Reglna Coeli 204 

From Compline, Holy Satiirday> to None, Saturday, within 

the octave of Pentecost. . ^ . t x^- / ^^ ^x 

Antonio Lotti (1667-1740) 
Revised and edited for two or 
Allesrro moderato ^^^ part chorus by N. A.M. 

accel 



i 



^ ]A J J|i--^r^4^Ht^^ 



f r r T f r ^ P r r f r f " 

Re- gi - Jia coe-li lae -ta -re, al - le - lu - ia^ lae 



* 



•^11)^ ) 



^=^=F 



Poco me no 



^^ 



^m 



^^""^"^rTf^rT^rf 



ta- re al- le -lu -ia: Qui -a quem me-ru-i-sti por- 
j^Piu vivo ^ _, 



^riu VIVO _ 



ta- re, al-le-Iu - ia^al-le-lu- ia, Re-sur-rex-it 



^lU VI' 

si - cut oi - xit . Al - le - 



i hi .li 



it . Al - le - m - i'a , al - le - lu - i 



I 



Lento 0-ra pro no - bis^ -, 



mil 



pro no -bis. pro no- bis De - 



um. 



P 

- Ta pro no~~^bis^ pro 

Piu mosso . allarg. 

'g /■ ; r r V p f r r r f^ 

Al - le-lu - ia, al - le-lli - la, al - lb - lu - ia . 

\. Gaude et laetare Virgo Maria^ alleluia. 
Jfe'. Quia surrexit Dominus vere^ alleluia . 

315 



205 



Salve Reg^ina 



Moderato assai 



Ft. Schubert 
Revised and edited by N. A.M. 






Sal-ve^Re-gi ■- na^lVra-ter mi-ser-i -cor-di-ae: 



J.J^J ;^ 



^^ 







^ 



Vi_ta,dul-ce - do^ et spesno-stra, sal - ve. 



i 









^= ^->-^i n,J ^ JvM^ > ^'-^ 



^^^ T 

m 



et spes no-stra sal -ve. Ad te 



P 



cla - ma - mus, 
7'<7//^ — a tempo 



ix - su - les, 11 - li - 1 He - vae. Ad 



i 



ex - su - les, fi - li - i He - vae. Ad 

j- 



Ut i J' ^ 



^*i^ 






m 



te sus-pi -ra-mus, ge - raen-tes et flen-tesiD 



allarff'. 


-c::^^ 

o ^ 


Fj>o 


-frrlrf, ■ t 


K — h — 4 


1 K 1 1 


vr=,^ 


u^ i i- 


ir^3 


i: i'i i- 


« Hr 


M r r 


Vh^ 


r ' r r ' 



E - ia er - go 



316 



!''''^^''|gr"^lW^"' 



~nf7 

Ad- vo - ca - ta -no - stfa 

allar^, molto 



tu-os mi- 



aivar^. mono 
se-iii-cor- aes o-cu-los ad nos con-ver-te. Et 



je-sum, be - ne- di-ctum fructum ven-txis tu - 'i , 



ven-txis ti 



^=m 



llarg. molto 



^m 



en-txis tu- 1, no-Dis post no 



m 



r y y/ "'"^ 



post Jioc ex-si -li-um o 




* 



^^ 



F 



"?=T 



ten -de. cle-mens; pi a^- 




dul-cis Vir-go Ma-ri — : a. cle-mens; 
rail 






ti - a; 6 dJl 



^ 



cis Vir - so 'Ma - ri 



\. Ora pro nobis sancta Dei Genitrix. 

]^. Ut digni efficiamur promissio'nibus Christi 



317 



206 



O Sanctisslma, O piissima 



Moderato 
P 



Traditional Melody 
Sicilian 




^ r I 

1. S'an-ctis - 



2. Tu so _ la-ti-um Et re- fu.gi-um^ 

3. Ec-ce de - bi -les, Per-qiiam fle-bi - les^ 

4. \lr- go re-spi-ce, Ma-ter^ a - spi - ce, 



* 



i 



^ 



S 



"TKT- 



1. 


Dul . cIs 


Vir - 


go 


Ma - 


'ri 


- 


a! 


2. 


Vir - go 


Ma - 


ter 


Ma - 


ri 


- 


a! 


3. 


Sal - va 


nos^ 


Ma 


- 


ri 


_ 


a! 


4. 


Au - di 


nos, 


Ma 


_ 


ri 


_ 


a! 



^jO^'-fSf 



fjf f I f t f f r f 

1. Ma -'' ter a - ma - ta ;, In - te - me - ra - ta ^ 

2. Quid- quid o - pta-mus^ Per te spe - ra - mus^ 

3. Tolle lan-gu - o - res^ Sa - na do - lo - res^ 

4. Tu me - di - ci - nam^ For- tas di - vi - nam; 



t 



^J J~J l ^J 



^^ 



ra pro no - bis. 

ra pro no - bis. 

ra pro no - bis. 

xa pro no 

318 



T~r 



1. - 

2. - 

3. - 

4. - 



ra, 
ra , 
ra, 
ra. 



bis. 



Reglna coeli, Jubila 



207 



Moderato 
Chanters 
P 



Traditional Melody 1584 
Tutti 



1. Re-gi-na coe- li^ ju - bi -la, Gau-de, Ma- ri - 

2. Quam di-giia ter-ris gi-gne-re, Gau-de, Ma-ri - 

3. Sunt fra-cta mor-tis spi-cu-la_, Gau-de, Ma-ri - 

4. A - cer-bi-tas so - la- ti-um^ Gau-de_, Ma-ri - 

5. Tur- ba-ta spu-tis lu-mi-na, Gau-de, Ma-ri - 

6. Ma-num pe-dum-que vul-ne-ra^ Gau-de^ Ma-ri - 



Chanters 



^M 



^m 



Tutti 



^^ 



r=r 



r r a 



1. a! Jam pul - sa ce-dunt nu - bi - la. 

2. a! Vi - vis re - sur -get fu - ne - re. 

3. a! Je - su ja - cet mors sub- di - ta. 

4. a! Lu - ctus re-do - nat gau - di - um.*^^^* ~ 

5. al Phoe-be - a vin-cunt ful - gu - ra. 

6. al Sunt gra- ti - a - rum flu-mi-na. 



m 



gu=^ 



i 



f 



( f ' r ^r '-fir-f 



le - hi- ia! Lae - ta - re, Ma - ri 



al 



319 



7. Transversa ligni robora 
Gaude Maria! 
Sunt sceptra regni fulgida 
Alleluia ! 



Laetare, Maria! 



8. Lucet arundo purpura^ 

Gaude Maria! 
Ut fulva terrae viscera. 

Alleluia ! 
Laetar*, Maria! 

9. Catena^ clavi^ lanceav, 

Gaude Maria! 
Triumphi sunt insignia. 

Alleluia ! 
Latitare, Maria! 

10. Ergo, Maria plaudito , 

Gaude Maria! 
Clientibus succurrito . 

Alleluia ! 
Laetare, Maria! 



320 



T . 1 ^ 308 

A ^- V. oTTTVjr Ch. Gounod 

Aiitiphoji B.V.lYL^j,j.^jjgg^ f^j. two part 

chorus by N. A. W. 

In-vi - o - la -ta . 



Moderate 






fe 



t^ r r 'f- p p ^^^ 

In-vi - o - la-ta^ m-te-gra^ et ca-ste 



sta es Ma 



in - te-ffra^ 



Wi Q ^ H^i'^T'} I 



ri 



Ma - l"i - 'a: 



a, et ca-sta es Ma - i"i - ^a: Quae 
Quaeres, ef - fee -ta ful -gi - da coe-li 




por - ta. 




a -ris-si- ma: Ma-ter 



321 



^^^^^ 



al.ma Cliri - sti ca . ris -si-ma : sus-ci-pe^ 



sus - ci - re bI - a lau-dum praeico- ni - a . Te nunc f la-firi 



sus - ci - pe pi - a lau-dum prae-lco- ni - a . Te nuac f la-gi 



^■^ ii >fij i ' hi ^ 



^m 



^ 



'r^rJf ' rr r P-P 



tant de - vo 



( r y y ^tr 

- ta cor-da et o ^ ra: 



No-stra ut 



pu-ra pe-cto-ra sint et cor-po-ra Tu-a per pre- 



,'j,vi,^','i,'u;^'i'i'; 



ca - ta dul - ci - so - na. Tu- a per pre- 



322 



■f^ l J^JJ 



!'i'i''iV?i'ii'i'p'i'inT|' 



No 



ca- ta pre - ca - ta dul- ci - so-na. No-bis con 



uiH \ ii^.i i ^-^!l 



ce-das ve-ni-am per sae-cu - la 



be 



^ 



f 



h-i-T^ 






ni - gua ! 



f r 'r P- 

Re - gi - n^! 



^S 



/?\ . /T\J^ 



Ma - ri - a ! Quae 



pp cresc 



f 



nm^ 



dim p ^ 



m 



s 



f ft frrrr rTt^ 

so-la in -vi - o - la- ta per-man-si - sti. 



333 



309 

Salve Mater Misericordiae 

Fifth Mode Gregorian 




Sal-ve ma-ter mi - se - ri-cor-di- ae^ 



^ 



fe5 



^ 



^5 



Ma-ter De - i 



-r — ^ w 

et ma - ter ve -ni - ae 



^ 



^ 



5 



Ma-ter spe - i^ et ma -ter ^a - ti - ae, 



^M 



^5 



^ 



w— y 



# # 



f— i# 



Ma-ter ple-iia san-ctae 1^-ti-ti-ae; Ma-ri-al 



'(' i> J^ J J J J' ii J. K ii J ■ 



1. Sal-ve de - cus hu - ma - ni ge - ne - ris, 

2. Sal-ve fe - lix \^r - go pu-er-pe - ra: 

3. Te ere - a - vit Pa - ter , in - ge - ni - tus ^ 

4. Te >cre- i . vit De-us mi- ra-bi - lem , 

5. Te be- a - tam lau-da-re cii-pi - unt 

6. E - sto, Ma - ter, no -strum so- la - ti - um; 



324 



i' r P fi i' ^^ 



% 



Sal - ve Vir - go di - gni - or 



ce 



te 



ria 



2. Nam qui se - det in Pa - tris dex - te - ra , 

3. Ob- um-bra-vit te U - ni - ge - ni - tus^ 

4. Te re- spe-xit an- cil - lam , hii - mi -lem, 

5. 0-mnes ju - sti^ sed non suf-fi - ci - unt; 

6. No-strum e - sto, tu Vir- go gau - di - um- 



^^ 



IV J J' Ji Ji 



1. Quae vir-gl - nes o-mnes trans -gre - de - ris ^ 

2. Coe-lum i-y -gens, ter-ram et at'^ - tlie-ra^ 

3. Foe - cuii -da - vit te San.ctus Spi _ ri - tus, 

4. Te quae-si-vit spJii-sam a - ma- bi - lem, 

5. Mul - tas lau-des de te con - ci - pi - unt;> 

6. Et nos tan-dem post hoc ex - si - li - um^ 



I 



Repeat ^' Salve Mater^- after tuch stanza 



5 



^ p r 'Prffl i 



1. Et al-ti-us se-des in sii-pe-ris, Ma-ri-a! 

2. In-tra tu-a se clau-sit vis-ce-ra, Ma-ri-a! 

3. Tu es fa- eta to-ta di-vi- ni -tus, Ma-ri-a! 

4. Ti-bi nun-quam fe-cit con-si-mi-lem, Ma-ri-a! 

5. Sed in il - lis pror-sus de-fi -ci-unt^ Ma.ri-a! 

6. Lae-tos jun-ge cho-ris eoe-le'-sti-um^ Ma-ri-af 



325 



210 a 



O GloriosaVirglnuin(No.l) 

Unison Chorus 



Modern to 



Melody from the ^'Harfe David" 
Arr. by P. J. Van Damme 



J r |J J 



i 



1. glo - ri - - sa Vir - gi - num, Sub 

2. Quod He - va tri - stis ab - stu - lit^ Tu 

3. Tu re - gis al - ti ja - nu - a , Et 

4. Je - su ti - bi . sit glo - ri - a Qui 



^ 



i 



1. 


a - mi 


s 


in - 


ter 


si - 


de 


- ra, 


Qui 


2. 


red - dis 


al - 


mo 


ger - 


mi - 


ne: 


In - 


3. 


au - la 


lu - 


cis 


fdl - 


gi 


■ da: 


Vi 


4. 


n^ - ti 


IS 


es 


de 


Vfr - 


gi - 


ne 


Cum 



i 



lb 



i 



S 



:z2. 



r '-^ ' T 



1. te ere - a - vit par-vu-lum La - cten - te 

2. trent ut as - tra fie- bi - les^ Coe - li re 

3. tam da - tarn per Vir-gi-nem Gen- tes re 

4. Pa - tre'^t al - mo Spi - ri - tu^ In sem - pi 




^ 



-&-^ 



1. nu - tris u - be - re . 

2. clu - dis car - di - nes 

3. dem - ptae plau - di - te. 

4. ter - na sae - cu - la . 



men 



326 



310 b 
O Gloriosa Virginum (No. 2) 

Unison or two-part chorus 

F.de La Tombelle 

Arr. byN.A. M. 

Andante religioso 

1. glo - ri - o - sa Vir- gi - num Su- 

2. Quod He - v a tri - stis a b - stu - lit, Tu 
P 




1. glo - ri - - sa Vir - gi 

2. Quod He - va tri -stis ab - stu 



bli - mis in - ter 
red - dis al - mo 



si - de - ra^ 
ger - mi - ne : 



m 



^^^^^^^P 



num, Su - bli -mis in- ter si - de - ra, 
lit Tu red -dis al - mo ger - mi- ne: 

Fiu Vivo' 



^ 



^ 



1 



i 



^ 



r T Zftf^^ 



^ 



Qui te ere- a 
In-trent ut as 



vit par - vu - lu 
- tra fie - bi - les, 



La-cten-te nu'- tris u"^^-, — z be - re. 
Coe- li re - clu - dis car - - di - nes . 



)e nui- tris u' 
Coe- li re - clu - dis car 




men. 



311 Salve Regina Coelitum 

Uiiiso:i, two or three part chorus equal voices 
or four part unequal 



Devota 



Traditional Melody 
Arr. by P. J. Van Damme 



m 



F^l^ 



"^rj 



1. Sal - ve Re - gi - na coe - li -turn, 

2. Ma - ter mi - se - ri - cor - di - ae, 

3. Tu vi _ tae lux fons gra - ti - ae , 

4. Spes no - stra_, sal - ve ^ Do - mi - na 




f'r- ' ^^^ ^ ' V i n 



1. Ma - r 

2. Ma - ri - a 

3. Ma - ri - a 

4. Ma - ri - a 



Sors u - ni - ca ter 
Dul - cis pa - rens cle - 
Cau- sa no - strae lae - 
Ex - ^Hn -gue no - stra 



^^ 



i 



f 



f 



a! 



I 

1. ri - ge - num, 

2. men - ti - ae , 

3. ti - ti - ae , 

4. cri - mi - na ! 



Ma 
Ma 

Ma 
Ma 



a! 



a! 




^ 



nr^ 



r f r r 



f=^ 



1-8. Ju- bi - la-te^ Che-ru-bim, Ex-sul -ta- te^ 



328 



Se-ra -phimlCon-so-nan-te per-pe-tim: Sal - ve^ 

^^^^^ 

SaT^ ve , Sal - ve Re - gi - na. 

5. Ad te clamanms exsules ^ 

Maria! 
Te nos rogamus siipplices, 
0' Maria! 

Jubilate_, etc, 

6. Audi nos Evae filios, 

Maria! 
Ill te sperantes miseros, 

Maria! 
Jubilate^ etc. 

7. Eia ergo nos respice 3 

Maria! 
Servos tuos ne despice. 

Maria! 
Jubilate^ etc. 

8. Converte tuos oculos, 

Maria! 
Ad nos in hoc exilio . 

Maria! 
Jubilate, etc. 



329 



212 



Tota Pulchra Es^ Maria 

Motet for miison or two-part chorus 



Balthasar - Florence 
Andante moderato Liturgically arranged by N. A.M 



I"- "l J I 



To - ta pul - cnra es^ Ma - ri - a et 



J- J' li h 



W 



^ 



^ 



rif-p TT 



rft 



ma-cu-la o - ri-gi - na - lis hon est in te. Tu 



lis noi 



i 



Ie^ 



glo - ri - a Je - jiu - sa - lem . Tu lae - ti - ti - a 



i 



^^^ 



r ^ ^'f^ ' r ^' ff^ r - ^ i^ - 

Is - ra - el . Tu ho - no - ri - fi - cen - ti - a 



i 



^l^ J^^ 'J i T7 i ^ ^ 



fj^P ^'r r ' r r f '-feji r 

po - pu -li no-stri : tu ad-vo - ca ^ ta 
330 



Chorus 

Slower 



^^^ 



r^^ f^n ,-jj Q 



pec-ca-to - rum 




Ma - ri - a ! 



r r r r r ^r fJr rr f i' 

ir-eo uru-den-tis - si -ma^ Ma-ter cle-men 



Vir - go pru 




tis-si-ma, 0- ra pro no- bis, U 



^ 



^^ 



«i o I n _ ra, Tiro no - bis 



ri - a 



! - ra pro no 



ad Do - mi-num Je - sum Chn-stum; 

allcL'i 




Do- mi - num Je - sum Chri - stum. 
331 



313 a 



Sub Tuiun Praesidiuin(Noj) 

Motet for two part chorus 



J= 58 



M. Haller 



' "^ ra; JTi'T?' 



s 



r fi TTT 



Sub tu-umprae^si-di-um con - fu - gi - mus^ 



I 



h J J | J J iJ-J 



^ 



r T r 'r- r 

san-cta De- i Ge-ni -trix^ no-stras de-pre-ca-ti 



1'" ,' i' t' i' Iii77l|' ",' 'r' ; f 



o-nes lie de _ spi-ci-as in ne-ces-si 



^^ 



^^^ 



/f 'kt 



ta-ti-bus no - stris: sed a pe-ri-cu-lis 



332 



I 



i 



i 



ft 



rr ' \' r f -? 



^=^ 



^ 



cun-ctis li-be-ra nos, ii-be-ra nos, sem - 



^ 



» I p p Ip. ^ | 8 | » I ^ 



per, Vir-go glo-ri - o - sa, et be > ne- di - eta, 



^ 



I I cresc 



3^^^^^^^ 



Do-mi-na no - stra, Me-di - a-trix no - stra 



A A 



ft, A- ?,J 



ad- vo - ca - ta no - stra, ru- o Fi - li 



^^ 



„ I ^ I I I I I ^, I |,J J 1^^-^ 

o nos re-con - si - li - a . tu - o Fi - li 



333 



i 



i\ — ^ 



^ 



/ 



^ 



nos com - men -da. tu - o 



i 



fc-^ 



^ 



ritard. 



^ 



^ 



S 



\K> I <X> I <¥>> 



Fi - li - o nos re -prae - sen 



ta. 



313 b 



Sub tuum Praesidiuin(No.2) 

Antiphon 

Usually sung before the Litany of the Blessed Virgin and 
before the ^^Nunc Dimittis'/ 



Seventh Mode 



Gregorian 



Sub tu-um prae-si -di -um con - fu - gi-mus^^ 



^-^^n^ 



^ 



m 



^^^s 



# ' # 



San-cta De-i Ge-ni-trix: no-strasde-pre-ca4i-o-nes 



334 



fe 



^ iO^ fl j^ /* : 



ne de-spi- ci - as in ne-ces-si - ta - ti -bus 



j^ ]^ h n ) 



b'l? V ^;=K= ^ 



^ 



^ jl 



sed a per- i - cu - lis cun - ctii 



# 



H^ 



f^f^ 



# # 



^ 



ii - be - ra nos sem 



per 



i 



N# 



^5^-^-^ 



^^ 



Vir - go glo - ri - o 



sa 



Eastertide , add 



^^ 



# r * 



et be - ne - di-cta. Al - le-lu-ia. 



335 



214 



Litany of the Blessed Virgin 

Litaniae Lauretanae 
Unison or two part chorus 

Nicola A.Montani 
Moderately fast^ 




(a) ' /^^ ' ' ',' I Vi^l ^1 1 \ ,^ '(^. ,, 

vv Ky-ri-e e-le-i-son.Christe e-le-i-son. Ky-ri-e e-le- i-son.-» 



Chanters 



wm: l\nt\^ i | ^ W 



1 . Pa - - ter de coe - lis De - us ,-^ 

2. Fi - li Re-dem - ptor mun - di De - us.-^ 

3. Spi - - ri - tus iSan - cte De - us,-^ 
i. San-cta Tri-ni-tas u - nus De - us,-> 



Fiu Vive (alia hreve) 
Chanters 






t 



Chorus 



w 



m 



5. San - - eta Ma-ri - a^ o - ra pro no-bis.— *> 

7. San-cta Vir -go Vir-gi-num^ o - ra pro no-bis.-^ 

9. Mar-ter di-vi -nae gra-ti-»i^ o-ra pro no-bis.--^ 

11. Ma - - ter cas - tis-si-ma, o-ra pro no-bis.-^ 

13. Ma-ter in-te-me-ra - ta, o-ra pro no-bis.-^ 

15. Ma-ter ad-mi - ra-bi-lis^ o-ra pro no-bis.—^ 

17. Ma-ter Cre-a -t6 - ris, o-ra pro no-bis.-> 



336 



^Chri-ste au-di-nosS-^Chri 



ste ex - aii-di -nos. 



Chorus 



^ 



I 



f, r ' 'M 



1. mi 

2. mi 

3. liij 

4. mi 



se - re 
se - re 



se 
se 



re 

re 



re 
re 
re 
re 



no 
no 
no 
no 



Ms. 
bis. 

bis, 
bis 



Chanters 



Chorus 



nnt^ ^ mr 



mm% 



o - ra pro no-bis. 

o - ra pro no-bis. 

o - ra pro no- bis. 

o - ra pro no-bis. 

- ra pro no-bis. 

o - ra pro no-bis, 

o - ra pro no-bis. 



De- i 

ter 



Ge-ni-trix, 



Chri- sti 



6. San-cta 

8. Ma - 

10. Ma - ter pu-ris-si-raa^ 

12. Ma-ter in-vi - o - la - ta^ 

14. Ma - ter a - ma^bi-lis, 

16. Ma-ter bo-ni con-si -li -i ^ 

18. Ma-ter Sal-va - to - ris, 



.337 



Chanters Chorus 



19. Vir-go pru-den - tjs-si-ma^ o _ ra 

21. Vir-go prae-di - can - da, o-ra 

2a. Vir - go cle - mens^ o-ra 

25. Spe-cu-lum jus -ti-ti-je, o-ra 

27. Cau-sa no-straelae4i-ti-ae, o-ra 

29. Vas ho -no - ra-bi-le, o-r^ 

31. Ro - sa my-sti-ca, o-ra 

33. Tur - ris e - bur-ne-a, a-ra 

35. Foe . de-ris ar - ca, o-ra 

37. Stel-la ma-tu - ti - na, o-ra 



f 



pro 


no - 


bis.-* 


pro 


no - 


bis.-^ 


pro 


no - 


bis.-^ 


pro 


no - 


bisT^ 


pro 


no - 


bisr^ 


pro 


no - 


bisr^ 


pro 


no - 


bis^^ 


pro 


no - 


biS:-^ 


pro 


no - 


bis^ 


pro 


no - 


bisr^ 



Chanters 



W 



^^ 



Bh 



fe 



Chorus 



f 



□E 



39. Re-fu-gi-um pec-ca - to-rum, o-ra prono-bis.^- 

41. Au- xi-li-um Christi-a - no-rum, o-ra pro no -bis r-^ 

43. Re-gi-na Pa-tri-ar-cha-rum, o-ra pro no-bisH> 

45. Re-gi-na A-po-sto - lo -rum, o-ra pro no-bisr^ 

47. Re-gi-na Con-fes - so - rum, o-ra pro no-bisT-^ 



338 



Chanters 



Cho] 




20. 
22. 
24. 
26. 
28. 
30. 
32. 
34. 
36. 
38. 



Vir-go ve-ne ■ 
Vir - go 
Vir - go f i . 
Se-des sa-pi - 
Vas spi-ri-tu ■ 
Vas in-signe de 
Tur - ris Da 
Do - mus 
Ja - nu - a 
Sa-lus in -fir 



po - tenSj o - 
lis^ o - 



de 



en-ti -ae^ o - 

a - le_, o - 

■ vo-tio-nis^ o - 

■vi-di - ca. o - 



coe 
-mo 



ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 
ra pro 



no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no - bis. 

no _ bis. 



Chanters 




^ 



Chorus 

4 



m 



r-r T-f 'r ? 



40. Con-so-la-trix af-fli-cto - rum^o-ra pro no -bis. 

42. Re - gi-na An-ge-l6 - rum^o-ra pro no- bis. 

44. Re - gi.na Pro-phe-ta - rum^o-ra pro no- bis. 

46. Re - gi _ na Mar-ty-rum^ o - ra pro no _ bis. 

48. Re - gi - na Vir-gi-num_, o- ra pro no-bis. 



339 



Chanters 



* , ^ r\ ^' ^ ^ Chorus 



49. Re-gi - na Sancto - rum 6 - mni-um^ ora pro nobis. 

50. Re-gi-na sine labe origi-nali concepta^ ora pro nobis. 

51. Re-gi-na Sacratissimi Ro-sa - ri- i^ ora pro nobis. 
53. Re-gi - na Pa - cis^ ora pro nobis. 



Chanters 



Chorus 



53. A-gnus I)e-i,qui tollis peccata mundi^I^rce nobis Do'mine. 

54. A-gnus De4^quitollispeccatamundi;Ex-au(iinos Domine, 

Chanters 



^'''i'i'''lr';.li''^^/^ 



^m 



rmr 

55. A-gnus De.l qui tol-lis pecca-ta mun - di 



^ Tutti 



mi - se 



re - re 



no 



bis. 



% Ora pro nobis Sancta Dei Genitrix. 
IjT. Ut (ligni efficiamur promissionibus Christi. 

340 



MUSIC FOR RECEPTION ETC. 21^ 

Venl Sponsa Christ 1 

for two part chorus 



Lento 



Nicola A. Montani 



^ 



-e &■ 



e - ni spon - sa thn - sti , 



spon - sa Chri 



^ 



^m 



^M^ 



i 



fiTWjyt ' ''t:s Tf 



Ve- ni 



spon - sa Chri 



sti 



i 



i 



i 



^ 



" y^ I '''^ 



? \i \i'j I. 



«: 



rr^ 



r 



* 



ac - ci 



crcsc I 

K -I -J ^ 



pe 

A 



CO - I'O 



nam 



^^^^^ 



im 9 g. 



[tr^ 



f 



rr 



quam ti -bi Do-mi-nus prae-pa - ra - vit ^ 



fe 



"mTT 



3 



^ 



b l i J J"^^ - 



rWWn^B 



« 



prae - pa 



ra -vit in ae - ter 



num 



341 



216 THE BLESSED VIRGIN 

Magnificat 

Eighth Psalm Tone (Solemnis) 



Gregorian 



^ 



^ 



r r B r r Vf f 



-l®f- 



^' f d d 



1. Ma-gm-fi - cat * 

2. Et ex-sul-tavit spi-ri-tus me - us: *^ 

3. Qui- a re - spexit humQitatem an-cil-lae su - ae:>^ 

4. Qui- a fe -cit mihi ma-gna qui p6-tensest:* 

5. Et mi-se- ricordia ejus a 

progeni - e in pro-ge - ni-es.^ 

tentiam in bra-chi-o sii - o:* 

it po - - - ten-tes de se - de, ^ 

entes im-ple-vit bo - nus * 

Israel pii-e-rum sii - um:* 

- cutus est ad pa-tres no - stros:)»c 
Pa-tri et Fi-li-o,* 

- rat in principio^ et nunc^et sem - per^ i<. 



Fe-cit po 
De -po - su 
E - su -ri 
Sus-ce-pit 

10. Sic-ut lo 

11. Gl6-ri- a 

12. Sic-ut e 



For 

ment 
three 



m 



the alternate verses the following falso bordone arrange- 
by Giro Grassi may be used. (For two part chorus (or 
part) equal voices.) i i , . 0\ 



I i~i i.rj 



i 



f r-Mfrf 



2. Et exsultavit 

4. Quia fecit mihi magna 

6. Fecit potentiam in 

8. Esurientes 

10. Sicut locutus est ad 

12. Sicut erat in principio , 



spi - ri-tus 
qui po - 
bra- chi-o 
im - ple-vit 
pa - tres 



me - us: **■ 
tens est:* 
su - o: * 
bo - nus,5|e 
no - stros/f 



et nunc, et sem- per,* 



342 



1. 

2. 
3. 



5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 



-lOh 



^^ 



i 



me. a 
ta- ri 



Do -mi -num. 
me - . 



ill Deo salu - - 

ecce eiiim ex hoc beatam me 

diceiit omnes gene- ra- ti - o - nes. 
et sanctum no-men e - jus. 



tim^n - 

dispersit superbos meiite 

et exal - 

et divites dimi - 

recordatus miseric(5r - 

Abraham^ et semiui e - 

et Spiri - 

et in saecula saecu - 



ti- 


bus 


e 


„ 


um. 


cor 


-dis 


su 


_ 


i. 


ta- 


Yit 


liii- 


mi 


-les. 


sit 


in- 


a 


- 


nes 


di- 


ae 


su 


- 


ae. 


jus 


in 


sae- 


Cl] 


L-la. 


tu 


- i 


Saii 


- 


cto. 


lo. 


rum 


A 


_ 


men 



J=^ 



i 



^ 



rs 



^m 



P 



m 



^ 



s 



2. in Deo salu - - ta-ri me 

4. et sanctum no -men e 
6. dispersit superbos mente cor-dis su 

5. et divites dimisit in - a - 

10. Abraham^ ^t semini e - jus in s^ - cu 

12. et in saecula saecu - 16 -rum. A 
343 



o. 
jus . 

i. 

nes. 
■ la. 
men. 



317 CEREMONY MUSIC 

Motets for Receptiou, Professiou etc. 

Regnum Miiiidi 

for two part chorus 



^ 



Andante religioso 



Nicola A. Montaiii 



n 



m 



U' [' i fH' i 



s 



w=^ 



Re - giium muii - di ^ Re - giiiim mun - di 



A.jTXjI^J J ^^ 



et o-mnem or -na- tarn sae - cu - H, 






)u4em-psi pro-pter a mo - rem Do-mi-iii 



I 



^^Ffi 



, l |J|i!^^J J 



/w// 



IE 



S 



r> 'f cf f^ ' Ui:r =^^^ 



I 



no _ stri, Je - su Chri 

Pt'i/- Vivo 

%f^ T-^ A 



Stl. 



A il 



^ 



^ 



s 



Q>j'''p^r^'rJifM'''P^^ 



Quern 



vi - di quern a - ma 



U'\^ s^ \^ \ ^ 



f:\Fine 



22: 



s=5 



«: 



em Cre - di -di quern di - le 



in quem 



XI 



34^ 



^ 



Repeat from %'^Que7n vidi^' to 
Ps. then to -^ ^'Eleiri'^k 



^ 



loh 



^ 



4<SH- 



;. 44.)E-ructa-vit cor^eiim "^ ' , / 

verbum bonum: dico ego opera mea Regi/ 



m 



tl-le-g-i ab-ie-cta es - se, in do-mo Do-mi-ii( 



E"-le-gi ab-je-cta 'e^ 



do -mo Do- mi -no 



$ 



Repeat "QueM vidi^Uo Ps. then to '^Gloria'' 



s 



me - 1, Je - su €hri '- sti.' I 




i 



^ 



Repeat Quem vidi^' to Fin 



m 



i&h 



^ 



Glo-fi -a Patri et Fi-li-o Et Spi-ri-tu-i San-cto.^ 



RESPONSES 

y. Kyrie eleison. 1^. Christi eleison. % Paternoster. 

^. Etne nos indiicas in tentatidnem. 

IJr. Sed libera nos a male. 

X. Man da Deus etc. 

IJT. Confirma hoc Deus quod operatus es in eis. 

\. Salvas fac etc. 9^. Deus meus sperantes in te. 

% Esto nobis etc. ^. A facie inimici. 

^. Nihil proficiat etc. 

^. Et Pilius iniquitatis non appdnat nocere nobis. 

\. Ora pro nobis etc. 

Ut dignae efficiantur promissidnibus Cbristi. 

Domine exaudi etc. ^. Et clamor meus ad te v^niat. 
It. Dominus etc. ^. Et cum Spiritu tuo. 
\[. Domine Deus virtutem^ converte nos. 
^. Et ostende faciem tuam et salvi erimus. 

345 



318 



CEREMONY MUSIC ETC. 

Suscipe Domine 

(St. Ignatius) 
for two part chorus 



i 



Lento 
PP 



Nicola A. Montani 



^ 



^ 



n 



0m ' *m *. 



feus - CI - pe Do - mi - ne, u - ni - 



l'\ Hi! 



em me" — r"^ am, 



ver - sam li - ber - ta - tem me 



M 



Ac - ci - pe me - mo - ri - am in _ tel 



1^ - ctum at - que vo - lun - ta - tem 



Poco piu vivo 




o - - mnenT?^ ' 



Quid quid ha-be-o 



:"'','••',' v;,' 



^ 



^^ 



^J ^ # 



- o mi - hi la] 



vel pos - si - de 



ar - gi - tus 



346 



id ti-bi to -turn re - sti - tu -o^ ac 



ij. j|j J J .h j .| ,j. #j=# 



r ' ~^~^ f r r r p 7 

tu - ae 



id ti -bi to -turn re - 
pror - sus 



m 






iii- tu - o, ac tii-ae pror-sus vo- lun-ta-te 



I 



^ 



sy 



P 



0\ 



s 



fcra-do gu - ber-naii - dum. ^ 



tra-do 

Moderato 
P 



^ h^"^ .J I KJ 



S 



^^^^ I^V-^ 



A - mo - rem tu 



Pr 



so - lum cum 



^ 



gra - ti - a tu - a mi - 



mi - hi 



I 



.M. I . 1 J I . I l ife J 



^ 



s 



r 'r r tfr ^ f 



do - nes et di-ves sum sa-tis nee 



y^ \ .^^'U.hh.:^ 



r\ 



a - li - ud quid quam ul - tra po 
347 



^ 



SCO 



2\g CEREMONY MUSIC ETC. 

Conserva me Domine 

Third Tone Psalm 15 



^m 



P^^^ pL^V^^if 



4e*- 



1. Con-ser - va me^ Domine^ quoniam 

spe-ra - vi in te.— »• 

2. Sanctis^ qui sunt in ter - ra e -jus, 

3. Multiplicatae sunt in - 

firmi-ta - tes e-6-rum. 

4. Non congregabo conven- 

ticula eorum de san-gui -ni-bus. 

5. Dominus pars haeredi- 

tatis meae^ et ca-li-cis me- i: 

6. Funes ceciderunt mihi in prae - cla-ris, 

7. Benedicam Dominum, 

qiii tribuit mihi in - tel - le-ctum: 

8. Provid^bam Dominum in 

conspectu me - o sem-per: 

9 . Propter hoc laetatum est 

cor meum et exsult^vit lin - gua me - a: 

10. Quoniam non derelinques 

animam me-am in in-fer-no: 

11. Notas mihi fecisti vias 

vitae adimplebis 

me laetitia cum vul - tu tu- o: 

12. Gloria Pa - tri et Fi4i-a, 

13. Sicut eratinprincipio^et nunc^ et sem-per, 

348 



I 



^'' ,o. h M 



*-#^ 



1. Dixi Domino: Deus meus es tu^ 

quoniam bonorum meorum non e - ges. 

2. mirificavit omnes voluntates meas in e - is. 

3. postea dccelle - - - ra-ve - runt. 

4. nee memor ero nominun; eorum 

per labi - a me - a. 

5. tu es, qui restitues haereditatem 

me- am mi - hi. 

6. etenim haereditas mea praecla -ra est mi - hi. 

7. insuper et usque ad noctem 

increpuerunt mere - nes me - i. 

8. quoniam adextris est mihi, ne com-mci-ve-ar. 

9. insuper et caro mea requie - - scet in spe. 

10. nee dabis sanctum tuum videre 

corru-pti- o - nem. 



11. delectationisin dextera tua us - que in-fi-nem. 

12. et Spiritu - - , ^ i San- cto. 
13.- et in safecula saeculo - - rum. A - men. 

349 



320 



MUSIC FOR RECEPTION, VOW DAY, ETC. 

Ecce Quam Bonum 

for two part chorus 
Psalm 132 



Moderate 



Nicola A. Montani 




w 



r \ ' f f f 



1. 3. 

5. 7.> Ec . ce quam bo - num, et quam ju - 

9. 11. \ 



un _ dum, ha - bi _ ta - re 



rail 

m 



Fine 



i 



^ 



f r >' f 



fra - tres 



u - num. 2. Sic - ut un 
6. Quo - ni - am 
10. Sic - ut 



m 






r 



guen - tum 
11 - lie 
e - rat 



in 

man - da - vit 
in prin - 



ca - pi - te 

Do - mi - nus 

ci - pi - o^ 



350 



te 




^ 



m 



}S^ p^p T-^ r r- r r r 

quod de - seen - dit in bar -bam, 

be - ne - di - cti - o - nem et vi - tarn 

et nunc^ et sem - per^ et in sae - cu - 

Rev eat from "Ecce'^ to /7\ 




4. Quod de- seen -dit in o - ram ves-ti-men- ti 



8. 



Glo 



ri - a 



Pa - tri 



et 



hj J I 1 1 i,.i-ti_^i^ 



e - jus: sic - ut ros Her - mon, qui de - 
Fi - li - o^ et Spi - ri - tu - i 



m 



Repeat "Bcce^^ to r\ 



^^ 



t^f f f 1 1^7 



seen - dit 
San 



m mon - te 



Si - on 
etc . 



351 



221 CEREMONY MUSIC ETC. 

Quam dllecta tabernacula tua 

Psalm 83 
Seventh Tone 



^m 



mm 



3an 



m 



1. Quam di - lecta tabernacula tua, 

Domi-ne vir - tii - tum!- 

2. Cor meum et ca-ro me - a 

3. Eteuim passer iuvenit si-bi do - num: 

4. Altaria tua, Domi - ne vir - tii -turn: 

5. Beat i, qui habitant in 

domo tu-a, Do^ni-ne: 

6. Beatus vir, cujus est 

au- xi . li - um abs ie : 

7. Etenim benediction em 

dabit legislator, 
ibmit de virtiite in vir - tii - tem: 

8 . Domine, Deu» virtutum 

exaudi orati - o -nem me - am : 

9. Protector noster, a-spi-ce De -us: 

10. Quia melior est dies 

una in a-tri-is tu - is^ 

11. Elegi abjectus esse 

in domo De-i me - i: 

12. Quia miseric6rdiam^ 

et veritatem di-li-git De -us: 

13. Non privdbit bonis eos, 

qui ambulant in iii-no - cen-ti-a: 

14. Gloria Pa-tri et Fi-li- o, 

15. Sicut erat in princi- 

pio, et nunc^et sem - per, 
352 



ion 



i' J'[ j] M 



1. concupiscit, et deficit anima 

mea in a-tri-a Do-mi-ni. 

2. exsultaverunt in De-um vi - vum. 

3. et turtur nidum sibi, ut pouat pul-los su - os . 

4. Rex meus^ et De-us me - us. 

5. in saecula saecu - - lo-rum lau-dar-bunt me . 

6. ascensioues in corde suo dispo- 

suit^invallelacrimarum, in lo-co quemp6-su-it. 



7. videbitur Deus de - _ - o-rum in Si -on. 

8. anribus percipe, De- us Ja - cob. 

9. et respice faciem Chri-sti tu - i: 

10. su-per mi-li-a. 

11. magis quam habitare in taber- 

naculis pec-ca - to - rum. 

12. gratiam et gloriam da -bit Do-mi -nus. 

13. Domiue virtutum, beatus 

homo, qui sp^-rat in te. 

14. et Spi - - - - ri-tu-i San- etc. 

15. et in saecula saecu - - lo-rum. A - men. 

353 



222 



CEREMONY MUSIC ETC. 

Quae est ista 

Two part or unison chorus 



Mod era to 
P 



Traditional Italian Chorale 
Arr. by N. A.Montani 



mt'rT \ 



Quae est is. ta, quae est is-ta^ 



ft^ j-^ l l j ^ i \h f^^ 



-cy, — m m ~ l^ ^ c^_i ■_ 

r r't r f r 'fcp r f 

quae a - scen-dit de de - ser - to ^ de 



:''''7;;^'i^'i^"iTi,^' 




i - ci - is af - flu- ens e - nix. a 



^m 



5U -ner di- le-ctum su-um? To - ta nul-chrf 



su -per 






es^ a-mi-ca me - a, su - a - vis et de 



354 



i 



fe 



jig^ 



CO - ra . Ve - ni de Li 



XT 



ba - no 



i 



1)1,'' ;;CTw -I 



^^Ff 



<> <> 



r^^f 



spoil 



# 



sa me 



?'«// 



ve - ni 



de 



» jlj ~^f • J ~*^*~1 



S 



Li - ba-iio ve-ni co - ro _ iia- be -rij 



Tu gloria Jerusalem 333 

Unison or four part chorus 

(For additional Ceremony Music see Magnificat; Hymns 
in honor of the Blessed Virgin^ Motets in honor of the Bl, 
Sacrament^ Te Deum etc.) 

Cesar Franck 

Jndante religioso Adapted from the Motet ^^Quae est ista'^ 



^ 



J J i ^J J i J 



n 



r r 'f r T 



t 



Tu glo - ri - a je . ru - sa - Tern; 



•^ r r >• ^ r r b^ f r r r 



;u lae - ti - ti - a Is - ra - el- tu ho - no 



355 



,^i'iijih i i'ii i r':;i , ' ^ 



/r'f Vr 'i M 'I 'r 1^ 

ri - li - ceu - ti - a i)o - pu - li no - str i . Ma 



i 



Slower 



^^ 



^m 



^ 



TTi 



^ f ' ¥ r 

no - stri tu et 



ri - a Do - mi - na - re 



Fi- li - us tu - us 



t 



n-=f=f 



In - ter 



i 



i 



ce - de ad 
pprall 



^^^^ 



■ I ' r - p r 



Do-mi-num De - um no - strum, in - ter - 



cresc 



i^mfhUW^ 



ce - de ad Do-mi-num De-um no-strum^ ad De - um 

alia r ST. 



m 



iv -i ^ 



t 



w 



im I I I 



y ' r-^ 'V r r 



no- strum^ ad Do-mi-num De-um no - strum. 



356 



MUSIC FOR FORTY HOURS^ ADORATION 
Musical Programme 

AT THE EXPOSITION 

1. MASS, after whicli the Blessed Sacrament is incensed. 

2. 4 PROCESSION during which the ''Pange Lingua" is siujg; 
after the procession the 

S. ''TANTmi ERGO'' is suiig, and the Blessed Sacrament is 
incensed. The "Panem de coelo, etc.J^ is omitted 

4. THE LITANY OF THE SAINTS is chanted. 224 

5. PSALM LXIX, ^'Deus in adjutorium etc." is intoned^ then 
sung alternately by the clergy or choir; after which the cele- 
brant ^ still kneeling; sings the versicles ^'Salvos fac_, etc.^' 
After the'^DominC; exaudi orationem meam," the celdbrant ris- 
es and sings the prescribed orations. 

MISSA PRO PACE 
On the second day of the Devotion the ^'Missa pro pace^' 
(mass for peace) is offered on a side altar, and the color of 
the vestments is violet, unless a feast of higher rank occurs 
prohibiting the use of this color. (See Manual of Forty Hours' 
Adoration pub. by Ecclesiastical Review, Phila._,Pa.) 

AT THE EXPOSITION 

1. MASS J after which is sung the 

2. LITANY with Psalm LXIX and the versicles '^Salvos 
fac^etc.'' down to "Dominus Vobiscum" (exclusive,) after 
which tne Blessed Sacrament is incensed . 

3. ^PROCESSION during which the ''Pange Lingua ^^ is 
sung. After the procession when the Blessed Sacrament 
has been placed on the altar, the 

4."TANTUM ERGO'' is sung, and at the ^'Genitori^^ the 
Blessed Sacrament is incensed. The ^^Panem de coelo'^ 
is intoned and the celebrant rises and sings the 
5. ORATIONS; Benediction follows. 

4 In case the Procession does not take place the^^Pange 
Lingua" cannot be omitted. 

Pange Lingua; (see No. 241) 

357 



324 



The Litany of the Saints 

According to the Vatican Graduale 



Sung on Holy Saturday, The Rogation Days , Forty Hours^ 
Adoration. 
Chanters 



n 



i' j^ j^ j^ j^ 



^ 



5 



^ 



m 



y- ri- e 



le - i - son . Chri -ste e - le - i - son . 



j. pj'WjJiipcj-j'pf i i f p(, j' p r 



i 



Ky-ri-e e-le-i-sou.Chri-ste au-di-nos. Chri-ste ex-aiKli-iios , 



^ 



m 



(! P M P p r ^ ^ 



Pa-ter de cae-lis De-us, mi -se- re -re no -bis. 

Fili Redemptor miiiidi De -us , mi - se - re - re no - bis . 

Spi-ri-tus San-cte De-us, mi-se-re-re no-bis 

Sancta Trinitas liiius De-us^ mi-se-re-re no-bis. 



M p y. r 1 ^' ^'^m 



San -eta Ma - ri - a, o - ra pro no- bis . 



i 



^^ 



^ 



p M. m; P ^ 



San -eta De- i Ge'-ui-trix, o- ra pro no-bis. 

San-eta Vir-go vir-gi-num, o - ra pro n6-bis. 

San- ete Mi -eha - el , o - ra pro n6 - bis . 

San-cte Ga-bri-el, 6 -• ra pro no-bis. 

San- cte Ra-pha-el, 6 - ra pro no-bis. 



358 



1. 0-mnes saii-cti An-ge-li et Ar -chaii.ge - li, 

2. O-imies saii-cti beato-rum Spiritum or -di- lies, 



i 



^ 



^^ 



r P r 



1.0 - ra - te pro no - bis 

2. o _ ra - te pro no - bis. ^ 



Siin-cte Jo-an-nes Bap-ti-sta, o-ra pro iio-bis. 



^TTTTTZ^l^^^^ 



San - cte Jo - seph^ o - ra pro no- bis 




F M p r r p 4-P p r 



O-mnes san-cti Pa-tri- ar-chati et Pro-phe- tae^ 



l-^^UUUi 



^m 



R^ff f ?"-!^^-^^^^^-^ 



6-ra-te pro no -bis. San-cte Pe-tre, 6-ra pro no-bis. 



359 



Note 



Sdiicte 
Saiicte 
Saiicte 
Saiicte 
Sancte 
Saiicte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Omnes 
Ornnes 
Omnes 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sancte 
Sdncti 
Sancti 
Sancti 
Sancti 
Omnes 



Paule , 
Andrea, 
Jacobe, 
Joannes , 
Thoma, 
Jacobe, 
Philippe, 

Bartholomaee, s ora pro nobis. 
Mathaee^ 
Simon, 
Tliaddaee^ 
Mathia, 
Bar nab a ^ 
Luca , 

Marce_, _ 

sancti Apostoli et Evangelist^ 
sancti Discipuli Domini, {> orate pro nobis, 

sancti Innocentes, 
StephaneT] 

Laurenti^S- ora pro nobis. 
VincentiJ 

Fabiane et Sebastiane, 
Joannes et Paula, 

Cosma et Damiane , J> orate pro nobis. 
Gervasi et Protasi^ 
sancti Martyres, _ 






Note: Omitted on Holy Saturday. 
3C0 



Sancte Silvester, 

Sancte Gregori^ 
yk- Sdncte Ambrosi, 

Sancte Augustine, ^ ora pro nobis . 
yk- Sancte Hieronyme, 
yk- Sancte Martine^, 
jf Sancte Nicolae, 

Omnes sancti Pontifices et Confessores^orate pro nobis. 

Omnes sancti Doctores, orate pro nobis . 

Sancte Antoni, "" 

Sancte Benedicte, 
y^ Sancte Bernarde, ^ ora pro nobis 

Sancte Domini ce, 

Sancte Francisce, 

Omnes sancti Sacerdotes et Levi tae, orate pro nobis. 

Omnes sancti Monachi et Eremitae^ orate pro nobis. 

Sancta Maria MagdalenaJ" 

Sancta Agatha, 
^ Sancta Lucia, 

Sancta Agnes, ^ ora pro nobis 

Sancta Caecilia, 
^ Sancta Catharina^ 

Sancta Anastasia, 

Omnes sanctsie ^rgines et Viduae, orate pro nobis. 

Omnes Sancti et Sanctae Dei, inter cedite pro nobis. 



^ Omitted on Holy Saturday 

361 



i 



^^ ^ F r H 



^E^ 



Pro-pi-ti-us e - sto, par-ce no -bis Do-mi-ne 
Pro-pi-ti-us e - sto^ ex-au-di nos Do-mi-ne 
Ab o-mnima-lo, li-be-ra nos Do-mi-ne 



Ab oinni peccato, 

* Ab ira tiia, 

-K A subitanea et improvisa morte, 
-^^ Ab insidiis diaboli, 

♦ Ab ira, et odio, et omni mala voluii- 

tate , 
-^ A spiritu fornicationis , 
■¥■ A fulgure et tempestate^ 
-¥■ A flagello terraemotus, 
•¥■ A peste, fame^et bello, 
A m(5rte perpetua. 
Per mysterium sanctae incarnati-^ 

onis tiiae, 
Per adventum tiium ? 
Per nativifatem tuam. 
Per baptismum et sanctum jejuni- 

um til urn, 
Per criicem et passionem tuam^ 
Per mortem et sepiilturam tuam. 
Per sanctam resurrectionemtuam. 
Per admirabilem ascensionem tuam. 
Per adventum Spiritus Sancti Pa- 

racliti , 
In die judicii, 

i^ Omitted on Holy Saturday ^^^ 

6nZ 



libera nos Domine. 



|j u f 



ie ro - e:a - mus au - di 



Pec - ca - to - res , te 



nos 



Ut nobis parcas , "" 

>^- Ut nobis indulgeas , 

-K Ut adveram paenitentiam nos perdiicere 
digne^ris, ^ ^ ^ 

Ut Ecclesiain tuam sanctamregere et con- 

servare digneris, 
Ut Dpmnum Apostolicum et omnes eccle- 
siasticos ordines^ in sancta religione 
conservare digneris, 
Ut inimicos sanctae EccLtsiae humilare 

digiieris^ 
Ut regibois et principibus christianis' pa- 
cem et veram concordiam donare di- 
gneris , 
-¥ Ut cuncto populo christian©' pacem et 
unitatem largiri dignerisKSeenotebeiow) 
Ut nosmeti'p^sos in tuo sane to servitio' 
confortare et conservare dign^ris^ 
-¥■ Ut mentes nostras ad coelestia desid^- 
ria e'rigas , 
Ut dmnibus benefactor ibus nc^stris sem- 
piterna bona retribuas , 
-K Ut animas nostras' fratrum^ propin- 
qudrum et beneiactorum nostrorum' 
ab aeterna damnati6ne eripias, 
Ut fructus t^rrae dare et conservare 

digneris , 
Ut (Omnibus fidelibus defiinctis requiem 

aeternam donare digneris, 
Ut nos exaudire digneris, 
^ Fili Pei, 

NOTE: After this invocation sing-thp following-; 

Ut omnes errantes ad unitatem Ecclesiae recovdre, et infideles nniversos ad 
Evangelii lumen perducer4> dinneris" (Te rogamus etc.) 

363 



te rogamus 
audi nos. 



p r rr P r p ( ^^^ 



t^ 



A-gnus De - i, qui tol-Iis pec-ca-ta mun -di_, 



* 



m 



p P M P C P^^ ^ 



par-ce no -bis Do-mi-iie. A-gnus D^ - i, 



* 



r^T^^ 



t 



qui tol - lis pec - ca - ta mun - di^ 



H M p p r ^"f^ M 



ex- ail - di - nos Do-mi-ne. A-gnus De- i_, 



I p P p p r^ f-r I p p F p p 



qui tol-lis pec-ca-ta nmn-di^ mi-se-re-re no-bis. 



^^ 



Chri-ste au-di-nos. Chri-ste ex - au - di -nos. 

On Holy Saturday the "Kyrie" of the Mass is begun at this point. 

364 



Forty Hours etc. chanters proceed 



i ^ M, I, | i I, I i ^^^^i-^k^g 



Ky-ri -e e-le-i- son. Chri-ste e - le - i - son. 



|F-i-^J^j3^J]j''>Ji^vipppJ 



secreto. 



Ky-ri ~e e-le-i- sou. Pa-ter No-ster . 



i 



\. Et ue nos iu-du-cas in ten-ta-ti- o-nem. 



_ p p p p p p r ^ 

If. Sed li - be - ra nos a ma - lo. 



365 



Deus in adjutorium 

Psalm 69 



i 



^' ,oi > J' J^ i' M 



1. Deus in adjutorium me-um in -ten - de:—». 

2. Confundantur et re- ve- re -an - tur, 

3. Avertantur retrosum, et e - ru - be - scant, 

4. Avertantur statim e - ru- be- seen - tes, 

5. Exsultent et laetentur 

in te 6-mnes qui que-runt te: 



6. Ego vero e - - - ge-nus et pau-per sum: 

7. Adjutor mens et libera - tor me-us es tu: 

8. Gloria Pa-tri et Fi-li-o, 

9. Sicut erat in principio^ et nuni'.^ et sem - per^ 



366 



/small notes\ 
1 ending for ) 
\ No. 6. / 



b loi 



> J' J if'' > J' 



1. Domiiie ad adjuvan- 

dum me fe - sti - na. 

2. qiii querunt animam me - am. 

3. qui voluiit mihi ma _ la. 

4. qui dicunt mihi: Euge^ e- u-ge. 



ad-ju-va me. 



5. 


et dicant semper: Ma- 






giiificetur Domiiius: 






qui diligunt salutare tu 


- um. 


8 


Dpiis 




7. 


Domiiie iie mo - _ re 


- ris. 


8. 


et Spiritui Sail 


- cto. 


9. 


et ill saecula saecu- 






lorum. A 


- men. 



/ -K see above\ 
Vad-ju-vame./ 



367 



RESPONSES 
Cel. 




5 



frnun 



1. Sal-vos fac ser-vos tu-os^ De-us me-us -spe-ran-tes in te, 

All other responses end in the: 
following manner except No. 9 : 



All other responses end in the y ^ — ^ — -[-^ 




;u-di- nis. 

2. ^ Esto nobis Domine turris fortitudinis. 
^ A ft^cie inimici. 

3. \f Nihil proficiat inimicus in nobis. 

B Et filius iniquitatis non apppnat nocere nobis, 

4. V Domine non secundum peccata nostra facias nobis. 
B Neque secundum iniquit^tes nostras retribuas nobis. 

5. \f Or^jt.us pro Pontifice nostro N. 

R Dominas conservet eum, et vivificet ^um^t et beatiim 
fdciat (^um in terra,-* et non tradat eum in dnimam ini- 
micorum ejus . 
6.^ Oremus pro benefactoribus nostris. 
?! Retribuere digndre Domine, f omnibus nobis bona faci- 
entibus, prc^pter nomen tiium,* vitam aeternam. Amen. 
7.^ Oremus pro fidelibus defiinctis. 
^ Requiem aeternam d6na eis Domine^* et lux perpetua 
liiceat eis. 
8. vT Requiescant in pace. ^. Amen. 
9.\r Pro fratribus nostris absentibus. 
^t Salvos fac servos tiios,* D^us mens sperantes inte. 

10. vT Mitte eis Ddmine auxilium de sancto. 

B Et de Sion tuere eos. 
11. \C Domine ex^udi orationem meam. 

^fc Et cldmor me'us ad te veniat. 
12. Y Dominus vobiscum. I^. Et cum spiritu tuo. 

PRAYERS 
13."^ Per omnia saecula sasculopum. 9. Amen. 
14. V Dominus vobiscum. R. Et cum spiritu tiio. 
15.^ Exaudiat nos omnipotens et misericors Dominus. 

B? (Et custddiat nos semper.) Amen. 
16."^ Fidehumanimae etc. IJi . Amen. 

368 



THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 326 a 

Motets for Benediction 

O Salutaris Hostia (No. l) 

(Verbum Supernum Prodiens) 



m 



Lento 
P. 



S.Webbe (1740-1816) 



m. 



i^^ 



r T c:f r r ' r r r r 

sa - lu - ta - ris no - sti - a, Quae 
U - ni tri - no - que Do - mi - no Sit 



^ cJ r cj r r cJ r r 

coe - li nan - dis o - sti - um: Be 



sti - um: Bel 
ri - a, Qui 



coe - 11 pan 

sem - pi - ter - na glo - 



m 



la pre-munt ho - sti _ li - a^ Da* 
VI - tam si - ne ' ter - mi - no No 



ro - bur. ler au - xi - u - um. 



— 7 — , 

bis do - net in pa - tri - a . 



A - men, 



369 



336 b 

O Salutarls Hostia (No. 2) 



Moderato 



Duguet (1780) 



^'^1^ \\\ ^ \\m 



sa - lu _ ta . ris ho - sti - a^ Quae 
U - ni tri - no - que Do - mi - no Sit 



^ 



I hj: J' J ^ 



I " ' r- p r f 



Dan 



coe - li pan - dis 
sem - pi - t^r - na 



6 - sti - um: Bel 
glo - ri - a. Qui 



^^ 



10 - sti - li - a , Dc 



^ 



la pre - munt ho - sti - li - a^ Da 
VI - tarn si - iie ter - mi - no No 



^^ 



rs 



^ 



Ti^ 



ro-bur, fer au - xi - li - um. 
bis do- net in pa -tri - a. 



men. 



370 



O Salutaris Hostla (No. 3) 



226 c 



(Verbum Supernum Prodiens) 



Greerorian 

(4) 



^ V ji jini rj Ji jTj A-lj 



sa 
U - ni 



lu - ta - ris ho- sti - a_ 
tri - no - que Do - mi - no 



^ 



^ 



P P P L/ 



P 



*=* 



Quae coe - li pan - dis d - sti - um ; 

Sit sem - pi - ter - na glo - ri - a, 



V f Ji p J. j,J ^^ 



Bel - la pre-munt ho - sti - li 
Qui vi - tam si - ne ter - mi 



no 



* 



I 



© 



^_J JQ^J/ii' J ' II JjL^J.J I I 



Da t6 -bur, fer au- xi- U -um. 

No -bis do - net in pa- tri- a. A 



men. 



371 



236 d 

O Salutaris Hostia (No. 4) 

Unison Chorus 

J. Rheinberger 
Andante ' Abridged and arr.lyN.A.M. 



^ 



5 



m 



^ 



2±Z 



-^ # &■ 



1. sa - lu - ta - ris lio - sti - a, Quae 

2. U - iii tri - no - que Do - mi - no Sit 



S 



5 



* — ^-#; — ^ 



coe- li pan- dis o - sti -um: Bel - la 
sem - pi - ter - na glo - ri - a ^ Qui vi - tam 



^^m 



is 



^ 



¥M=* 



4H- # 



pre-munt ho-sti-li - a^ Da ro-bur, fer au- 
si - ne 



i 



12: 



rrr^'T-r 



^ 



XI - li - um. 



2. ter - mi - no No - bis do 



tS 



^ 



£:^ 



^ ' ' O* 



net in pa - tri - a. 



A - men 



37?. 



226 e 
O Salutaris Hostia (No. 5) 

For three-part chorus (S.S.A. or T. T. B.) 

Balthasar Florence 
Andante religio.o Arr.b5r_N. A.M. 




U - ni tri ~ no - que 



mi - no 




Quae 


coe - 


li 


pan - dis 





sti 


- urn : 


Sit 


sem - 


pi 


- ter - na 


glo - 


ri . 


- a, 




Bel - la pre- munt ho 
Qui vi - tarn si _ ne 



sti -li- 
ter - mi - 



no 



cresc. e rit. 




Da ro-bur, fer au - xi 
No - bis do - net in pa 



li - um. 
tri- a. A 



men, 



373 



226 f 



O Salutaris Hostia(No. 6) 



Moderato 
P. 



^ 



Nicola A. Montaiii 



sa - lu - ia - ris ho - sti - a, Quae 
U - ni tri - no - que Do - mi - no Sit 



^^3 



i 



s 



i^ 



fTf 



PTf 



r r If f r r T 

COB - li pan - dis o - sti - um: Bel - la pre - 
sem- pi - ter- na glo - ri - a^ Qui vi - tarn 



Hf |,;l 1^ I, I '\ iTTl^ 



^a 



munt ho- sti- li - a, Da ro - bur, fer au 
si - ne ter - mi - no No - bis Ao - net in 



r^^ I [2 



J^J J I J - II 



331 



S 



r 

XI 

pa 



I- 

tri - 



r 

um. 



men. 



374 



338 g 
O Salutaris Hostia (No. 7) 



A. Werner 



Andante 



"m 



s 



sa - lu - la - ris ho - sti - a, 
U - ni tri - no - que Do - mi - no 



i 



^ 



rT i j , jn 



/ r r Wr 'r^ ^ 

Quae coe - li pan - dis o - sti - lun: 
Sit sem - pi - ter - na glo - ri - a, 



^ 




Bel - la pre - munt ho- sti - li - 
Qui vi - tarn si - ne ter - mi - no 



^^^^^^ 



Da ro-bur, fer au - xi - li -urn. 
No-bis do - net in pa- tri - a . 



men. 



375 



227 a 



Adoro te devote (No.l) 



St Thomas Aquinas 1227-1274 
Fifth Mode 



Gregorian 



i 



m 



=p==^ 



m 



s 



^m 



1. 


A - 


do - ro 


te 


2. 


Vi - 


sus ta - 


ctus 


3. 


In 


cru - ce 


la 


4. 


PM - 


gas, sic - 


ut 


5. 





me - mo - 


ri 


6. 


P{ - 


e Pe - 


li 


7. 


Je - 


su, quem 


ve 



vo 


■ te, 


gu - 


stus 


te 


■ bat 


Tho 


- mas^ 


a 


. le 


ca 


- ne, 


la - 


turn 



m 



^^ 



^^ 



5 



1. la - tens De - i - tas ^ 

2. in te fal - li - tur, 

3. so - la De - i - tas, 

4. non in - tu - e - or, 

5. mor- tis Do - mi - ni , 

6. Je - su Do - mi - ue, 

7. nunc ad - spi- ci - o, 



Quae sub his fi - 

Sed au - di - tu 

At hie la - tet 

De - um ta - men 

Pa - nis VI - vus, 

Me im - mun - dum 

- ro fi - at 



^^ 



1. gu - ns 

2. so - lo 
.^. si - mul 

4. me - um 

5. VI - tam 

6. mun - da 

7. il - lud 



ve 
tu 
et 
te 



re 
to 
hu 
con 



prae - stans 

tii - o 
quod tam 



la - ti 

ere - di 

ma - ni 

fi - te 

ho - 

san - 

/ 
SI - 



tas : 
tur : 
tas: 
or; 
mi - ni : 
gui - ne, 



ti 



: 



376 



I^'i' p p c"/ p r7 r ' (^ 



se 



cor 



me 



1. Ti - bi 

2. Ore - do quid- quid di - xit 

3. Am -bo ta - men ere - dens, 

4. Fac me ti - bi sem - per 

5. Prae-sta me - ae men- ti 

6. Cu - jus 11 - na stil - la 

7. Ut^ te re - ve . l4 - ta 



to - 


turn 


De' - 


i 


at - 


que 


ma - 


gis 


de 


te 


s^l- 


vum 


cer - 


nens 



m 



M^^^ v 



£ 



1. sub- ji - cit^ Qui- a te con- tern 

2. Fi - li - us : Nil hoc ve - ri - ta 

3. con - fi -tens, Pe - to quod pe - ti 

4. ere - de - re , In te spem lia - be' 

5. VI - ve - re^ Et te il - li sem 

6. fa - ce - re To -tum mun-dum quit 

7. fa - ci - e, Vi - su sim be - a 



plans 
tis 
vit 
re, 
per 
ab 
tus 



i 



^5 



^^^5 




1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 

6. 

7. 



to - tum de - f i - cit . 

ver-bo ve - ri - us . 

la - tro pae - ni - tens . 

te di - li - ge - re . 

dul - ce sa - pe - re. 

o - mni see'- le -re. 

tii - ae glo - ri - ae. 



377 



227 b 



Adoro te devote (No.2) 



Lento 



Ch. Gounod 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



^ 



f 



E 



r r ^ f j ^ ^ ^ ^ 

A. - do - ro te ae - vo - te^ la -tens 
Vi - sus, ta- ctus^ gus -tus in te 



b j e^/'U 'r f W 

>e - '^ nl - tas, Quae sub nis fi 



^^ 



fal 



*1 - tas, Qi 

li - tur, Sed au - di - tu 



i 



gu - ris ve - re la i fi 

so - lo tu - to cre - di 



-e^- 



1 - tas; 
di - tur ; 



^m 



j i i ij-j.i'i 



T / f r "r r f r T r-H^' 

Ti - Di se cor me - um to -turn sub' - ' ji - 
Cre - do quid-quid di - xit De - i Fi - li 



m 



MEd 



m 



r f r 'r 



nr 



S? 



Qui - a te con - tern- plans to - turn 




'de '- Ti - cit. 
ve - ri - us . A 

Additional stanzas given on preceding page. 

878 



men. 



O EscaViatorumlNo.l 



328 a 



Lars:o 




Heinrich Isaak (1493 1531) 
Arr. by J.S.Bach 



lDh \i '{ r 



1. e - sea vi - a - to - rum, 

2. lym- pha, foiis a - mo - ris , Qui 

3. Je - su^ tu- urn vul - tum^ Quern 



M=^ 



m 



(^ ^ 



rorr 



pa - nis All - ge 
pu - ro Sal - va 
CO - li - mus oc 



lo 
to 
cul 



rum, 

ris 

turn 




E 

Sub 



I J J i T J 1 1 \:^m 



r 7 tf -r-r 

E - su - ri - en - tes 
Te si - ti - en - tes 



man - na coe - li - turn; 
cor - de pro - flu •- is ; 
pa - nis spe - ci 



e: Fac ut. re -mo 



to 



^ 



P 



J j^j=j 



W W 



^ 



ce di - ne non 
so - la no - stra 
li - be - ra in 



ci 

po 

ve 



I 

ba, 
ta. 



Dul 
Haec 



lo. Post, 




1. 
2. 
3. 



coe - 



ta; H-„ „ 
lo_, Cer- na 



a quae- ren-ti -um. 
na suf -fi - cis. 
mus a - ci - e. 



379 



328 b 



O EscaViatorum (No.2) 

For Uiiisou or Two-Part €liorus 

Traditional Melody 
Arr. by P. J. Vaii Damme 




Moderato 



^m 



^ 



i 



W 



^ b 



1. e - s'ca vi - a - to - rum 

2. lym- pha, foils a - mo - ris, Qui 

3. Je- su^ tu- urn vul - tum_, Quern 



^J 



m 



^^ 



pa- nis An-ge 
pu - ro Sal _ va 
CO - li-mus oc 



man-na coe - li 



lo -rum^ 

to -ris E cor -de pro -flu 

cul-tum Sub pa -ris spe-ci 



^^ 



^ 



W 



turn: 



E - su 
is; Te si 
e : Fac ut , 



ri - en - tes ci - ba, Dul - 

ti-eu- tes po.ta, Haec 
re - mo - to ve - lo^ Post, 



ce-di-ne non pri-va. Cor- da quae-ren-ti - 



ce - di - ne non 
so- la no- stra 
li - be - ra in 



«' i I J i ^ 



pri-va, Cor- da quae-ren-ti 
vo - ta. His u - na suf- fi 
coe-lo, Cer- na-mus a - cf 



p 



"Urj I « 11 



r^rrr r '^f^ r r 



T 



1. 


um , 


Cor- da 


2. 


CIS, 


His u- 


3. 


e, 


Cer - na 



quae-ren-ti - um. 
na suf- fi - cis. 
-mus a - ci _ e. A 

380 



men 



Pauls Angelicus (No. i) 

Sacris Solemniis 



229 a 



Moderato 
P 



P. Meurers 



f 



^^ 



crcsc . ^^- 



S 



irtz 



r r r 

>ii - ge - li 



nis an - ge - ii - cus fit pa - iiis 
Te tri -na De - i - tas u - iia - |ue 



'y I- p r r ' f^ r r-rY- p t r 



ho-mi-num^ Dat pa - nis coe - \i -cus fi 
po- sci-mus^ Sic nos tu vi - si - ta, sic 



mf 



=ba 



r r r P^r r ' f m 

gu - ris ter - mi - num.- res mi - 



ut te CO - li - mus; 



Per tu 



as 



^^^'l U ^ ^' i' ij' "J I'j 



ra - bi - lis! man - du - cat uo - mi - num 
se - mi - tas due nos quo ten - di - mus, 



Pau-per, ser-vus, et nu - mi -lis. 



:r\ \^A zl 



Pau-per^, ser-vus, 

Ad lu- cem quam in -ha- bi - tas. A-men. 



381 



229 b 



Panis Angelicus (No. 2) 

Unison, Two or Four-part chorus 

Fr. Lambilotte 



Andante relig ioso 



r 777iiT7ii~ 

Pa- nis an- e:e - li -cus fit pa-nii 



ge - li - cus fit pa - nis 
Te tri - na De - i - tas u - na - que 



fel 



^^^^ 



i 



r 



ho-mi-num; Dat pa -nis coe-li-cus f i - gu-ris 
po-sci-mus. Sic nos tu vi -si- ta^ sic-ut te 



:''"a";- V ' '''^' 



ter - mi-num: 
CO - li-mus; 



res mi - ra - bi -lis 1 
Per tu - as se - mi -tas 



man- au-cat Do - mi-nui 



W^ 



man- du-cat Do - mi-num Pau - per^ 
due nos quo ten - di- mus^ Ad lu 



,r\ 



^^m 



I j^j 1 8 i 



-e»- 



. , ^ I . . , . After last verse 

ser-viis, et nu - mi - lis. ■' 

cem quam in - ha - bi - tas. A - men. 



382 



Sacris Solemniis 

(Panis Angelicus) 



For Unison Chorus 



330 



J. Mohr 



u 



Andante devot 



I 



fe 



^^ 



1. Sa - cris sol - e - inui - is jun- eta sint 

2. No - ctis re - CO - K - tur coe - na no 



ji" 1- J' I i | > |. 



^f 



gau- di - a, Et ex prae - cor - di - is 
vis - si- ma, Qua Chri- stus ere - di - tur 



j,»ii« J J' J' 



?* 



s 



p 



# d 



so-nent prae-co-ni - a j Re- ce-daiit ve-te - ra, 
a-gnum et a-zy-ma De-dis-se fra -tri -bus^ 



i 



fct 



^^^ 



^^ 



no - va sint o _ mni - a , Cor - da, 
ju:c - ta le - gi - ti - ma Pri - seis 



383 



4± 



^m 



vo - ces et o - pe - ra. 
in- dul - ta pa-tri-bus. 



i 



sn 



i 



[f/e7' I a fit verse 
A - men. 



3. Post agnum typicum, expletis epulis^ 
Corpus Dominicum datum discipulis , 
Sic totum omnibus, quod totum singulis. 

Ejus fatemur manibus. 

4. Dedit fragilibus corporis ferculum, 
Dedit et tristibus sanguinis poculum, 
Dicens: Accipite, quod trado vasculum^ 

Omnes ex eo bibite . 

5. Sic sacrificium istud institiiit^ 
Cujus officium committi voluit 
Solis presbyteris, quibus sic congruit, 

Qt sumant^ et dent ceteris . 

6. Panis Angelicus fit panis hominum ; 
Dat panis coelicus figuris terminumj 
res mirabilis! mandilcat Dominum 

Pauper, servus, et humilis . 

7. Te trina Deitas unaque poscimus, 
Sic nos tu visita, sicut te colimus : 
Per tuas semitas due nos quo tendimus 

Ad lucem quam inhabitas. Amen. 



3S4 



331a 



Ecce Panis Angelorum (No.l) 

Lauda Sion 



Andante relis'ioso 



Portuguese Melody 



m 



^^^ 



i 



r r r r r f t r 

1. Ec- ce pa - iris An . ge _ lo -rum, 

2. Ill fi -gu - ris prae _ si - giia-tur, 



cresc 



i 



mj^>^ 



^ 



Fa-ctus ci - bus vi - a - to - rum: 
Cum I- sa- ac im - mo - la - tur^, 




rjT ' r f T r r f 



I 



e - re pa . nis fi 
A - gnus Pa - schae de 



- rum 



li 



pu - ta - tur^ 



i^t^Pr 



rail 



h^Jg 'H i J 



nr-T 



Non mit - ten - dus c'a - ni 
Da - tur man - iia pa - tri 



T 

DUS 

bus 



385 



331b 

Ecce Panis Angelorum (No. 2 

Lauda Sion 



Vatican Graduale 



$ 



¥ V J' J^ i' i> ^ 



1. Ec - ce pa - nis Aii - ge _ lo - rum^ 

2. In f i - gu - ris prae - si - gna - tur^ 



Fa - ctus ci - bus vi - a - t6 - rum: 
Cum I - sa - ac im - mo - la - tur . 



i 



^ 



^^ 



(y p 1^ 



& 



Ve - re pa - nis fi - li - o - rum, 
A - gnus Pa - schae de - pu - ta - tur^ 



i 



^ 



^ 



^ 



Non mit - ten - dus 
Da - tur man - na 



ca - ni - bus 
pa - tri - bus 



386 



Bone Pastor 



feft 




^ 



m 



s 



m 



# 0- 



3. Bo - lie Pa - stor, pa- nis ve - re^ 

4. Tu qui cun-cta scis et va - les, 



0: 



^ 



E5 



S 



^ 



rTTTT 



Je-su, no-stri mi - se - re- re: Tu iios pa 
Qui nos pa-scis hie mor-ta-les: Tu - os i 



*fc 



^ 



^ 



P^ 



^ 



sce^ nos tu- e - re , Tu nos bo - na fac vi- d^ -re 
bi com-men-S'a-les^ Co-he- rd-des et so-da-les 



y«' jj'j^j.j'j.ji iijjj'ijiiiii 



In ter.ra vi-ven-ti-um. 
Fac san-ctorum ci-vi-um. A - men. Al-le-lu-ia . 



387 



332 



Adoramus te^ panein coelituin 

For unison or two part chorus 

Traditional Melody 
Harmonized by P. J. Van Damme 



Andante 
P 



!'' ?i',"r'. i"i'^ 



f 



Ad - o - ra - mus te^ pa-nem coe - li - 



:^;Pi',',"j.,"i',V 



tum^ Ci-bum vi - tae de-sur-sum prae-sti 




a 



^^ 



? 



^ 



A - ve, a - ve^ a - 



turn 






'»=^ 



ve_, coe-li pa-nis vi - ne. Lau-de-tur in ae - 

allar^. ^ 



^m 



^^^ 



w^-if 



ter - num san-ctis-si-mum Sa - era - men- turn. 
3S8 



Ave Verum Corpus (No. l) 

Unison , two or four part chorus 



233 a 



Lento 



Ch. Gounod 
Liturgically arranged by N. A.M. 



»/"<^=rrti 



^ - ve. a - ve ve - rum Cor- pus 



% 



M 



^ 



na-tum de Ma-ri.a Vir - gi - ne : Ve - re 






pas-sum _, im-mo- la-tum^ im-mo-la-tum m 



fff=f 



cru-ce nro nc 



i 



[| J d d Z[^^^^^ 



TrfWfnrff 



cru-ce pro ho-mi-ne^in cru-ce pro ho-rai-ne: 



^^^^^^^^^M 



Cu - jus la - tus per - fo - ra - turn 



ana 



ff allargando 



^^V^Vi/^lCTW 



f lu- xit u - qua et san - gui - lie: 

a tempo 

P 



E-sto no- bis prae - gu - sta - tun 



^5 



f 



im mor.tis 



U=^ 



PP 



in ex - a - mi - ne . Je.su dul-cis! 



i 



^ 



cresc 



f 



P#^N 



S 



n 



* 



Je-su pi - el Je-su f i - li Ma. ri - 



^^^^^m 



WYTTttT^ 



ae . Je-su f i - li Ma 



n 



390 



Ave Verirni Corpus (No. 2) ^ " 

Unison , two or four part chorus 

C. St. Saens 
Liturgically arranged by N.A.M. 



Andante relis:ioso 



1. A - ve^ 'a - ve ve Jriim Cor-}I)us natum de Mi 



natum de Ma- 
2. Ve-re pas- sum ^ im- mo- la - turn in cru 



^ 



Vir-ei-ne:' o r-,, ,-,,. i„ a„. 



ri-a vir-gi-ne: 3.Cu-jus 
ce pro ho - mi - ne : •* 

/ 



la - ti 



^w 



L^ 



#» ro 



n 



m 



tr 



per-fo - ra-tum flu-xit a -qua et san-gui-iie: 



P^mp-ti,^^^ 



t. E-sto no-bls prae -gu - sta - turn mor - tis 



in ex - a -mi- ne : 5. Je-su dul-cisl 

^ — , Ossia I ___— 



1) Je-su pi-e! U Je - su^ Je - su ii - 



^^ 






fi-li Md- ri 



==— /C\ 



P 



U '^- 



- li Ma-ri-ae, 



ae ! 



391 



233 c 



Ave Verrnn Corpus (No. 3) 



* 



Adagio 



W. A.Mozart 
Arr. for unison^ two or 
^ . four part chorus by N. A.M. 



^ 



m 



te 



j.jJ|7-^/i c^ i f'^ 



A - ve , a - ve ve _ nun 
accel rail 



^E 



Cor- pus na - turn de Ma-ri - a Vir - gi - ne: 



in cru 



i 



^S 



Mz:iM 



^ 



¥ 



:rT" T t 



^ 



^e-re pas- sum, im - mo - la - tum in- 

ce, _ 



Orfiran 



u^ 



^m 



^ 



r rfP^^.'° '^r ' ^' r i ^\^ 



ce^pro ho - mi -ne: 

Chorus 
P 






Cu-jus la - tus per - fo - ra - tum 
392 



a I i 7 i -nr i i 



flu - xit a - qua et san - gui - iie : 



Chorus 



E - sto no - bis prae - gu _ sta - turn 



^W 



mor 



t 



m 



i 



^ s>- 



tis 111 ex - a - mi - iie; 



mor 



tis^ mor - - - tis 



^"^^f 



C5^rr 



mor - tis, mor 



tis ill 



* 



=~^ ^ ^^ Organ ^ - ^ 



hRJj.i 1 .1, 1 HH 



r 



ex - a - mi - lie. 



393 



233(1 

Ave Verum Corpus (No. 4) 

Alex. Guilmant 
Adapted and arranged for unison, two 
A.idante moderato ^^ ^^^ P^* ^^^rus by N. A^ 

PP 



H^ 



^ 



^^ 



S 



A - ve, a - ve ve - rum Cor- pus na - turn 



^ 



ri-a Vir - ^i - ne : Ve - re pas - sum 



im - mo -la-tum in cru - ce pro ho - mi 



Organ 



Piu Vivo 
Chorus 



^ JU^^J I J J l 



/M^O -_ 



^r=" 



Cu - I'us la 



ne 



jus 'la-tus 



cresc. molto 



og/V^'IJ ^ 



^ 



\ 



f} d • 



^ 



per- fo-ra-tum flu- xit a -qua et dan - gui- 



394 



cresc 




i 



A mil Ot£. 



'ipr-v''fV^'"r^ ^ 



r r 



mor - tis in ex - a -mi - iie 



Tempo I 
Chorus^ 
PP 



N^ 



cresc. poco a 



Je-su dul-cis! Je-su pi-e! Je-su 



"{^«^'6^- ^«^^« calando 



\^}\m\ ^ n) '\ \ 




r 

dul-cisl Je-su pi- e! Je - su f i - li Ma- 



i 



accel 



^Largo 



m 



mf 



^Sr--^ 



ri 



fi - ]i Ma - ri 



"? 



39^ 



333 e 

Ave Veruin Corpus (No. 5) 

* Prosa antiqua usu recepta 
Sixth Mode Gregorian 



(^MUJJJ) J' J> i' J^ J' J 



1. A - ve ve - rum Cor - pus na - turn 
;. Ve - re pas-sum^ im - mo - la - turn 



$ 



^^ 



de Ma - ri - a Vir - gi - ne 
in cru - ce pro ho - mi - ne 



s 



J' J'JI J J'JT- J fi 



&^EJt=f 



^^ 



3. Cu-jus la-tus per-fo-ra -turn flu-xit a 

4. E -sto no-bis prae-gu-sta - turn mor-tis 



s 



mi^ 



^^ 



' S J ^ :^=g;g^=¥ 



qua et san-gui.ne . 5. Je.su dul - cis! 
in ex-a-mi-ne: 6.0 Je-su pi - e! 



^m 



s 



9 A m 



txyrn 



7. 



Je - su f i - li Ma - ri - ae — 



396 



334 



O quam suavis est 



Antiphon. (according to the Vatican Edition of the Antipho 
nale.) 
Sixth Mode 



^^ 



f 



W •" '^ 







quam su- a - vis est. Do 



L J^j"jJJi1%;^J ^ 



*J J i 



mi-ne, spi 



ri - tus tu - us I 



^ 



L'' J' J' J' rj J j 



^ 



qui, ut diil-ce-di - nem tu 



am 



^ 



^ 



g 7 g 



m 



fi - li - OS de . mon - stra - res. 



39? 



rc ZrP {^G^ ^ 



^ 



pa - ne su - a - vis - si - mo 



j^M jTH-^-^^^Ftt J' J' J^ r 



de 



coe-lo prae-sti -to. 



^ 



^ 



^ 



e-su-ri- en - tes re - pies bo- nis, 



m 



i 



cJl/c-Tr 



fa - sti - di - o - sos di - vi 



tes 



^ 






PS 



^r a it 



di - mit - - tens in 



a - nes 



398 



i 



O Sacrum Convivram ^^^ 

Motet R. Remondi 

Arr. for unison, two or 
Adagio (con espressione) four part chorus by N.A.M. 

-'^ - - . ?^ 1:^-44-1 



6 sa- 




r e r P P f- — f 

vi-vi-um! m quo Chri - stu 



criim con - vi - vi- uml m quo 



^^^^^# 



su-mi-tur: re- co-li-tur me - mo - ri - a pas -si 



^^^^^ 



o - nis e -jus, pas -si- o 
accel. G cresc. mglto 



nis e - jus: 




Mens im-ple-tur grar-ti-a,mens im-ple4ur gra-ti 



im-i)le4urffra-ti-a: et fu- 



Piu Vivo 

K A 



►Is 'pi-gnus dartur, Al-le- 



tu- rae glo-ri-ae no-b: 




^ rxrr ' r ^ 



lu-ia, al-le-lu-ia, al - - le - lu - - la. 
399 



236 



THE SACRED HEART 

O Cor Jesu 

Two part chorus 



Don Loreuzo Perosi 



cor Je - su fla-fi^ans a - mo - re 



r"i^ i i ' ji ' i'iii 'i i ' i 'i i\ .'i,' 



no - s 



tri cor Je- su fla-grans a- 



!''i' I'liS'i,"; ;: 



T- ' r r M 

stri , m - fiam-ma cor 



ran - re no 



^ r r r r-pf 6if r r f f 



i 



no- strum a -mo -re tu - i^ in - f lamina cor 

mil -. ' -rs 



no-strum a - mo - re tu - i. 

400 



237 

Cor Jesu, salus in te sperantium 

Unison or two part chorus 

W. Schultes (1815-1879) 
Abridged and aiT. by N.A.M. 



Andante sostenuto 
, p % 



kh \ J J l H J 



P 



^« 



■a—=m—i^ 



Cor Je - su^ sa-lus in te spe-ran-ti -um, 



m 



^ 



^ 



s- 



^ 






bis^ Cor Je - su^ 



mi - se - re - re no 



I 



allarg. 



ife 



f: ^ p i p ^ ^ r'°'^ ' r'rYr 

spes in te mo-ri - 6n-ti- um^ mi - se - re - re 



Fine 

'7) /C\ 



''CJ,'i7^^I'i'i'i''i' 



no - bis. Cor Je-su de-li-ci- ae san-cto-rum 



^ 



R S. % to r\ Fine 



mwmttm^ 



o-mni-mn^mi-se-re-re^ mi-se-re-re no-bis.Cor 



401 



238 a 

INVOCATION TO THE SACRED HEART* 

Cor Jesu Sax^ratissimiun (No.D 

First Mode Gregorian 



i 






3a: 



i. Cor Jesu Sa^cra-tissimmn^misere-re iio-bis, 

2. Cor Mariae im - ma- cu-la - turn, o - ra pro no-bis. 

3. Sanctae Joseph 

patroiiie noster di-lec-tis-si-me^ o - ra pro no-bis. 

238 b 

Cor Jesu Sacratissinmin(No.2)'^ 



Fourth Mode 



# 



^ 



M 



Gregorian 



^ 



m m ^ m m m 



M=M 



Cor Je-su Sa-cra-tis-si -mum, mi-se-re-re no-bis 



4 Note: These Invocations can be sung before each verse of 
the"Laudate Dominum" (First and Fourth Tones) in place of 
the '^Ador emus V (No. 243 a-d) 

239 PLEA FOR god's MERCY 

Usually sung before the 50th Psalm; Miserere mei Deus 

Parce Domine 

Gregorian 



!»} J'i^ij jjiiajvj^ jjjj l j^j,j,J>J j,;gjjgg 



I^rce Domine^ parce populo tu-o: ne in aetemumirascaris nobis. 

Sung- three times 



402 



THE SACRED HEAKT 

Ss. Cordis Jesu 

Cor, area legem coiitinens 



340 



15 th Century Melody 
^^Alta Trinita'^ 



^^^ 



^^ 



H r J r r 

con-ti - nens IN on ser-vi 



1. Cor, ar-ca le-gem con- 

2. Cor san-ctu- a- ri-um no - vi In- te-me- 

3. Te vul-ne-ra-tum ca - ri - tas I-ctu pa - 

4. Hoc sub a-mo-ris sym-bo - lo Pas-sus cru- 

5. Q^is non a-man-tem re- da - met? Quis non re - 

6. De-cus Pa-ren-ti^t Fi - li - o San-cto-que 



!';,'vg;^'iiiVi;'^' 



1. tu-tis ve-te -ris, Sed gra-ti-ae, Sed ve-ni 

2. ra-tum foe-de-ris, Tem-plum ve-tu-sto san-cti • 

3. ten-ti vo-lu-it, A- mo-ris in-vi-si-bi 

4. en-taet my-sti-ca, Ut-rum-que sa-cri-fi - ci 
s.dem-ptus di-li-gat, Et Cor-de in i-sto se - li 
6. sit Spi-ri-tu-i, Qui-bus po-tes-tas_, glo- ri 







1. ae, Sed et mi-se-ri-cor-di - ae^ 

2. us, Ve-lum-que scis-sou-ti - li - us. 

3. lis Ut ve-ne-re-mur vul-ne-ra. 

4. um Chri-stus sa-cer-dos ob-tu-lit. 

5. gat ^ - ter-na ta-ber-ua-cu - la? 

6. a, Regnumquein omue^st sae-cu-lum. A -men 



403 



241a 



PROCESSIONS, BENEDICTION, 40 HOURS' 

Pange Lingua (No.l) 
(TantumErg-o) 



Third Mode 



Gregorian 
Vatican Graduale 



i 



J J ' I u 



fe 



4^^ 4 



1. Pan - ge lin - gua glo - ri - 6 - si,+ 

2. No - bis da - tus, no - bis na - tus 

3. In su - pre - mae no - cte coe - noe, 

4. Ver - bum ca - ro, pa - nem ve - rum 

5. Tan- turn er - go Sa 

6. Ge - Ri - to - ri, Ge 



era - men - turn 
7ii - to - que 



I 



^ 



F p rij 



1. Cd'r - po - ris my - ste - ri - um_ 

2. Ex in - ta - eta V/r - gi - ne,_ 

3. Re- cum -bens cum fra - tri - bus,. 

4. Ver _ bo car _ nem ef - fi - cit : . 

b. Ve - ne -re - mur cer - nu - j:_ 

a. Znus et ju - bi - id - fi - , o^_ 



m^ 



^ 



f 



^ 



1. San - gui - nis - que pre - ti - o _ si, 

2. Et in miln- do con - ver - sa - tus, 

3. Ob - ser - va - ta le _ ge pie - ne 

4. Fit- que san-guis Chri - sti me- rum, 

5. Bt a?t - ti - quum do - cu - men-fum 

6. Sa - luSj ho - nor J vir - tus quo - que 



404 



I 



^ 



i 



^ 



1. 


Quem 


in 


mun - 


di 


pre - 


ti 


- um 


2. 


Spar - 


so 


ver - 


bi 


se _ 


mi 


- ne 


3. 


Ci - 


bis 


in 


le 


- ga - 


li 


- bus 


4. 


Et 


si 


sen - 


sus 


de . 


fi 


- cit, 


5. 


No . 


t;o 


ce - 


dai 


/ 

ri - 


tu 


- *; 


*>. 


Sit 


e^f 


be - 


ne . 


. d{ - 


cti 


_ o : 



i 



ir^ h j^ y ^^. 



1. Fru-ctus ven _ tris ge - ne - ro - si 

2. Su - i mo - ras in - co - la - tus 

3. Ci - bum tur - bae du - o _ d^ - nae 

4. Ad fir - man - dum cor sin - ce - rum 

5. Prae-stet fi - des swp - -pie -men -turn 

6. Pro - ce - den - ti ab u - tro - que 




> -n Jj j> J i ^ m 



1 . Rex ef - f u - dit gen - ti . um . 

2. Mi - ro clau-sit or - di - ne . 

3. Se dat su - is ma - ni -bus. 

4. So - la ,fi - des suf - fi - cit. 

5. Sen- su - utn de - fe - ctu - i . 

6. Cum -par sit lau - da - ti - o . 



After last 
verse 



men. 



405 



a41b 



First Mode 



Pange Lingua (No. 2) 

(Tantum Erg-o) 



i 



Gregorian 
(Apud Italos usitatum) 



^ 



^ 



^5 



k. k, 



^ 



P=? 



1. Pan 

2. No - 

3. In 

4. Ver . 

5. Tan. 

6. G^e - 



ge lin - gua glo . ri - 6 _ si , * 

bis da - tus , no - bis iia - tus 

su - pre - mae no - cte coe - noe , 

bum ca - ro, pa - nem ve - rilm 

turn er - go Sa - era -men - tu7n 



- to - ri. 



Ge 



to 



que 




\>p ,^ 



^-f M ^ ir^ 



1. Cor 

2. Ex 

3. Re . 

4. Ver 

5. Vc 

6. Lau?. 



po - ris my - ste - ri - um,. 

in - ta - eta Vir - gi - ne ,_ 
cum -bens cum fra -tri -bus, 
bo car - nem e'f - fi - cit:_ 

Tie - re - mur cer - nu - i : 

et ju - bi - la - ti ~ o ^ 



^m 



# 



^^N 



^ 



% 



1. San - gui - nis - que pre - ti - o - si? 

2. Et in mun - do con - ver - s^ - tus, 

3. Ob - ser -va - ta le - ge pie - ne 

4. Fit - que san-guis Chri- sti me - rum, 

5. Et an - ti - quum do - cu - men - turn 

6. ^a, - luSj ho _ nor J vir - tus quo - que 



406 



^ 



^^ 






«=# 



1. Quern in muii_ di pre. ti - urn _ 

2. Spar- so ver- bi se - mi - iie ^ 

3. Ci - bis ill le . ga - li - bus. 

4. Et si sen-su& de - fi - cit,. 

5. No - vo ce -dat rl - tu - *;_ 

6. Sit et be - ne - di - cti - o:_ 



* 



i.iii' J' j> J 



±^a^ 



1. Fru-ctus ven - tris ge 

3. Su - i mo - ras in 

3. Ci - bum tur - bae du 

4. Ad fir - man - dum cor 

5. Prae-stet fi - des sv/p -pie - men - tum 

6. Pro -ce -den - ti ah u - trb - que 



ne - 


ro . 


. si 


CO - 


la - 


. tus 


- 


de - 


nae 


sin - 


ce 


- rum 



|#-p F J- n r^^=p^wm^ 



1. Rex ef- fii - dit geiuti - urn 

% Mi - ro clau-sit or - di - ne 

3. Se dat su - is ma -ni - bus 

4. So - la f i - des suf- fi - cit 

5. Sen - su. u>n de - fe - ctu - i 

6. Com -par sit lau-dd - ti - o 



After last 
verse 



men 



407 



342 a Tantiun Ergo (No.l) 

(The "Psmge Lingua'^ may be sung to this aiid any of the 
melodies of the Tantum Ergo.) 

Jos. H. Beltjens 
Abridged and arranged by N. A.M. 



Andante moderato 




^S 



an-tum er - ero Sk - eta -men -turn Ve - ne 



Tan -turn er - go 

Ge - ni - to _ ri, Ge _ ni - to - que Laus et 



^^ 



re - mur c6r - nu - i; ' Et an - ti-auu 



ju - bi - la 

cresc. molto 



t an - ti - quum 
Sa - lus_, ho - nor 



t cresc. moito , \ . \ _ 



r rr'f f 'fir #r f t ^f^' 

lo - cu - mfen- turn No - vo ce -dat ri - tu - 




do - cu - men - turn iNo - vo 
vir -tus quo - que Sit et 



ce -dat ri - tu 
be - ne - di - cti 



.1 I >J.l J ] a =^ 



f r ' ^r i^' r r ' " i ^ -^ 



i: Pre:© . stet fi - des 
o : Pro - ce - den - ti 



sup - pie - men - turn 
ab u - tro - que 



i 



■0 J ij J 



^ 



331 



^ 



1 
Sen - su - 


1 
um 


1 
de - 


1 
f e . 


1-' 

■ ctu . 


- i. 


After last 
verae 


Com- par 


sit 


lau - 


da 


- ti - 


0. 


A - men 



408 



Tantiun Ergo (No. 2) 



242 b 



Arr. by N.A. M. 

Not too slow 



^ 



n^ 



Traditional Melody from Ms. 
dated 1751 Stonyhurst 
Als o Epitome Rit. Trevir. 



P 



■' f f f '1- f =Sn' 



T^n - turn er 
Ge - ni - to 



go Sa - era - men - turn 
ri, Ge - ni . to - que 



U^ 






^ 



Ve - ne - re - mur cer - nu - i: Et an - ti - quum 
Laus et ju - bi - la - ti - o^ Sa - lus^ ho - nor_, 



^M 



^ 



m 



do - cu - ^men - turn No - vo ce - 



lo - cu - ^men - turn iSo - vo 
vir - tus quo - que Sit et 



ce - dat 
be - ne 



./Tf 



^^^ 



P 



ir^ ' ^^ ' i^ 



^ — # 



ri- tu - i : Prae-stet fi - des sup -pie -men- turn 
di - cti - : Pro - ce - den - ti ab u - tro - que 






Sen - su - um de - f e - ctu - i 
Corn-par sit lau-da - ti - o. 



men. 



409 



242 c 



Tantiun Ergo (No. 3) 

For unison chorus or chorus in 2 or 4 parts 



i 



Moderato 



Balthasar Florence 
Arr. by N.A.M. 



^^ 




i 



rr 'r^ r T r ? 



ne 
et 



Tan-tum er - go Sa - cra-men- 
Ge - ni - to - ri, Ge _ ni - to - 



turn Ve - 
que Laus 



I 



i 



/ 



^i 



^ 



XE 



re-mur cer-nu - i: Et an- li-ouum do - cu - 



i 



ju - bi 



la - ti - o Sa - liis . ho 



-I / 



fet 



quu] 
nor_, vir 

==. mf 



cu 

tus 



^ 



^ 



^ 



'^ r r'"r r 



1 - fu 



^? 



i 



men- turn No-vo ce-dat n 

quo -que Sit et be- ne - di - cti 

/ 



1 : 
o : 



Pro 



stet 
ce - 



±zz^z:fe:3i 



a 



i 



r r T r T^' f' 'r '' 

fi - des sup - pie -men -turn Sen- su - urn d* 



sup - ple-mfen -turn sen- su - urn 
den- ti - ab u- tro - que Com- par sit 



de- 
lau- 



i 



-JsEEi: 




f 



4 



fe - ctu 
da - ti 



f 



1 . 

0. 



men . 



410 



Tantum Ei*go (No. 4 

Choral 



343 d 



i 



Moderato 



0. Ravanello 



te^ 



in- turn er - firo Ha - era - 



XE 



Tan- turn er - go 

Ge - ni _ to - ri, Ge - ni 



men 
to 



tiun, 
que 



i 



Ve - ne - re - mur cer- nu - i : Et an - 



Ve - ne - re -mur 
Laus et ju - bi - la - ti 



0, 



Sa - lus , 



V \ J | J U fe 



i 



ti- qdum do- cu -men- turn, No - vo ce - da 
ho-nor, vir-tus quo-que, Sit et be- ne 

/ 



dat 






rT^° 'r r 'r r t r r r 

ri - tu - i: Prae -stet fi-des sup - pie-men - turn 
di - cti - o : Pro - ce-den-ti ab u-tro - que 



i 



Sen- su - um de - fe -ctu - i. I 



r\ 



i 



33: 



Sen- su - um de - fe -ctu 
Com -par sit lau - da- ti 

411 



men. 



242 e 



Tantuin Ergo (No. 5) 

Uuisou or two part chorus 



Andante religioso 
P 



W. A.Smit 



*^^^#^¥=# 



go Sa - era 



Tan - turn 
Ge - ni - 



er 

to ~ Tlj 



6e - ni 



men -mm 

to - que 



Iljiju m i}-t^\f^ 



Ve - ne - re - mur cer - nu - i : 
Laus et ju - bi - la - ti - o^ 



Et an 

Sa - lus 



'!7,' i , ' tiV.,,M| ' .i, 'i,7' 



ti-quum do - cu - men -turn No - vo ce - dat 
ho - nor^ vir - tus quo - que Sit et be - ne - 



'i'f!fI | f^' | ^tV^^^ ^ 



ri - tu - i : Prae- stet fi -des sup - pie - men.tiim 
di - cti - o : Pro - ce - den-ti ab u- tro - que 



r 

Sen - su 
Com - par 



rr 

fe - ctu 



um de - fe - ctu 
sit lau - da - xi 

412 



1. 
o. 



A - men . 



Tantum Ergo (No. 6) 



242 f 



Moderato 



M. Haydn (1737-1806) 



^ r r r 




Tan - turn er - go Sa - era - men . turn 
Ge - ni - to _ ri, Ge - ni - to - que 






Ve - ne - re -mur cer - nu - i : Et an - ti-quum 
Laus et ju - bi - la - ti _ o, Sa - lus^ ho -nor, 



A=i=l 



do- cu- men -turn No- vo ce - dat 
vir-tus quo- que Sit et be - ne l 



0: 



A A 



m 



n-tU- i: Prae-stet fi-des sup- pie- men-turn 
di-cti-o: Pro- ce- den-ti ah u-tro-que 



ben - su - uni de - fe - ct 



^^fcl 



Sen - su - un^ de - fe - ctil - ^ ' ' 

Com- par sit lau - da - -ti - o A -men. 



413 



^^ ^ Tantum Ergo ( No. 7 ) 



Moderately fast 



Melodj^ from a Slovak Hymnal 
Adapted by N. A. M. 



^rt 




riu - tum er - go Sa - era - men - turn 
Ge - ni - to - ri, Ge - ni - to - que 



Ve - ne - re - mur cer - nu - i : Et an - 



Ve - ne - re - mur cer - nu 
Laus et ju - bi - la - ti 



Et an 
Sa - lus_, 




ti-quum do - cu - men-turn No - vo ce - dat 
ho- nor_, vir-tus quo- que Sit et be - ne 



m 



i 



ri-tu - i: Prae-stet fi-des sup-ple-meu-tum 
di - cti - o: Pro - ce - den-ti ab u - tro - que 






Sen - su- um de - fe - ctu - i . 
Com- par sit lau - da - ti - o . A 

414 



men 



Tantum Ergo (No. 8) 



342 h 



i 



Moderato 
mf 



J. Mohr 



TWVl } 



E 



era - men - turn 
iii - to - que 



Tail - turn 
Ge - ni 



er - go Sa 
to - ri, Ge 



!Vr' r'r'l ^ i ^ 'l| ' 



i 



f^^ 



Ve - ne - re-mur 
Laus et ju - bi 



cer -nu - i: 
la - ti - o, 



Et an - ti -quum 
Sa- lus_, ho -nor, 






do 
vir - tus quo 

r- /^ 



turn 
que 



Sit 



vo ce - dat 
et be - ne - 



J , jJ J 



^ 'r r r -r^^ ^^r 



ri - tu - i : Prae 
di - cti - o : Pro 



stet fi-des 
ce -den-ti 



sup - pie - men - tum 
ab u - tro - que 



^mM 



; " rr^i 



i 




Sen- su-um de 
Corn-par sit lau 



r -trr 

fe - ctu- 1. 
da - ti - o, 

415 



men. 



^^ * Tajitum Ergo (No. 9) 



Unison or two part chorus 



Andante reli^ioso 



Th. Dubois 
Arr.by N.A.M. 



^m 



im er -so Sa - era - men - tum 
ni - to - que 



Tan - tiim er 
Ge - ni - to 

cresc 



JO 

ri 



)a 
Ge 



»> I l|l 'M I.J I .J I ^ I J-J? 



r-r»f r r ' 'f "f > ' ' r r 

Ve - ne - re - mur cer - nu - i : Et ai 



'e - ne - re - mur 
Laus et ju - bi 



cer- nu - 1 
la - ti - 0^ 



Et 

Sa 



an - 
lus, 



^^^^^ff 



ti-quum do - cu- men -tum No - vo ce - dat 
ho - nor^ vir - tus quo - que Sit et be - ne 

cresc molto . \ f\ 



} J fJ J 



ti - tu - i: ' Ptae-stet li - des sup -pie 



di - cti - o : 

^ , ^ allar-g. 



sup -pie ■ 
Pro - ce - den - ti ab u - 



fr^r ^^ 



a- um de - fe -ctu 



i 



rs 



I 



- {' r ' r fYif f V- Yf i 

men- turn Sen-su-um ae-ie-ctu- i. 



tro - que Corn-par sit lau-da-ti - o, A 



men 



416 



Tantuin Ergo (No. 10) 



343 j 



Unison Chorus 



Not too slow 
mf 



\>f\ -1 



Nicola A. Montani 

L 



Tan-tum er - go Sa- era -men turn Ve - ne 
Ge - ni - to - ri, Ge - ni - to -que Laus et 



^ 



iL 



zz 



re - mur cer - nu - i ^ Et an - ti -quum 
ju - bi - la - ti - o, Sa - lus^ ho - nor^ 



I 



i 



22 



do- 
vir 



cu - men- turn No-vo ce - dat ri - tu • 
tus quo -que Sit et be - ne - di - cti 



/ 



cresc molto 



ff 



2zz: 



# 



1 : 
: 



Prae - stet fi - des sup- pie - men - turn 
Pro - ce - den - ti ab u - tro - que 




Sen - su - um de - fe - ctu - i . 
Com- par sit lau-da - ti - o. 



men 



41' 



243 a 



BENEDICTION 



Adoremus: Laudate Domlnum (No. 1) 

Psalm Tones 



Instead of the Adoremus the Invocation to the Sacred 
Heart or to the Holy Family (No. 238 A-B) may be sung 
before the Laudate LominuTn . 



First Psalm Tone 



Gregorian 
Vatican i^ntiphonale 



A- do - remus 



• in ae - ter - num 



p^ 



mm 



r\ 



W 



^ef- 



^ 



1. Lau-da - te Dominum o-mnes gen - tes:+^- 

2 --- Quoniam confirmata est 

super nos miseri - cor- di - a e - jus:*- 

3 Gloria Pa-tri^ et Fi- li -o: *- 

4 Sicut erat in principio, 

etnunc^et sem "- per:*- 



418 



Sanctis si mum 



Sa- era -men - turn 



-^tr^f? [A J J: 



1. laudate eum 



o-mnes po - pu- li . 



2. et Veritas Domini mauet 

3. et Spiri - - - 



in ae - ter - num.- 
tu - i San - cto . 



t. et in saecula saecu 



l6-rum- A - men. 

Repeat ^^Adoremus^^ 
or ''Invocations^ 



419 



243 b 

Adoremus and Laudate (No. 2) 



Second Psalm Tone 

A- do -re - mus in ae 



ter - num 



^ 



/C\ 



p^ 



^o^ 



1. Laudate Dominum omnes gen - tes:%-* 

2 Quoniam confirmata est 

super nos misericordia e - jus:*-* 

3 Gloria Patri.et Fi-K- o:*-* 

4 Sicut erat in principio, 



et nuncet sem 



per: 



243 c 

Adoremus and Laudate (No. 3) 



Third Psalm Tone 

A - do - remus 



i 



in ae - ter- num -^ 



^^ 



^ol- 



^ 



1. Lau-da - te Dominum d - mnes gen - tes:=f«-<> 

2 Qudniam confirmata 

est super nos miseri-cdr-di- a e - jus:*-* 

3 Gloria Pa-tri,et Fi-li - o:*-* 

4 Si'cut erat in prin- 

cipio^et nunc^ et sem- per:*-* 



420 



Sanctis si mum Sa 



era- men - tum. 



^^m 



-f^h 



1. laudate eum o _ 

2. et Veritas Domini manet in 

3. et Spiritu - 



mnes po-pu-li, 

ae - ter - num. 
i San ^ cto. 



4. et in saecula saeculo 



rum. A - men. 

Repeat ^^Adoi^emus" 
or ^^ Invocation^' 



Sanctissimum 



Sa - era-men -tum. 



^^ 



HOI- 



±:A 



♦-■-# 



1. laudate eum 

2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spiri - - - 

4. et in sa3cula saecu - 



6 - nmes po-pu-li. 

in ae - t4r - num. 
tu - i San - cto. 

lo-rum. A - men. 

Repeat 'i4doreinus" 



421 



243 d 

Adoremus and Laudate (Nq.4) 

Fourth Psalm Tone 

A - do - remus 



4 



^i 



in ae -ter-num — * 



^ 



m-M' 



1. Lau-da - te Dominum o-mnes gen-tes:*-^ 

2 Quoniamconfirmataest 

super nos misericor - di - a e - jus:*-^ 

3 Gloria Pa - - - tri^ et Fi-li-o:*-^ 

4 Sicut eiat in principio/ 

et nuiic^et sem- per:*-^ 



243 e 



Adoremus and Laudate (No. 5) 



Fifth Psalm Tone 

A -do -re - mus in ae 



ter - num 



^^ 



r\ 



^PS 



-»oh 



1. Lau-da-te Dominum omnes gen - tesrn^ 

2 Quoniamconfirmataest 

super no% misericordia e .- jusi't^- 

3 Gloria Patri, et Fi- li - o:^- 

4 -. Sicut erat iuprincipio^, et 

nunc^ et sem - per: ^■ 



422 



1. laudate e 
Saiictissi - 



optional • — p^ 
ending 

um o-mnes po-pu-li 
- mum JSa-cra-meu - turn 



^fe 



Q^^M^ 



1. laudate eum 

2. et Veritas Domini ma 

3. et Spi - . - 

4. et in ssecula> sae - 



6-miies p6 -pu - li. 

net in ae - ter - num. 
n- tu- i San - do. 

cu-l6-rum. A - men. 
Repeat ^^doremus^^ 



Sanctissimum 



Sa- era - men - turn. 



|^^J^[ iM^ -^ 



-»Of 



1. laudate eum 

2. et Veritas Domiiii mauet 

3. et Spi - _ _ 

4. et in sa;cula saecu - 



o-mnes po-pu-li. 

in ae - ter - num. 
ri - tu - i San - cto. 

l6-rum. A - men. 

Repeat '^Adorevius^^ 



423 



243 f 



Adoremus and Laudate (No. 6) 



Sixth Psalm Tone 

.A -do - remus 



m 



^^ 



ae -ter-num — 



-»oi- 



1. Lau-da - 

2 



te Dominum 6 - mues geii-tes:*- 

Quoniam coiifirmata 

est super nos iniseri - c6r-di - a e - jus:*- 
Gloria Pa -tri, et Fi-li -o : * - 

Sicut erat in princi- 

pio^et nunc, et sem - per:*- 



343 g 



Adoremus and Laudate (No. 7) 



Seventh Psalm Tone 

A- do - remus 



in ae - ter - num 



^a 



r\ 



p n^j TtfU r 



Hei- 



1. Lau-da- te Dominum o-mnes gen-tes:+-> 

2 Quoniam confirmata 

est super nos miseri-cor-di- a e - jus:*->- 

3 Gloria Pa-tri^ et Fi-li-o:*-:> 

4 S/cut erat in prill - 

cipio, et nunc^et ^ sem - per : * -> 



424 



Sanctis si mum 



Sa - era- men - turn . 



;'j?J^[jy=-« 



-4e*- 



1. laudate emn 

2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spiri - 

4. et in saecula saecu - 



o-nmes po-pu-li. 

in ae - ter - num. 
tu - i San-cto. 

1(5 -rum. A -men. • 
Repeat ^^Adoremus'^ 



Sanctissimum 



Sa-cra -men - turn. 






-lOH 



1. laudate eum 

2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spi - - - 

4. et m saecula saecu - 



o-mnes po-pu-li. 

in ae - ter - num. 
ri- tu-i San - cto . 

lo-nmi. A - men. 
Repeat "Ado7'e7fius'^ 



425 



243 h 



Adoremus and Laudate (No.8) 



Eisrhth Psalm Tone 



A -do-re - mus in ae 



^^ 



ter-num -> 



-t&i- 



^ 



1. Lait-da-te Domiimm omiies gen - tes:*-> 

2 ^uoniam confirmata est super 

nos misericordia e - jus:>i^-^ 

3 Gloria Patri, et Fi-li-o:*-^ 

4 Sicut erat inpriacipio^et nuuc^et sem-per:*-^ 



343 i 



Adoremus and Laudate (No. 9) 



Moderato 



Arr. by N.A.M. 



i 



i I ^ t f ' r^r-^ ' j: . 

'A - do - re - mus m ae - ter - i 



i 



(optional) , 

A- do- re - mus in ae 



^^ 



ter- num:-; 



irfT 



I. Lau-da-te Dominum omnes 

2 Quoniam confirmata est buper 

nos misericordia e - jus:*-> 

3 Gloria Patri^ et Fi-li-o:*^j* 

4 Sicut erat in principio^et nunc^et sem- per**-^ 

42 6 



Saiictissimiim 



Sa-cra-men -turn. 



^^ 



■40I- 



i. laud ate eum 

2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spiri 

4. et in saecula saecu - 



o-mnes po-pu-] i . 

in afi-ter - num. 
tu- i San -cto. 
lo-riun.A - men. 

Repeat ^'AdoreTnuS' 



I ,, I ^ J -ItJ-J J 1 I, |„ I I 



San -ctis - si - mum Sa - era 
Sanctissimum 






men ' - ' - turn. 
Sa - era-men - turn. 



a^B 



ISBI 



1. laudate eum 

2. et Veritas Domini manet 

3. et Spin 

4. et in saecula saecu - 



427 



6-ranespo-pu-]i. 

in ae - ter - num. 
tu - i San - cto. 
lo-rum. A - men. 

Repeat ''Adorefnus" 



PONTIFICAL CEREMONIES 

244 



CONFIRMATION, ETC 

Sacerdos et Pont if ex 



SLU15 at the entrance of the Bishop, Archbishop or Cardinal 
("Ecce Sacerdos" may be sung instead if preferred. ) 



Aiitiphon _ First Mode 



Grep^oriun 



" 'J' J J ji 3 




m 



m » , m 4 



Sa - cer - dos et Po'^ii - ti - fex, *. 



S 



^^ 



tor bo-ne 



et vir-tu-tmn o - pi - fex, Pa-stor bo-ne in 

rail z==^ ^^ — rail 

± 



^ 



^ 



• tJ S' ' ■ 



po- pu-lo^ 



sicplac-u - 1 - sti Do - mi - no. 



9 



RESPONSES 

Protector noster etc. 

Et n'spice in faciem Christi tui . 

Salvum fac etc. 

Deus mens sper^ntem in te . 

Mitte ei Domine etc. 

Et de Sion tu^re eum. 

Nihil R-of/ciat etc. 

Et filius iniquitatis non opponat nocere ei. 

Domine exaudi ___ etc. 

Et clamor meus ad te ve'niat . 

Dominus vobfscum 

Et cum Spiritu tuo. (Oremus etc.) Amen. 



Note: During the Confirmation,Choir may sing appropriate 
Hymjis: Veiii feancte Spiritus. Veni Creator, Magmficat, etc. 
After the recitation of the Creed,*^ The Lord's Prayer^' and "Hail 
Mary'^ English Hynuis may be sung. 

428 



245 

Confirma hoc Deus 

(Suiig after Confirmation, at the washing of hands) 

J. Rheinberger 
Lento ^ .-^ Arr.byN.A.M. 



C(5n-fir-ili£ 



i 



fefe^ 



Con-iir-ina hoc D? . us^quod o -pe - ra-tus es 



^ 



! 




in no - 






* 



^ 

j: 



fr^.J-f^JiJ ^ 



tem-pio san - cto 



tii - o quod est in Je - ru - sa- lem, 



^m 



M 



r\ 



^ 



KS: 



j:h: 



y^Ty 



GrM-ri-a Patri, et Fi-li-o:* et Spiri-tu-i San-cto. 
Sic-ut e - rat in princi- 
pio^et nunc, 

et semper:* et in spe- 
cula sae - 

cu-lo-rum. A-men. 
Repeat '' Gonfirma^^ 

RESPONSES 

V. Of^tende nobis , etc . Re. Et salutare tuum da nobis. 
\f. Domine exaudi, etc. R-. Et clamor mens ad teveiii at. 
\. Dominus vobiscum Rr. Et cum Spiritu tuo . 

Ceremonies may terminate with singing of "Te Deum^^ (No. 264) 
For the responses, at the Pontifical Blessing See No. 259-(ll) 

429 



246 



M 



Ecce Sacerdos 



i 



f± 



^^ 



Stadler 
Arr. for mi i son or four 
part chorus by N.A. M. 



s 



BOE 



P 



' r |J r ■! I . - .| — ^ 

Ec - ce Sa - cer - dos ma - gnus^ qui 



M 



fcfe 



f 



J j i i i 1 



« — #■ 



d r: 



in di - e - bus su - is pla- cu - it De - o : 



I - de- o ju - re-ju -ran-do fe -cit il -Iue 



^^ 



k^ 



.um 



^2fi? time fo-&-Gl(yriaPatri 



ff 



.r\ 



— # 



^ FR??FS 



-eo- 



Do-mi-nus cre-sce-re in ple-bem su - am? 



U l3T d-T^ 



^^ 



^ 



^S 



^TT^^ 



Be- ne-di-cti - 6-nem o - mni-um gen-vi-um 



30 



i 



M: 



accoL 



de - dit il - li; et te-sta-men-tiin 



P 



men-tiim su -um 



I 



m 



Repeat f rain % (Ideo) then to-^ (Gloria)^ 

Jj I K I I A i^--^^'^r>\ % 



\y ^ n 



)n -fir-ma-vit su-per ca-put e - lus. / 



CO 

Poco lento 



Glo - ri - a Pa-tri. et Fi - li . o, et Sp 



ri - tu - 1 San - cto . 1 - de - o lu - re - lu 



^ 



4=j^ 



E3 



^^ 



ran - do f e - cit il - lum Do . mi - nus 
I rait! 



I 



a liar g". 

U J- ^ 



ib^ 



^fj^^Repeat ^'Ecce'^ adHJhf, 



t 



H— - J I ^ ^^^ 



r- p r r T r ■ 'r-r^^^7 

ere- see - re in pie - bem su - am. 



431 



247 FO^ THE POPE 

Oremus pro Pontiflce 

Unison two or four part chorus 

Fr. Schubert 
Arr. by N. A.M. 



Andante (alia breve) 
P 



Anaante {aiui breve) p^^ by N A M 



- re - mus pro Pon - ti - fi - ce 




no-stro Be - ne - tli - cte; 
/no ' stro Pi - o;\ Do-mi-nus con 

Vno - stro Cle - men- ti/ 




ter - ra 



i 



, 6t non tra - dat e - um in 



m 



m 



m 



a - ni - mam in - i -mi- co - rum e - jus. 

Xr. Fiat manus tua super virum dextera^ tuae. 
^. Et super f ilium hominis quem confirmasti tibi. 

432 



348 



Christus VincitjChristus Regnat 



Maestoso 

A A A 



Ancient French Melody 
Arr. by N.A.M. 



i ^ *'l}IVliri^lVll 



Chri - stus vin - cit, €hri - stus re - gnat, 



^ 



FT 




f=^^ 



Chri - stus im - pe 



rat . 



^ 



fe 



r=f^ 



^ 



<1 t CT 



Chri - stus im - pe - rat 



M This melody dates from the year 1080. It was sung 
at the closing of the Council called hy order of William the 
Conqueror. Gregory VII was Pope and Philip I King of 
France. To this day, in the Clithedral of Rouen it is cus- 
tomary to render this chant on all solemn Pontifical 
feasts . 



433 



249 THE HOLY SOULS r REQUIEMS 

Languentibus in Purgatorio 



Sixth Mode 



Solesm^s chant i 



i 



^ 



^ n j^ j, j> J 



1. Lan-guen-ti -bus in Pur- ga - to - ri - o^ 

2. Fous est pji-tens qui cul - pas a-blu-is, 



3. Ad 



Et cum 



te pi - e sus -pir- am 
im fi - et stri - eta dis 



ant m.6r- tu - i 



CUS- SI 



t2m.Li I'l l 



1 . Qui pur - gan - fur 

2. 0-mnes ju - vas 

3. Cu - pi - en - tes 

4. In tre -m^n-do 



*^1. Et tor-qu^n-tuj 



ar - do - re 
et nul - luin 
de poe -nis 
De - i ju - 



ni - mi - o, 
re- spu - is: 
e - ru - i^ 
di - ci - o_, 



5 



5 



£ 



tor 

2. Ma-uum 

3. Et ad 

4. Ju - di - 



qu^n - tur 
tu- am 
es - se 

can - ti 



gra - VI sup 
ex - ten- de 
tu - o con 
sup -pli - ca 



pli - ci - o , 
mor - tu - is 
sp^- ctu - i^ 
Fi - li - 0. 



^ 



i' J' h I J ' J 



^ 



1. Sub-ve- 

2. Qui sub 
S. JE, - ter- 
4. Ut cum 



ni - at 
poe- nis 
n IS -que 
San-ctis 



tu- a com- 
lan-quent con 
gau- di - is 
sit no -bis 



pas- SI - o : 
. ti - nu - is: 
per - fru - i : 
por - ti _ o: 



(^^ JJ] 



^ 



1. 


O Ma, _ 


ri - 


. a . 


2. 


Ma - 


ri - 


a . 


3. 


. . Ma - 


ri - 


a . 


4. 


Ma- 


ri - 


a. 



men, 



b34 



Beati Mortui 350 

Motet for two nr four part chorus 

Ch. Gounod. Op. 1 



Lento 
V 



h. liounoa. up. i 
Arr. bf N.A.M. 



b'vh.(rj, 'i ' i \ \ ^ 



I J , J , I , J I I H — I 

ff- r^ f ^ ' I' r' ^ 

be - a - ti mor - tu - i in Do - mi 



no mo - ri - en - tes , 



v^ 



r=rT 



Be - a - ti 



fe^-^^-^^f^^i-f^::^^ 



^ 



t r r 'I' r r. ^ 



mor 



- tu - i in Do - mi - no 



mo 



'! ''''SV^''i.V ' "u'v ' 



ri - en - - tes^ Be - a - ti 



i^-iL 



^}^\iJ\i- hi' I ffi 



mor - tu - i in Do - mi - no mo - ri - 



435 



^^ 



jJ i Jir-l I J 



Fin e 



en - tes de - in - ceps. Di-cit e-nim 
i - cit e-nim Sni-ri-tus 



Di - cit e-nim bpi-n-tus —^^^^==11 



Spi-r!-tus^ Spi - rl^^tus ut re - qui- 



'! ''''' i'Lii'i i^ ' "i^ ' i, W 




^m 



e' - scant a la - bo - ri - bus 

et o - pe- rail 




lo - rum^ et o - pe - ra il 

Repeat "BeaW ^ to C \ Fine ad lib. f^ 






^ 



^5^ 



16- rum se - quun - tur il - los 



43 « 



THE HOLY SOULS 351 

Benedictus Dominiis Deus Israel 

Ego Sum 



Antiphon 
Second Mode 



Vatican Antiphonale 



Chorus 



^ vJJ2) j'Tmm i^ 



Chanters: E -go sum* re-sur-re-cti-o et vi - ta: 



5 



r^^F tSt M M M 



qui cie-dit in me, e-ti-am si mor-tu-us 



m 



r r^^ 



^s 



# — ' # 



# 



fu-e-rit, vi-vet: et o -amis qui vi -vet et 



rail 



i' J'J' Ji J i J'Jiji'J?!; J3 



^ 



cre-dit in me, non mo-ri-e -tur in ae-ter-num 



437 



(over) 



353 Miserere inel Deus 

First Mode 

/ First portion only^ is sung\ 
Vbefore the Psalm / 

Chanters 



/ The entire antiphon is \ 
Vsung at the end of Psalm/ 



t Chanters ^ . _. „ 

^vj J j>> > Jij l l Jji'J j J' J Jjjl l 



Ex-sul-t^bunt Do-mi-no os-sa Im-mi-li - a-ta . 



First Psalm Tone 



i'J^M;i[i]J 



E 



ISSC 



Miserere m^-i De - us^*- 

Et secundum multitudinem miserati-o-nem tu- a - rum^* 
Amnlius lava me ab iniqui - - ta-te m^ - a:* 
Quoniam iniquitatem meam ^-go co-^d - sco:* 
Tibi s61i peccavi, et malum cd-ram te fe - ci;* 



Ecce enim in iniquitati 
Ecce enim veritdtem 



bus con -ceptus sum-.* 
di- le - XI - sti;* 



8 Asp^rges me hyssopo, 

9 Audit ui meo dabis gaudium 

10 Averte faciem ti/am a pec - 

11 Cor mundum cr^a 

12 Ne projicias me a 

13 Redde mihi laetitiam salu 

14 Docebo iniquos 

15 Libera me de sanguinibus^ 

D^us, Deus sa- 
le Do mine, l^ia 

17 Qudniam si voluisses sacrifi- 

cium, de- 

18 Sacrificium D^o spiritus con - 

19 Benigne fac Domine in bona 

volunt^te 
zo Tunc acceptabis sacrificium 

justitiae, oblatidnes et 
21 R^qui - - - - 



et mun - 


da - bor:* 


et lae - 
ca -tis 


ti-ti-am:* 
m^ - is:* 


in me 
fa-ci- e 
td -ris 
VI -as 


De - us:* 
tii - a:* 
tii - i:* 
tii - as:* 


111 -tis 


me - ae:* 


me -a a 


-pe-n-es:* 


dis-sem 
tri -bu - 


u-ti-que:* 
1^ - tus:* 


tii - a 


Si - on:* 


ho- la , 


cau - sta:* 


em ae - 


ter - nam * 



22 Et 



lux per - p^-tu-a * 



440 



Vatican Antiphonale 

THE HOLY SOULS 

Officium Defunctorum 
^ Lent and Holy Week, etc. 



i 



aor 



1 secundum magnam misericor - -di-am tu - am. 

2 dele iniqui - _ - - - td-tem me - am. 

3 et a peccato me - o mun-da me . 

4 et peccatum meum contra me est sem - per. 

5 ut justificeris in sermonibus 

^ tuis,et yincas cum ju- di - c^ - ris. 

6 et in peccatis conc^pit me ma-ter me - a. 

7 inc^rta et occulta sapientiae 

tuae manife - sta-sti mi - hi. 

8 lavabis me, et siq)er nivem de-al - bd - bor. 

9 et exsultabunt ossa M - - - mi- li - a - ta . 

10 et dmnes iniquitates me- as de - le. 

11 et spffitum rectum innova in visce - ri-bus me - is . 

12 et spffitum sanctum tuum ne tCu - fe-ras a me. 

13 et spmtu principal _ - - li con-fu'-ma me. 

14 et impii ad te con-ver-t^n - tur. 

15 et exsultabit lingua mea justi - ti-am tu - am. 

16 et OS meum annuntiabit lau-dem tu - am. 

17 holocaustis nou de-le -ct^ - be - ris . 

18 cor contritum et humiliatum Deus non de-spi - ci - es. 

19 ut aedificentur mil - - - ri Je-rii -sa -lem. 

20 tunc imponent super altare 

21 dona 

22 lu 

441 



tii- 


um 


VI- 


tu 


-los 


e - 

(e- 


IS 

i) 


Do- 


mi 


-ne 


ce 


-at 


e 

(e 


_ 


i! 



253 



First Mode 
Adagio 
P 



THE HOLY SOULS 
Pro Defunctis 

Miserere 1111 Deus 



Arr.by N.A.M. 



:.; ^n^i in 

-^^ Ml - se . re - re , mi - se - re - re 



i ,j J III rT n 
r r f M i' f ^-i 

Mi - se - re - re il - li De- us, 



P 



± 



m 



^ 



^^5 



i i f ^ ' "r 



Tu Je 



su 



Chri - ste 



Do - mi - ne 
rail 



Vft - ni - am e - i con - ce^^-<r de. 



Pine 



i 



Ve - ni - am e 

Con mo to 



in per - pe - tu - um , 



1. Qui re' - gnas in peT^ - pe 

2. Tu ve - ra, san - eta Trin - i - tas , 

3. pi - a De - i Ge - ni - trix, 

4. Tu Ml - cha - el Arch- an - ge - le^ 

5. In - ter cho - rus coe - le - sti -um, 



442 




* 



J' > i' 



1. Tri - nus et u - nus Do- mi - nus ^ 

2. Et u - nus in sub - stan - ti - a ^ 

3. Ma - ri - a ma - ter vir - gi - num 

4. Con - ti - nu - a - tis pre - ci - bus 
• 5. In - ter ca -. ter - vas mar - tyr - um, 



i 



^ 



^=^^ 



^ 



. . : ^ ^ 

1. De - fiin - cti hu - jus a - ni - mam 

2. De - fiin - cti hu - jus $( - ni - mam 

3. In - ter - ce - de pi - is - si - ma 

4. Ad - e - sto nunc pro - pi - ti - us 

5. Re - sur - gat hie in glo - ri - a 



I 



rail 



I 



^ 



w 



1. De in - fer - no 

2. Cum e - le - ctis 

3. Pro hoc de - fun 

4. Pro hoc de - fun 



-* ^ 10 

tu li - be - ra. 

ag - gl6 - me - ra. 

cto fa - mu - lo. 

cto fa - mu - lo . 



5. - vans ad Chri - sti dex - te - ram . 

^ Repeat ^^Miserere'^ 



443 



254 MOTETS FOR FESTIVAL OCCASIONS 

Laudate Domiimin 

Unison, two or four part chorus 

Fr. Schubert 
Ait. by N. A. M. 



Allegro mod era to 



Lau - da - te Do-mi-num, lau- da - te 



)o-mi-num. 



AAA 



i-J ' J I ) J J 



r (- ' r • f '• r r f 



Do-mi-num, o - mnes gen - tes : lau - da - te, 



m 



M fr ' 7 "r ' ^ 

la - u - da - te e - um o -mne) 



um -mnes 



i 



rail 






po-pu-li 

Chorus 

p (i le'Mpo — 



p r r- r r- p r 

- ni -am con - fir - ma - ta est 



Quo 



444 



I 



^ 



J^ J^ J^ 



m 



M 



r ' r ^ ^ ^ ^ 

per nos mi - se - ri - cor - di - a 



e - jus* et ve - ri - tas Do - mi - ni 



feirf 



OrgoM 



n J 1, 1 J 



i| ^ ^ p p .p sp r^^ ^ ""tf 



I 



ma - net in ae - tep - num 
Chorus 



^ 



■>J J lU J J 



w 



s 



^ 



32 



K 



r^ 



f 



rtt 



Glo 



ri-a Pa-tri.et 



^^^^^ 



li - o, et Spi - ri - tu - i 



San - cto. Glo -ri-a ra - tri et 



445 



allarg. 



p cLiiarg. r~~ — »— I 



f • r r r rTrrv^wY 

Fi - li - 0^ et Spi - ri - tu - i San-cto. 

Piu Vivo 



^;a."i',' 



.h-rM^ 



-^ ' .r M 



r 

Sic 



ut e - rat in prin - 



ci - pi - o et nunc^ et sem - per^ 




ae - cu - lo - rum. A - - men. 



sae - cu - lo - rum. 
44C 



Jubilate Deo 

Motet for two or four part chorus 



355 



Allegro 



57 } i; ,' 



W.A. Mozart 

dited and arr. by N.A.M. 



Irf Ul JM 



r ' r r ' r r f 



Ju - bi - la - te De - o o - mnis ter - 



m 



f ' i: i- r 



ra. 



ser - VI 



te^ ser 



Ser - vi - te 



Do - mi - no in lae 






^ 



^ 



^ 



r 



vi - te Do - mi - no^ Do- mi - no in 



I 



O J7J . J J J =P^^ 



Repeat ad lib. 



¥ 



^ n\'^ " r 



XE 



ti - ti 



a, in lae - ti ^ ti 



447 



i 



Lau - da - 



i .^2 I J- , | |J 



te no -men e - jus^ lau 



M r'f 'r 



iL 



Lau- da - te no -men e - jus^ 



da - te 



i 



^ 



A A A 



^ 



da- te no -men e-jus: quo-ni-am su - 



i 



quo-ni - am su - a - vis est Do - 
^A A 



^ 



J==.fc^ 



i 



a -vis est Do 



rrr 



mi 
Piu Vivo 



nus ^ est 



Do - mi - nus. Al - - le - - lu - 



rail' 




448 



GENERAL 

O Bone Jesu! 

Motet 



356 



i 



Andante 



Or. P. da Palestrina 



W^ 



llo - ne Je^- 



^^F==^ 



su 1 



mi 



se 



^m 



A '^^^-\rr, 



^ 



AAA 



^^ 



re - re no- 



bis : 



qui 



^ 



cre - a - sti nos , tu 



rV r^J 



S^ 



ri-j ' T 



^ 



tu ere - a 



sti nos , tu 



!i7i',.,'i V 



J i ,t^r " i 



FF*r 



f=*f=^ 



san - gui - ne tu 



SI - mo . 



red- e - mi "- sti nos 
pre - ti - 0- sis 




o pre - ti - - SIS - - si - mo 



449 



257 SUNDAY AT HIGH MASS 

Asperges Me 

For Unison, two or four part chorus 

Sung each Sunday before High Mass from Trinity Sunday 

to Palm Sunday inclusive . xt- i a n/r ^ • 

Nicola A.Montani 



Celebrant 



Allegro moderato 
Choir 



nj LaiJ 



J. j^j J 



^ d • 



sper - ges me. 



Do - mi -ne, hys 



^ J-JJ J Ih 



P 



J ,J J J 



so - po, et mun - da - bor; la -va -bis 
cresc molto a ^ rail ^^^A 



me^ et su-per ni-vem de-al - ba - bor. 



Slower 
PP- - 



^ 



^ 



? 



Ps. 50. Mi - se-re - re me - i , De - us, 



f=f 



se - cun - dum 



450 



^ rail 

| J|}>-N , J | J ^ J J. MJ J>« 



ma - gnam mi-se- ri - cor - di - am tu - am.* 

C^Note) 

Faster 



m 



i» i j J ^ ij^ ^ 



[6 - ri - a Pa - tri, et 



i 



S 



/J. i^j I J j^^ 



^^1- li-o, et Spi-ri- tu-i San - cto . 



^ 



-ji|j J I J ^hh.^l i 



vf r ' r r 'f r^ ' r- P r r 

Sic - ut e - rat in prin - ci - pi - o^ et 



i 



A A 



A y-A 



J J J n i rj I |J>> J-j 



r r r V^r r t;^p ^^ 

nunc, et sem - per^ et in sae- cu. la 



* Note: On Passion Simday and Palm Sunday the ^^ Gloria Ritri'^ 
etc. is omitted and repetition is made from the beginning "A- 
sperges" to Fine. 

451 



rail ^^ , -. 

jit Ji l l iTTjW I?—. 



ae - cu - 10 



ruin. A 



- men. 



^ 



a tempo 



W 



i 



j^ 



f 



^ 



'f 



sper 



ges - me 
Repeat frorri, % to Fine f7\ 



RESPONSES 



Cel. \X. Ostende nobis Domi- 
ne misericordiam 
2. % Domine ex^udi ora - 
tio'nem 
A 3. "ft.Dominus vobfscum. 



m 



After 
Asperges 

tii- am. 



me - am. 



^ 



Eastertide 
After VidiAqiULTn 

tii-am. Al-le-lii-ia . 



j^j^^ 



i 



3Dn 



Choir. 1. Et salutare tiium da 

2. Et clamor mens ad te 

3. Et cum Spirit u tuo. 

4. Amen. 



no - bis. 
ve-ni-at. 



no-bis. Al-le-lii-ia. 



452 



SUNDAY AT HIGH MASS 

Vldi Aquam 

For Unison, two part or four part chorus 



258 



Sung before High Mass on Sundays from Easter to Pentecost 
inclusive . Nicola A. Montani 



Celebrant 



Allegro moderato 
Choir 



s 



^^^ 



FXx: 



Y\ - di 



quam 




r r r 

tro, al - le - lu 



i 



Slower 



^^ 



=t 



ff 



^ 



s 






>* > * 



T — r r r r p p 

ia : et o-mnes, ad quos per 



^''^/'nS'.'"/'.':' 



f 



ve-nit a-qua i-sta, sal^^ vi fa-cti suiit^et 

453 



^ 



^ 



Faster 



r 

di- c^nt^ al - le - lu - la^, 



'€ \ u ii '' i ij ii^ 



al - le - M 



molto rit 




Fine 






la 



al - le - lu 



la. 



Allegro Tnaestoso 
mf A A 



^^ 



V r-f r P^ f 1 '-' 



Ps.ll7 Con- fi 



te - mi - ni Do - mi 






no quo . ni - am bo 



- nus : 



111' ' I I I I J_jM 

p f 'I r ' r f r 'f r I ' 

L ' ^^ o^ in cfl^_ PIT _ Inm mi - SB - ri - 



quo - ni - am in sae 
454 



- cu- lum mi - SB - n 



M 



f 



ii 



/: 



m 



i>^ :>► >- 



i^ 



r r f ' cjcrf ' f T r r 'r r 

' " - jus. Glo-ri-a Pa-tri 



cor- di- a e 



I 



© 



jj j i j -j 






et Fi - li-o^ et Spi - ri-tu-i San 



I 



hKi.fi T i -i ^'' J I J. J'^ 



$ 



r ' r ^r T r T r[ p r 

cto . Sic - ut e - r at in prin - ci - pi - o ^ 



^ 



rj'^i.j. -^ 



^ 



i^ 



et nunc^ et sem - per^ et in sae-cu-la 
Bepeat froin besrinninsc ^'Vidi Aquam^^ to /^ Fine 




f c^v r T c/ -y 



cu - lo - rum. A 



men. 



For responses see No. 257 (Eastertide) 

455 



259 flIGH MASS, REQUIEMS, BENEDICTION 



VESPERS 



PONTIFICAL BLESSING, ETC. 



Responses 



IS 



Note: It is not permissible (according to the decrees of the 
Congregation of Rites), to acconrpany the celebrant on the or- 

fan at the Orations, Preface^ or Pater Noster etc. The lauda 
le custom of not accompanying the Choir for the responses h 
also being generally observed. 

The key of A flat here given, is suggested as being best 
suited to all voices. 

At ending of prayers ^, . 
9 suTig recto tono Ciioir 



-i.^ JU^J^J^J^J 



» 



3CC 



MZK 



.:A^. Do-mi-nus yo - bis-cum. Cel. 
Choir: 1^. Et cum Spi-ritu tu - o . V. Per omnia 

saecula saeculdrum.Pr.A-men. 



When prayers are sung with the following ending choir 
responds with the ^^Amen" as indicated below. 



i 



* 



Choir 



3ac 



Cel.: ^(. Per omnia saecula saecu 
Cel.: %. Per Christum Do'minum 



lo-rum. 
no- strum.Br. A- men , 



Note: After the Epistle it has been (incorrectly) the custom 
in certain churches for the choir to sing ^^Deo Gratias^\ 
This response (as well as the '^Laus tibi Christi" after the 
Gospel) is for the Ministers of the mass, or Acolytes only, 
and has never been included in the Graduale and the offi- 
cial books in the notation of the parts to be sung by the 
choir. See "Ecclesiastical Review;^ (Philadelphia, Pa., 
page 539.) 



Nov., 1903, 



456 



4 AT THE GOSPEL 

Cel.: Dominus etc. as at No. i. Choir : Et cum (No.i) 



i 



?: Et cum (No. l) 






Cel.itC. Sequentia sancti Evangelii sejcim-dmn Matthaeum. 
Choir 



I 



k''i^ J' i' i' i' ji i' J^ J 

Jk Glo - ri - a ti - bi Do - mi - ne. 



5 AT THE PREFACE. Solemn Tone. Sundays, Holydays, etc. 

Choir 



i 



E5 



^ 



^ 



5 



d' d # jJ ' jJ 



#-^> — "-0^ 



Cel.: Per 6-mni-a sse-cu-la sae-cu-lo- rum. 9):A -men. 



Choir 



i 



# 



J^ J^ /' Jj J J J H J^ j^ J ^ /> J^ ^ ^ 



Cel.: '^. Do-mi-nus vo -bis-cum.5»: Et cum spi-ri-tu tu - o . 



Choir 



^ 



]J3J'J'J3J>J 



I 



Cel.:V. Sur-sum cor-da. Ha - be -mus ad Do-mi -num 



457 



^m 



s 



^ 



^ 



^-#- 



wys' ^ J' JJ J-d^ < !i = ^9 



s 



Cel.: V. Gra-ti -as a-ga-mus Do-mi -no De-o no-stro. 
Choir; 



* 



m 



^^ 



id ^ 



?r. Di - - giium et ju - stum est. 

6 AT THE PATER NOSTER 

Per omnia^^ etc. as at No. 5 . At the conclusion of the ^^ Pater 
Noster:^^ 



m. 



jTJ ' J^ J^ ^^ i' J' J^ J' J^ / J 



Cel.: "fe. Et ne nos in-du-cas in ten - ta - ti - 6 - nem 
Choir: 



m 



^m 



m 



F=5 



m # 



^ # 



Sed li - be - ra nos a mi£ - lo 



7 BEFORE THE ''AGNUS DEL" 'W omnia^'etc. as at No.5 



5 



^ 



5 



d' ^ 



0—0- 



;el.: \(. Pax t Do - mi - ni sit t sem-per vo - bis -t 



cum. 



Choii 



^ 



V-^^-h 



Br- Et ' cum spi - ri - tu tu 



4.«5S 



8 FOR REQUIEMS etc. (Tonus ferialis) AT THE PREFACE 

^'Fer omiiia"etc. (No. 5) 

Choir 



i 



^'\r h 1) J' n J' J I h 1) ;> h jr^ 



#f J tr ^ » W Ji d ^ J'** d> 



Cel.: ¥. Do-mi-nus vo-bis-cum.p: Et cum spi-ri- tu tu - o 



^^ 



Choir 



m^ 



^ — a-# 



i > r * 



* » 



Cel. : '^. Sur-sum cor -da. ^r. Ha-be-mus ad Do-mi-num 



^ 



M-^-^ 



5 



# # d m ^ -0 —m 



Cel.: 1[! 6ra-ti-as a-g^-mus Do-mi-no De-o no-stro 



Choir 



* •' d' d J 



5r. Di - gnum et ju - stum - est 



9 AT THE END OF REQUIEM MASS 



t. Choir , 



Re - qui - e -scant in pa- ce. ^r: A -men. 



459 



10 AT THE ABSOLUTION: after the 'aibera'' 

1st Chorus (Tutti) 2d Chorus 



^' i M'i'i' JV'TTr^ i'J^ i'rr. JJ 



m 



m 



Ky-ri-e e - 1^ - i - son. Chri-ste e -1^ - i - son 



1st & 2d Chorus (Tutti) 



I 



* 



^ 



^m 



^^ Cel. 
le - i - SOD. Pater 
Noster 
(secreto) 



Ky-ri-e e - 

CeL:"^. Et ne nos indiicas in tentati - 



m 



o-nem. 



lot 



Choir: ^-. Sed libera nos a 



ma - lo . 



Cel(a)% A porta 



in-fe-ri.(a)Br. £rueDomine 



animam e _ jus. 
animas(e-d - rum). 



i 



(b)\r. Requiescat in pa - ce. (b) Br. Amen. || 



* 



m 



m 



\? lui 



iot 



cfe^i Domme exaudi orationem meam'feiJ: Et clamor 



(d) y. Requiem aet^rnam adte v^ni-at. 

dona ei (eis) Domine.(d)If. Et lux perp&- 

tua luceat e - i. 

(e) t' Requiescat (No. 9) (e)]^. Amen.(No.9) (e - is). 



460 



PONTIFICAL CEREMONIES etc. 

11 AT THE PONTIFICAL BLESSING 

Chjoir 



s 



« 



# 



Cei. (a) % Sit nomen Domi- 

ni bene-di-ctum. I)^.(a) Ex hoc nunc et 

usque in saiculum. 
(\))% Adjutorium no- ^ ^ ^ 

strum in'n6mine Domini, ^.(b) Qui fecit cae- 
lum et ter- ram. 
Celebrant 



te j^ juu^ j> J' j) ji J. JO li'j 



(c) Be-ne-di-cat vos o - mni- po-tens De-us : P^-ter, 

Choir 



te jouo 'j'ioo^j J II J J 



et Fi-li -us^ et Spi-ri-tus San-ctus. Br.A-men. 



BENEDICTION 

12 BENEDICTION OF THE BLESSED SACRAMENT 

■dur in ■":.-> 



^ 



the year Eastertide 



^^ 



t=tt 



e - is. Al-le-lii-ia, 



Chanters:^. Panem de coelo prae- 

stitisti e - is. 
Choir. ^. Omne delectam^n- 

tumin seha-b^n-tem. b^ntem.Al-le-lii-ia 



461 



13 Responses at the end of Mass = Toni ^'ite Missa Est^^ 



a) From Holy Saturday to Low Sunday (exclusive) 
Eighth Mode 



Ml in I ni'^^ii^ii 



De-o gra-ti-as^al-le-lii- ia_, al-le - lu - ia. 



b) From Low Sunday to the Saturday after Pentecost (inclusive) 
Seventh Mode 



{' ''• QjL^tT^ 



^ 



• i •.' • ^^ ±± 



De 



gra - ti- as. 



c) For Solemn Feasts 
Fifth Mode 



^© 



^ 



F^5 



^jji^rajgcf^J^^^'jg 



rail 



^^ s^Az — - J » * ^ 



^■^ # ^ 



De- 



gra' - ti-as. 



d) For Doubles (No. 1) 
First Mode 



rail 



X.s. 




De-o 



gra-ti - as, 



462 



e) (De Angelis) Doubles 
Fifth Mode 



XV. s. 




De - 



gra-ti -as 



f ) Feasts of the Blessed Virgin Mary 
First Mode 



rail 



XII. s. 




gra-ti - as. 



g) For the Sundays of the Year (Orbis Factor) 
First Mode 

i 



De - o 



gra 



rail 



X. s. 




h) Sundays in Advent and Lent 
First Mode 



rail 



X. s. 




- ti-as. 



463 



13 Responses at the end of Mass = Toni ^'ite Missa Est^' 

a) From Holy Saturday to Low Sunday (exclusive) 
Eighth Mode 

;, 'ii Mi l Hiiiin ^^prrrff^ 



De-o gra-ti-as^al-le-lii- ia^ al-le - lu - ia 



b) From Low Sunday to the Saturday after Pentecost (inclusive) 
Seventh Mode 



'!'' IgluULj^ 



5 



De 



gra - ti- as. 



c) For Solemn Feasts 
Fifth Mode 






De- 

d) For Doubles (No. 1) 
First Mode 



rail 



gra' - ti-as. 

X.s. 




462 



e) (De Angelis) Doubles 
Fifth Mode 



XV. s. 




f ) Feasts of the Blessed Virgin Mary 
First Mode 



|¥ ^J^T}i ] []pnT. 



XII. s. 



De 



gra-ti -as. 



g) For the Sundays of the Year (Or bis Factor) 
First Mode 



First Mode „ X. s. 



De -o 



gra 



ti - as 



h) Sundays in Advent and Lent 
First Mode 






X. s. 



De - o 



gra - 



- ti-as 



463 



S60 



VESPER HYMN 

Lucis Creator Optime 



Moderato 



Nicolaus Decius 
1480-1529 



^ 



» 



iBt# 



1. Lu-cis Cre-a-tor o-pti-me, Lu-cem di-e-rum 

2. Qui ma-ne jimctiiin ve-spe-ri Di- em vo -ca-ri 

3. Ne mens gfa-va -ta cri-mi-ne^ Vi-tae sit ex-sul 

4. Coe- le-ste pul-set 6s - ti-um: Vi- ta - le tol-lat 

5. Prae -sta^ Pa -ter pi -is - si-me^ Pa-tri-que compar 



)' k% r 'r. P-P 'i -f 'm'V r 

1. prd - fe -reDS,Prim-dr-di-is lu-cis no - vae Mun- 

2. prae -ci- pis: H - la-te-tur te-trum cha-os^ Au - 

3. mu -ne - re, Dum nil per - en-ne c6-gi-tat^ Se - 
4.prae-mi -um: Vi - t^ mus o-mne no-xi-um^ Pur- 
5. U - ni - ce, Cum Spi-ri-tu Pa - ra-cK-to, Re- 



' r^TTT II 1 1^1 ri 



- nem : 



di pa-rans o - n * gi 
di pre -ces cum f 1^ - ti - bus . 
se-que cul-pis 
g^-mus o-mne 



5.gnans per o -mne 



il - li -gat 
p^s-si - mum. 
sefe-cu- lum . 



After last verse 



men. 



464 



COMPLINE 361 

Te Lucis Ante Termlnum 

Ad Completorium 



Moderately fast 



Severus Gastorius (d. 1678) 



1. Te, lu-cis an _ te ter-mi - iium> Re-rum Ci 



2. Pro-cul re-ce-dant so-mni- a 

3. Prae- sta^Pa-ter pi -is - si - me. 



$ 



i 



Cre 
Et no - cti . 
Pa -tri- que 



a-tor, po- sci-mus, lit pro tu - a cle-men-ti 

2. um phan-tas-ma- ta; Ho-st^m-que no-strum com-pri 

3. com- par U -ni-ce,Cum Spi-ri-tu Pa - ra - cli - 






r\ 






rrTTTTTW^ 



T5 ^^ 

^-j. r After last 

1. a _, Sis prae-sul et cu-sto-di - a. verse 

2. me^Ne pol - lu -an-tur c(^r- po - ra. 

3. to, Re-gnans per o-mne sae-cu - lum. A- men 



/ Tempore Paschal^ in\ 

\J)o7ninicis et in Festis / 

3. Deo Patri sit gloria, 

Et Pi]io, quialnortuis 

Surrexit, ac Paraclito, 

In sennit erna saecula . 

Amen. 



/In festis Corporis Christi\ 
\ et B. Marine Virginis / 
3. Jesu, tibi sit gloria, 
Qui natus es de Wrgine , 
Cum Patre'^t almo Spiritu, 
In sempiterna saecula. 

Amen. 

465 



2Q2 COMPLINE 

Nunc Dimittis 

Officmm Parvum B.M.V. 
CANTICUM SIMEONIS 

Seventh Tone 



»^ 



r\ 



-f&h 



p If] p p IfJ r 



1. Nunc di - mittis servum t<i - um Do-mi -iie,*-^ 

2. Qui- a viderunt o-cu-li me- i^'*'-* 

3. Quod pa - ra - sti,*-» 

4. Lu-men ad revelati - - 6 - nem gen-ti-um *-*► 

5. Gl6-ri- a P^-tri et Fi-li-O;,*^ 

6. Sic -ut erat in principiO; et nunc, et sem - per^*-» 



46fi 



Vatican Aniiphonale 

(for Antiphon ''Sub Tuuin'^ 

see No. 213) 



EJ 



^m 



-iGh 



1. secundum verbum 

2. salu - - - 

3. ante faciem omnium 

4. et gloriam plebis 

5. et Spi - - . 

6. et in saecula saecu - 



tu-um in pa - ce. 
ta-re tu - um. 

po - pu - lo - rum. 
tu - ae Is- ra- el. 

ri - tu -i San - cto. 
lo-rum. A - men. 



467 



ogQ COMPLINE 

In Manns Tnas Domine 

Responsorium breve 

Per annum Vatican Antiphonale 

lixth Mode ^ Rev eat "In manus- 



£ 



Ode 40. itejpeat in manus '■ 






In ma-nus tu-as D<^-mi-ne*Conmiendo spi-ri-tum memn.' 



Repeat from ^^CoTTvmendo'^ to ^'meuTn^' then to ^^Gloria^^ 



i 



1^ ;'J'jJ'i'J?JiJ 'i'iJyJIJJ^Jj 



% Re-de-mi-sti nos Do-mi-ne, De-us ve-ri- ta -tis ./ 



Repeat ^^In manus'^ to ^^meu7n'\ 



j,^ppp^p'i'j1jj'i' ^^ 



^ 



y\ y Y u \ — ^ T^yf 

Glo-ri-a Pa-tri, et Fi-li-o, et Spi-ri-tu-i Sancto./ 



i 



% Custodi nos Domine ut pupiUamocu-li. 



g 



4et 



Choir: I^. Sub umbra alarum tuarum protege nos. 



468 



Third Mode 
Celebrant 



PRO GRATIARUM ACTIONS 364 

Te Deum Lau damns 

Juxta morem Romanum 

Vatican Graduate 

Harmonized by N. A.M. 

Chorus 



j,>;,J]JiJjfflJJ |l VjJj'J]jip.g 



1. Te De-um lainla-mus:* Te Do-mi-num con-fi-te-mur. 



Chorus (in alternate sections) 



^ 



^ 



u P ' 



2. Te ae - - 

3. Tibi 

4. Tibi Cheru 



ter - num Pa - - trem 

o - mnes An - ge - li , 
bim et Se - ra - phim 



I 



S 



«: 



n J'' r fl J y I 



2. 6 - mnis ter - - ra ve - ne - ra - tur. 

3. ti - bi coeli et univ^r- sae pot - es - ta - tes: 

4. in - ces - sa - bill vo - ce pro - cla - mant 



5. San - - ctus: 7. Sanctus Dominus Deus Saba-( 

6. San - - ctus: 



469 



i 



W: 



ife^ 



^ 



8. Pleni suntcoe-li et ter - ra ma-jes 

9. Te glo - ri - o - sus 

10. Te Pro - phe- ta - rum 

11. Te Martyrum can- di - da - tus 

12. Te per or - bem ter- ra - rum san - eta 



_ __ y^ 



8. ta - tis glo 

9. A - po - sto 

10. lau - - dd - 

11. Idu - 

12. con - fi - te - 



n . 


ae 


tu - 


_ 


ae . 


Id- 


rum 


cho - 


_ 


rus 


bi - 


lis 


nu - 


me - 


rus 


dat 


ex - 


er 


ci - 


tus 


tur 


Ec - 


cle' - 


si - 


a. 



I 



m 



p jiff /] 



^ 



ai'-t^ p 



13. Pa - - trem im-men-sae ma-je - sta - tis: 



ji fFPfp t ' tB- li l'i^JT^>J' 



14. Ve-nej-^n-dum tu-um ve-rum, et u -ni-cum Fi-li-um : 



i 



J^^.i'JIJ^J^ttr:^ 



^^ 



15. San- - ctiun quo-que Pa - ra- cli- turn Spi-ri -turn . 

470 



; I I n I n 

16. Tu Rex glo - ri - ae^ 



-m — #- 



Chri - ste . 



j, vhnj'j'j'jT.^ ^ 



Tu Pa-tris sem-pi- ter-ntis es Fi-li-us 



i 



^ 



' lu^ I [I n'] 



17. Tu ad liberandum 

susce-ptii-rus ho - mi-nem, non hoF-ru - 

18. Tu devicto mdr - tis a - cii - le - o a - pe - ru - 

19. Tu ad dexteram De - i se - des 



I J'Ji[J'J3J>Ji];^4p J3f j]jj 



17. i - sti Vir-gi-nis li - te-rum . 

18. i - sti ere- d^n-ti-bus re - gna coe -l6 - rum. 

19. in glo - ri - a Pa - tris . 



^^m 



^ 



^^ 



20. Jii - - dex cre-de-ris es-se ven-tu-rus 



471 



All kneel here 



> , pJ^J^JiJ '^.JWiJiJVrr -I 



m 



21. Te er- go quaB-su-mus^ tu-is fa-mu-lis silb-ve-ni_, 



i 



5 



j^ j^ J' i^r^i^r) 



quos pre-ti-d-so san-gui-ne red - e - mi - sti 



^^ 



^^ 



22. Ae - ter - na fac 



cum san-ctls 



m 



^^5 



^ J^' J> rj 1 J 



^-^^ 0-^ — # # #■ 



tu-is in glo - ri - a nu - me - ra - ri . 



23. Sal- vum fac pd-pu-lum tu-um Do-mi- ne^ 



ji jj j^ j' j^ o m 



^ 



et be- ne-dic hae - re - di - ta - ti tu - ae 



472 



^ O J' J' u^ ^ 



24. Et re 



e - OS, 



et ex - tol - le 



^^ 



5 



il - los us - que in 



ae 



num 



|, v;,jjj^ rjB^JJiJ^JJi'ij 



25. Per sin-gu- los di 



es 



be -ne- di -ci-mus te. 



i 



J^ j> J^ ffr, J 



^ 



** 



m 



26. Et laud^- mus n6meii tu-um in s^ - cu-lum^ 

27. Di - gnk - re Domi - - ne di - e i - - sto 

28. Mi - se - re - - - re no-stri Do-mi-ne^ 

29. Fi - at misericordia tua Do-mi-ne su-per nos^ 



^ 



^ 



,5-5, ^ m 



*=* 



26. et in sae - cu_ lum sae-cu - li. 

27. si -ne pecca-to nos cus-to-di - re. 

28. mi - - se - re - re no - stri. 

29. quem-ad - modum spe - ra - vi - mus in te . 



473 



^^^^^^g 



^^w 



30. In te Do - mi - ne spe - ra - - vi : 



i 



^ 



t 



njjj> ^j i i 







""C7 — s^^ # 
non con- fun - dar in ae - ter - 



num. 



RESPONSES 

Cel. \. Beiiedicamus Patrem et Filium cum Sancto 

Spirit u. 
Choir. ^. Laudemus et super . exaltemus eum in saecula. 
Cel . X. Benedictus es Domine, in firmamento coeli . 
Choir. ^. Et laudabilis, et gloriosus, et superexalta- 

tus in saecula. 
Cel. 'fe. Domine exaudi orationem m^am. 
Choir. ^. Et clamor meus ad te veniat. 
Cel. "^. Dominus vobiscum. 
Choir. I)r. Et cum Spiritu two. 



474 



IN FESTIS B. MARI^ VIRGINIS 365 

Mass of the Blessed Virgin Mary 

Cum jubilo 

No. IX 

First Mode (transposed) ^ XII Centitry 

IVith devotion but also nith animation From the Vatican Graduale 
Chanters . Harmonized by Nicola A. Montani 



* 



^ 



' Sm S f 



Ky - ri - e (-e) 



e - le - i - son. 



n Choir divided into sections I and 11 singing alternately (S. A, or 
T.B. 



I 



^ 



^ 



^ 



f-f. ^ S ^ Sf 



Ky - ri - e 
land II (Tutti) 



e - le - i - son. 




l» /}> nnT_j> J, n j, j 



Chri -ste 



le - i - son . 



Chri - ste 



S 



e - le - i - son. 



475 



MI 



i* > J' n mj ,h a h i 



i 



Chri - ste 



I leggiere 
P 



e - le - i - son. 



#P'P mW - 



rj. JlJJl>>J^ 



Ky - ri - e 



e - le - i -son 



II 



« 



^ ' ^ 



d f S ^ 



Ky - ri - e 



e _ le - i - son . 



Chanter (Solo) 



|.» ^'jTr^JFr ^ 




Ky - ri - e 



(2 Chanters or semi chorus) 
p les:s:ieTe 



1 } "jr r r j-rurm j 



I 



(e) 
Tutti 



pqco_rall_ 



^ d ^ 



^ 



e - le - i - son 



476 



Gloria 



266 



Seventh Mode (transposed) 
Optional 
n}?y Celebrant ^^ Century Melody 

ift£r% 




6W - ri-a in ex.cel-sis De' - o. 



Choir I 




n JJ V «^"J ^= 



Et in ter - ra pax ho - mi - ni - bus 




bo-nae vo-lun-ta . tis. Lau-da - mus te. 



I fi f r'h I 




Be - ne 



di - ci - mus te 



p ." h .rrg 



Ad- o 



ra - mus te 



477 



Glo- ri -fi- ca - inus te . Gra^ti-as a-gi-mus ti - bi 



*t 



p=m=^^m 



m 



^h-0- 



4h-0- 



pro - pter ma- gnam glo - ri - am tu - am . 




Do-mi-ne De-us, Rex Coe - Je - stis^ 

mil 




De - us Pa- ter o - mni - po - tens. 



^^^^^m 



y 7 f . J ' j ' 



m 



Do-mi-ne Fi - li u - ni - ge - ni - te 
rail ji a tempo 



" ^^ (jj[ i^jjL^^ p p r 



^ 



=1 



Je'-su Chri - ste. Do - mi-ne De - uS;, 



478 



fet 



^ "^ p p Oq^^ 



*=» 



i 



tf 



A - gnus De - i^ Fi - li - us Pa - tris 
I 



^■^ p cr P p ^' p CJ r 



Qui tol - lis pec - ca - ta muii - di 



J J j ,^^ g 



Mi - se - re - re uo - bis. 



i 



fefc^ 



''" ''^ rr-s^p rrr,Tr p 



Qui tol - lis pec - ca - ta mim - di; 



I 



fefc 



i'i^i^J' ^7rr7^^=^ 



e 



*=?* 



sus . ci-pe de-pre.ca-ti - 6 ^ nem no-stram. 



I 



^tet 



* 



'Tppi'r pcrrrg 



Qui sedes ad dexteram Patris, mi- se- re -re no-bis. 



479 



II 



!' ! '" ' I i^ LJ i i u i 



Quo - ni - am tu so - lus san - ctus 



m 



j^ i' J 



F^^ 



Tu so - lus 



Do - mi - nus 



Tu so- lus Al - tis- si-mus^ Je-su Chri- ste, 

poco ptu mosso 
Tutti - 



i 



^ J 'rl p ^p 



^ 



^ 



^ — # 



Cum San - cto Spi.-ri-tu, in glo-ri-a 



i 






nrnrr 



WM 



De-i Pa - tris. A 



men, 



480 



Credo 

No. 4 



367 



First Mode 
Celebrant 



XV Century 



1^' ;■ J^ j^ j> 



^ 



Cre - do in u - num De - urn 



Con TllOiO 

Choir I 




Pa-trem o-mni-po -tea - tern, fa-cto-rem 



coe - li et ter - rae^ vi - si - bi - li - urn 



^ 



g^ 



'^ J p P p ^^ ''-' 

o - mni - um. et in - vi - si - bi - li - um. 



481 



^1°'' Jl I' I' J' J' J^nnl? 



Et in u -num Do-mi-nmn Je.smn Chri-stuni; 



I , h Jl j> > p J^j' Jl J. J 



Fi - li - um De - i u - ni - ge - ni - turn . 



^^^a 



p pM p 



*^-^ 



Et ex Pa-tre na-tum an-te o-miii-a sae-cu-la 



ri 



5 



^ 



^^ 



^E=5 



^ 



De-um de De - o _, lu-men de lu - mi - ne_, 




482 



I 



A JiJ ai' rJ ' !' J^ Ji h 



g 



^ 



Ge-ni-tum^non fa-ctum^ con-sub-stan-ti -a- lem 



m 



h J^ h h 



^ 



^ 



E5 



Pa . tri: per quem o-nmi.a fa- eta sunt 



* II 

^ J^ J' i^ ^P (^^ 



i^-^^-n i ^ 



Qui pro-pter nos h(>-im-nes^ et pro - pter 



I 



^ 



^S 



s5 



i 



w # 



< » i i^ 



^ d A4 



% 



no-stram sa - lu - tern de -scen-dit de coe - lis 
it>p Chanters (Soli) 



^ 



Et in-car-na-tus est de Spi-ri-tu San-cto 



jpoco rail 



j^ J^ 1) J^ ^ 



^ 



s 



ex Ma-ri - a Vir-gi - ne : Et ho - mo fa - ctus est . 



483 



I 



H a tempo 



J' J^ fl ^.JT]J 



5 



^^ 



f 



Cru- ci - fl - xus e - ti - am pro no - bis : 



i' K h J^ }^. 



pp rail 



^^m 



^ 



^ 



iH-* 



^ — — 9 * m 



sub Pon- ti -0 Pi -1^ - to pas-sus et se-pul-tus est . 



Tutti 

f a tempo 



tf"' tempo . . ^ 



Et re - sur - re - xit ter - ti - a di - e 



i 



jij>ijijj'j'j'j> ^ 



5^S ^ 



• I' * •■ 



se, cun-dum Scriptii-ras. Et a-scen-dit in coe-lum: 



^ J' p F P ^' •'' ^J 



e - det ad dex - te - ram Pa - tris . 



484 



I"p p p J^J'J.JJ^^'P p 



Et 1 - te-rum ven-tii-rus est cum glo-ri- a^ 



j> J' i' (1 



fe 



g 'i ji h . ^^ag 



i^^ 



-#-W J) ^' ^ ^ ^' 

ju- di - ca - re vi-vos et mor-tu-os: cu-jus 



i' ft ff fl i', J J V I I i' h ti J) J' 



#^--* 



re-gni non e-rit fi-nis. Et in Spi-ri-tum 



;> J j^ j^ 



^^5 



^E^5 



»2=:« 



Ssui - ctum, Do-mi-num, et vi-vi- f i - can-tem: 



is; 



j^ J^ i^ j^ ji ;i j^ ;i j-2 

qui ex Pa -tre Fi - li - o -que pro -ce - dit 



485 



:J J' J' -iMp p p J 



Qui cum Pa - tre et Fi - li - o 



^^ 



^ 



P P ^ P P P 



si -mul a - do - ra - tur^ et con glo - ri - f i - 



i> j^ > i^ -T' i' {^ P 



ca - tur: qui lo-cu-tus est per Pro-phe-tas. 



^^ 



^ 



^ 



Et u - nam ^ san - ctam ca - tho - li - cam 



i 



^ Ji J^' I ' ir^ 



^^ 



^ ^' ^ 



et a - po - sto - li - cam Ec - cle - si - am. 



4&6 



Il-J, J' J-i J' p ^^^ 



Con - fi - te - or u - num ba - ptis - ma 



!> j^ i j) jU^iL^iumj 



in re - mis - si - o -nem pec - ca - td - rum 



l^'^'pp r P pp p p ^^M ^ 



Et ex-spe-cto re-sur-re -cti- o -nem mor-tu-o - rum 



Tutti 



^ 



^5 



iSi 



^5 



^ 



<>— # 



f3# 
Et VI - tam ven- tu - ri sa5 - cu - li 



allarg'. 

J- 



^ 



^ d d 



i 



9 ^ 4 A 



men 



487 



268 Sanctus and Benedlctus 

Fifth Mode XIV Century 



i 



ve 



U 



Tutti 



m 



#-r-# 



^ #■ 



San - ctus^San - ctus^ San 



ctus 



i 



I 



b'l. p p t rrr r f 



• d m 



m • ^ 



Do-mi -nus De - us Sa 
II 



ba - oth 



^^ 



^5 



/d^rai 



^ l^"^ ^ \ 



m #■ 



S:^=« 



Pie - ni sunt coe- li et ter 



ra 



|,b'], p erjJgJJji^Tffi'r ^^' J'JJJjj 



glo-ri-a tu - a . Ho-san-na in ex- eel -sis. 
j?jpIJqi_S^) 



^'•1' r rr r p r7 r Lf rlr r 

Be - - ne - di - ctus qui v^ - nil 




Ho - 



san-na in ex -eel 

488 



SIS 



Fifth Mode 

Chanters or Soli 



Agnus Dei 269 

(X)Xm Century 



^i>'^j..n.iJJ^rr 'cgL jE rr 



A- gnus De - i^* (^ui tol - - lis 

rail 



pcErr'^^^^o 



b=i 



±±^ 



pec-ca-ta mun - di : mi - se - re - re no -bis. 
II 



l^\ ' ;i P J J cj r^ 



4= 



A -gnus De - - i * qui tol - lis pec 



I 



^^ 



rail 



fflJHjiJjj^ 



^ 



i 



ca-ta mun-di: mi - se - re- re no - bis. 
Tutti 



m^ 



^m 



!•-■-# 



jgr? cjiimid^ 



A - gnus De - i ' qui tol - - lis 
/rail 



|Apr"fP[Srr'ffl^lJam. ii i 



pec- ca-ta mun - di: do - na no- bis pa-cem. 

For "Deo Gratias^^ see'^Responses^^ No. 259 

489 



070 

The Requiem Mass 

Missa Pro Defunctis 

Introit 
From the Vatican Edition of the Graduale 
Sixth Mode Transcribed by N. A. Montani 

AChanters Tutti a 




Re- qui- em* ae - ter - nam do - nae-is 




Do - mi 



et lux per-pe - tu - a lu - ce 
Faster 




at 



e - is. Fs. Te de-cet hjTnnus Deus in Sf-on, 




et ti-bi red-de-tur v6-tum in Je- rii-sa- lem: ^ ex-au-di 




o-ra-ti -6-nem me-am, ad te 6-mnis ca-ro ve-ni-et, 
R&petitur Requiem usque ad Fs. (Repeat froTri beginning to Fsalm) 

Kyrie 



(Te decet) 



Sixth Mode 




K3'' - ri-e e - le-i -son.tj'Kj'rie 



e - le-i-son. 



?99 Sung three times, in alternate fashion, 99 Sung twice. 



490 



Graduale 



Second MorTe 



Re-Qui-em ae-ter - - nam do - na e -is 



^ JJjpjpjjjf-Jj-^pJ^-J^ICfP^ 



Do - mi - ne ; 



et lux per-pe - 



4j Q^f-p '^J-|J^pJf-pJ^JJhJijjJ 



tu- a 



lu - 



^> J' Vrrfrffr'frr^^ 



■^ 



±± 



ce_at e _ is . 




Tit JU 




rrrrrrCf^^iCfPPPPr^^ 



stus t ab audi-ti-6-ne mA 



^. f-Jf-pJ^JJ hJjffljJ^- ^ 



ti-me - bit . 



•^(Note) Instead of the chant, if preferred, the "Graduale" and "Tractus' 
may be sung"recto tono":(text sung on one note) the organ giving a se- 
ries of simple chords appropriately adjusted to the reciting tone, 

491 



Tr actus 



Eighth Mode 




d-mni-um fi-de-li_um de-fun-cto - rum 




492 



Sequence 

Dies Irae 



First Mode 




1 Di - es i - rae, di - es il -la, Sol -vet sae - clum 

2 Quan-tus tre-mor est fu-tu-rus, Quan-do ju - dex 




in fa-vll-la: Tes - te Da -vid cum Si-byl -la. 
est ven-tu-rus, Cun-cta stri -cte dis -cus-su - rus 1 




3 Tu-oa mi -rum spar-gens so-num Per se-pul-cra 

4 Mors stu-pe -bit et na-tu-ra, Cum^re-sur-,get 




re- gi - 6 _num, Co-get o - mnes an-te thro-num. 
cre-a-tu-ra, Ju-di - can- ti re-spon-su _ra . 

I a tempo 




ber scri-ptus pro - fe - re - tur, In quo to-tum- 
Ju-dex er - go cum se-de-bit. Quid-quid la-tet 

rail 




con- ti -ne 
ap - pa- re 

a tempo 



Un-de mun-dus ju-di- ce -tu 
Nil in-ul-tum re-ma-ne-bit 




7 Quid sum mi-ser tunc di-ctu-rus? Quem pa-tro-nem 

8 Rex tre-men-dae ma- je-sta -tis. Qui sal-van dos 

rail 




ro -ga-tu-rus? Cum vix ju - stus sit se-cu-rus. 
sal-vas gra-tis, Sal - va me fons pi- e - ta - tis. 
493 



a tempo 




9 Re-cor-da - re 

10 Quae-rens me, se 



su pi - e , Quod sum cau-sa 
sti las-sus : Red-e-mf-sti 

rail 




tu-ae vi-ae: Ne me per - das 
cru-cem pas^us: Tan-tus la - bor 

a tempo 



il- la di - e . 
non sit cas-sus 




11 Ju - ste ju -dex ul - t'i - 6 - nis, Do-num fac re 

12 In - ge - mi -SCO, tam-quam re - us : Cul-pa ru-bet 




rail Z, — -^ 



mis- si _ o - nis 
vul-tus me- us 

a tempo 



An-te di - emi ra_ti-6-ni 
Sup_pli-can-ti par-ce De-us 




13 Qui Ma-ri-am ab- sol -vi - sti , 

14 Pre _ces me-ae non sunt difirnae 



Et la - tro -nem 
Sed tu bo - nus 

rail— — — 




ex- au- di - sti, Mi - hi 
fac be-ni-gne, Ne per 



a tempo 



quo- que spem de-di - sti . 
en - ni ere - mer i - gne. 




15 In- ter o - ves 

16 Con- fu- ta-tis 



lo - cum prae-sta, Et ab hoe-dis 
ma- le-di - ctis, Flammis a -cri- 




me se-que-stra, Sta - tu - ens in 
bus ad-df-ctis: Vo - ca me cum 



par-te dex-tra. 
be - ne-di - ctis 



494 



a tempo 






17 O-ro sup-plex et ac- cli-nis, Cor contritum quasi ci-nis: 



^gg^ 



Ge-re curam mei fi-nis. 18 Lacri-mo-sa di-es il -la. 




Qua re-sur-get ex fa-vil-Ia. 19 Ju-di-can-dus ho 

allar^ando 



^\ r.rt f-JlJ'Jinr JJJJIi'JiJv l lflnJ^ 



pprj'^'j'pr 



W 



mo re-us : Hu-ic er-go par - ce De_us.20Pi-e Je-su 
ralL 



^'\' pp r i J)j^J'j^ji'jij nijjjjjp 



Do-mi- ne, do-na e-is re-qui-em. A 

OFFERTORY 

Domine Jesu Christe 

Second Mode 



4^ vJ'JJJ'JiJJJiPjj'f ^J'J | ' J^ 



Do-mi-ne Je-su Chri-ste, * Rex glo - 



I 



ri - ae, li-be-ra a-ni-mas 6-mni-um fi - de 

allarg. 



4^ ji]jolJi?£jTij)jjJ'j) Jjji, ^ 



li - um de -fun-cto-rum de poe-nis in - fe'r 
495 



allarg, a tempo 



|>^ J)Jw^^'J'JjJJ^lJ'Ju>^^QJlil^ ^ 



et de pro-fun -do la-cu: H-be-ra e-as de o-re le-d - 



L jgjij^jii'i'jjijgj:j i jij)j>j^ 



nis. ne ab-s6r-be-at e-as tar- ta-rus,ne cadant in ob-scu 



^ JPlJnJ-;Tr^'J^j:]^f^JJ':i3 i 



^ 



rum; sed sf -gni-fer san-ctus Mi - cha - el 



f M)%r7J^jj,^ n^ijvjTO 



re-prae -sen-tet e - -as in lu - cem san - ctam* 




Quam o-lim A-bra-hae pro-mi-si - sti, et se 




mi - ni 



e - jus. m! Ho- sti-as 



;ir;^J,J'j>;^J'jrnj':>;^jjj^j3Jv 



et pre-ces ti - bi Do-mi - ne lau-dis of-fe-ri-mus 



^ j-c 2rJ]jiJ'i'TTj^JTirjic; [7 fp 



tu siis-ci-pe pro a- ni- ma- bus il-lis^ qua -rum ho - 




di- e me-mo-ri-am fa-ci-mus 
496 



fac e -as. Do-mi-ne, 



^^ 



Repeat from ^'Quam olim-' to "ejus 



} /^^ ((a^n.o)} 



^S 



''J j^ cu r p 



^^ 



de mor- te trans - i - re ad vi - tarn . 

For Requiem Responses see No. 259= (8-9-lo) 

Sanctujs and Benedictus 

San- ctus, San -ctus^ San-ctus Do-mi-nus De-us Sa-ba-oth. 



I .MiJWQiMOplJiJ-iJ l ^hlijq'JiJ^i 



Pleni sunt coeli et terra gl6-ri-a tu-a. Hu-sarnia in ex-cel-sis. 



^ Jij)IJ ii'JiJ^;>pJ'iJ^;>JljiJj:^) ^^ 



Bene-dictus qui venit in nomine Do'minl. Ho-sarma in ex-cel-sis. 



Agnus Dei 



4 jnr"jfT ' JO-. I J) j\.,,j^ J. J 



A-gnus De - i^ * qui tol - lis pec - ca - ta mun - di : 



^ i . ; ^ ■■ 7 ^ '^ -— ^ 1 — 



do-na e - is re-qui-em. ij A-gnus De-i,*qui tol-lis 



# 



pec-ca-ta mun-di: do-na e-is re-qui-em* ''^sem-pi-ter- nam 



497 



Commmilon 



i 



Eighth Mode 




Lux ae - ter-na*lu-ce -at e _ is, Do-mi-nerCum Sanctis 
. — ^ Faster 




tu-is in ae-ter-num, qui -a pi-us es. K. Re-qui-em ae-ter- 
l&peat from '^Cwn Sanctis'^ to ^^ Requiem-' 



, . Repeat from Own Sanctis'^ to 'R 



First Mode 



nam do-na e_is Do-mi-ne, et lux per-pe-tu-a lu-ce-at e -is. 

ABSOLUTION 

Libera me Domliie 

Responsorium 



4^iv]^j]j.jjjji]f3j'j.;^i:^jj-'.G 



* jj ^ j^ J I 



i 



Li-be-ra me.Do - mi-ne^de mor-te ae-ter - na 

\ 



y'l^ J7 }rj> Jj , i'i^JjiJ jJJIf }, i j7 | j^3.jOj 



in di- e il-la tre- men - da: * Quan-do coe - 




sae - cu-lum per - 



gnemc WT Tremens fa- 



498 




ctussume-g-o eF ti - mel o, dumdis-cus-si-o ve -ne-rit^ 




que ven-tu- ra i - ra. Quan-do cce - Ij 




mo - ven-di sunt et ter - ra . PT. Di-es il - la. 



|frTjjJJj'j^JiJ^J'^J>'jJ^''JlilJ'i'J ^ 



di-es i-rae, ca-la-mi-ta- tis et mi- se - ri -ae, di- es magna 



JJJJJ'"^'JjiJ P^' us^pos^ 



*d*dd 



et a-ma-ra val-de. "j" Dum ve 



- ne -ns 



^hf^i[^ mi \mm^j^ 



ju- di - ca - re 



sae - cu-lum per 



Jf IV, 


-h 


pq 




n 






1 h K^N 1 


« — 


V— 


r-H 


■v K h i^ 


A&rt^ 


-1 


Si=3 




-^- 


J* J] J' , 


S 


-^ 




) J) J^ ^ 


C 


S^ 






' 


' — ' 


Tfr 


, ' " 


, 




' 





gnem . ff. Ke-qui-em ae-ter-nam do-na e - is 

Repeat ^^Libeiu^' to ''Th-emens" 






:^2=azat 



Do- mi - ne : et lux per-pe-tu-a lu-ce - 
For Responses see No 259_ (lO) 

499 



371 



The Mass of the Angels 



. ) 



♦ 



Moderately fast 
Chanters 



(Missa de Angelis) 
(VIII In Festis Duplicibus 5) 
with Credo No. 3 

Xr-rr^-i£k Vatican Graduale 

J^y rie Transcribed by 

Tutti N. A. Montani 

iaW XV -XVI Century 



S 



r LL!r~r La!r ^ 



b'^l> 7i)Jl? 



Ky'-ri 
(s«*^ <toe «m«s »'" alternate^^i^ 



a 



r^Y. jc^o 







e - - le-i-son.iij' Chri-ste 
(^ung three times) 
mil. pp f 



t\ mmi^ Tuu. pp J ^ ..^ 



le- i-son.iij Ky-ri-e 



(sung' twice) Chanter^ 




(e). 



TUrW 



le-i-son. 



500 



Gloria 



Fifth Mode 

Celebrant 



I 



373 



XVI Century Melody 
Choir l"^ 



fe^^ 



^^ 



m 



^ 



* ^' * 



«==if 



Glo-ri-a in ex-cel-sis De-o 



Et in ter-Jta pax 



|,t''-t- j^i'i'j -LMfcJ frrrtL^ 



I 



ho-mi-ni-bus bd-nae vol-un-ta-tis.Lau-da - mus te 

K f i . — ^ — Jp^ 



i'Utarr^f 



i 



Be-ne-di-ci-mus te. 
I 



II 
9ni 



A-do-ra - mus te, 



■■^ i ' jjii'rrr+tmH c jr r ' 



i 



Glo-ri-fi - ca-mus te. Gra-ti-as a-gi-mus ti - bi 

'I 



J^'^^'Ji^llitT 



^ 



fcji 



prd-pter ma-gnam gl6-ri-am tu-am. Do-mi-ne De-us, 




I 



i 



Rex coe-le-stis De-us Pa-ter o - mni-po-tens. 
II 



tiF^j'i'ffrr'ii'Lrrr^ 



s 



Do-mi-ne Fi-li u*ni - ge-ni-te Je - su Chri-ste 

^ To obtain Contrast and observe the traditional Ant iphonal manner 
of rendition it is suggested that the choir be divided; one section 
singing the portions indicated by(V)the other the portions de- 
signated byTll). 

^^ 501 



p'\''ha^^j rr'(r^(fjjJJ5J 






Do-mi-ne De-us A-gnus De-i , Ff-li-us Pa - tris. 



4'''' i ' i ' JJ'r ff 



i 



rf Trrf If f 



g^ 



7^ /T^d'J' 3 



Qui toHis peoca-ta mun-di, Misere - re nobis. Qui tol-lis 



# 



pec-ca-ta mun-di, sus-ci-pe de-pre-ca-ti-o-nem no- stram. 



i 



^ 



& 



te^^ 



n. 



^ 



^ # * 



I 



Qui se-des ad dex-te-ram Pa-tris,mi-se-re-re no-bis 



fe^M#f ^M r r ^Fcrc/crr 



I 



Quo-ni-am tu so-lus San-ctus.Tu so-lus Do - mi -nus. 

rail. 



i=5 



^'''M J'-pJ-Jcrr rJ-irr r^i 



Tu so-lus Al - tfs - si-mus, Je - suChri-ste 
MI Tutti 



(t ^''i>'' i r ( T { n Ij J'J ' J i J ^i' f^ 



Cum San-cto 
rail. 



Spf- ri-tU) in g-lo-ri - a De-i 



Pa ^ - tris. A - - - men. 



tris. A 

502 



Credo 

HI 



373 



Celebrant 



(^Ayj';.^' 



(De Angelis 
XVII Century Melody) 
Choir I 



■^ ^' ^ ^' ;> J' J 



^ ^^ 



*-#- 



C re -do in u-numDe-um. Pa-trem o-mni-po-ten-tem,' 
P 



fa-cto-rem coe-li et ter-ras, vi- si-bi -li -um 



<^^'"''LLrH^^'i'^^JTj^^'J ^ 



o - mni-um, et in-vi-si-bi - li-um. 
II 



I K . ff > i' ] . J7~^^ 



^ 



Et in u - num Do-mi-num Je- sum Chri-stum, 

I 



l^'i- ^'^y^'i^^^ i )y^ih^^'^' 



Ff-li-um De-i u-ni-g'e-ni-tum. Et ex Pa-tre 
P 

1-. P I ^^ I 



l^^\> TJ] 



m 



H=T 



^ 



w~g 



na - turn an-te o-mni-a sae - cu-la. 



503 



i 



De^um cfe De-o , lu-men de lu-mi-ne , De-um ve-rum de 
I 



m 



m 



^ 



^j 



f 



#-^-# 



De-o ve-ro. Ge-ni-tum,non fa - ctum,con-sub-stan- 



y^ [y f [? ^V I [ f F ^JJ f^ 



ti-a-lem Pa-tri: per quern 6-mni-a fa- eta sunt. 

^^'i' ) I i' i' ^, f r ' JT1> 

Qui pro-pter nos ho-mi-nes, et pro-pter 

rail. 



^^'i' jiji JiJ'r 'f HG-fr 



i 



no-stram sa - lu - tern de-scen-dit de coe-lis. 
I Slower — ,^— 



K J^ 



^^ rn J' I> h h I Ji j. j) Ji ^ 



^ 



^ 



Et in-car-na-tus est deSpi-ri-tu San - cto 
rall^' 



L\^nfnr ' ">^''^' ^'^'^ 



ex Ma-ri- a Vir-g-i-ne: Et ho-mo fa-ctus est. 
504 




xus e -ti-ampro no - bis; 
PP rail. 



^^ 



^ 



^3 



♦liiitat 



sub Pon-ti-o Pi-la-to pas-sus et se-pul - tusest. 
I a tempo 




Et re-sur- re-xit ter-ti - a di - e , se-cun-dum 
II 



^■\' ^'jj'Miji'cjfFCirr'FrF 



Scri-ptu-ras. 



^§5 



Et a-scen-dit in coe - lum:se-det ad 

mfi : 



dex-te-ramPa - tris. Et i -te-rumven-tu-rus est 



i 



^^^5 



PH-f MFF 1^ 



«=^ 



^ 



cuinglo-ri-a ju-di-ca-re vi-vos,etm6r-tu-os; 



^^ 



S 



^^ 



^ 



*=^ 



if? 

cu-jus ra-g-ni non e-rit fi-nis. Et inSpi-ri-tum 



San-ctum, D6-mi-num, et vi - vi - fi-can-teml 

505 



\h fliW'JUiJ'i'Jlj^j^i i h;' 



^ 



# ■ # 



^ 



;l 



qui ex Pa-tre,Fi-li-o-que pro-ce-dit. Qui cum Pa-tre,et 



<|^'-|' ^^Jy 'M^^ ?r 'i'^'^\FrP:r' 



I 



Fi-li-o si-mul ad-o-ra-tur, et gon-glo-ri-fi-ca-tur: 

II 



^^ 



«£ 



S 



S 



^ 



^ 



^ * <l 



qui lo- cu-tus est per Pro-phe-tas. Et u-nam san-ctam 






ca-tho- ii-cam et a -po-sto-li-cam Ec-cle-si-am. 
I 



L\ >'fFMF^Cr'r r '^'^'^'r^^ 



^^ 



Con- f i-te-or u-num ba-pti-sma in re-mis-si-o-nempec- 
II 



£z 



^ 



-^ 



car to-rum . Et ex-spe-cto resur-recti-6-nem mortu-6-rum 



^v-^ LT n ^ M '^' ^ r 



i 



Et vi - tamven - tu- ri s&- cu - li. 
Tuttil-II rail. _ 



S 



s 



5 



^ 



?: 



men. 



506 



Sanctus and Benedictus 



374 



XI Century 




Do - - mi-nus De-US Sa 
,11 



n? jr-'J^crr J^rc ^^ ^V^J? 



ba-oth . Ple-ni sunt coe - li et ter - r a g-lo-ri - a 

rail. Soli 




^^ 



MI 



^ jjjj hJ ^J>jiJ^fy*J 




tu - a. Ho-san-na in ex-cel 



sis. . Be-ne' 



ij TTi ||,Q^|- i ±as.t^ 



df - ctus qui ve - nit in no-mi-ne Do - mi-ni. 

rail. 
MI 



A /*"ji 



^ 



^^ 



^-a^-# 



Ho-san - - na m ex- eel 
507 



SIS. 



375 

Sixth Mode 

Chanters 



Agnus Dei 



XV Century 




4 9^0\^i0_l 

g-nus De - i, qui tol-lispec-ca-ta mun-di; 

Chanters 




qui tol - lis pec-ca-ta mun - di: mi-se - re 
ralL 



Chanters 



MI 




pec-ca-ta mun - di: do-na no-bis 



pa - cem. 



For*'lte Missa Est"and''Deo Gratias'^see No.259-13-© 

508 



Vespers in honor of the 3*76 
Blessed Virgin Mary* 

{Can be sung' in place of the 
proper Vespers of the day) 



From the Vatican Antiphonale 
Transcribed by N. A. M. 



I 



Celebrant 



# 



^ 



fff FFf^LTf^F^ ^ 



fc^ 



I 



V-^ 



-fT be-us in ad-ju-to - ri-um me-um in-ten - de. 
Choir 



j^ Do-mi -ne ad ad- ju-van-dum me fe-sti - na. 
L / . 



4 



m 



ffyMffcr Mit^F'^'r ' 



Gl6-ri-a Pa-tri,et Fi-li-o, et Spi-n-tu-i San-cto, 



i 



^ 



n F r F (f r M ff ff (f-^^ 



Sic-ut e-rat inprin-ci- pi- o, et nunc,et sem-per, 



i 



Jl f I ff ff Wi 



g 



et in S£e-cu-la s^-cu-l6-rum.A - men. Al-le-lu - ia 

* FroTTi Septuagesima to Easter the following' is sv^ng 
instead of the Alleluia. 



I 



t 



F F M M F M F F r 



Laus ti - bi Do -mi- ne Rex ae - ter-nae g"lo-Ti - ae, 
50» 



First Antiphon and Psalm 



ThirdTone(a ending) 
Chanter 



t^^Fjmm 



Choir 



Dum es - set rex* in aocu-bi-tu su-o, nar-dus- 



Dixit 



feai 



Fff^fVf^l 



m 



1 Di-xit Domlnus 



5 
6 
7 

8 
9 
10 



Dd-mi-no me-oi*- 
mi - cos tu-os,* 



Donee ponam ini - 
Virgam virtutistuae 

emfttet Domi-nus ex Si- on:* 
Tecum princrpium in die 

virtutistuae in splenddri-bus san-cto-nim:* 
Juravit Dominus,et non paeni-te - bit e - um:* 
Dominus a dex-tris tu-is,* 

Judicabit in nati6nibus,im-plebit ru - i-nas'.^f- 
De torrente in vi - a bi-bet* 

Gloria Patri,etFr-li - o,* 

Sicut erat in princrpio, et nunc ,et semper,* 



510 






m//. 



S 



«3=K5 



s 



(Eastertide 
add) 



:f^-^ 






me-a de 



dit o-do-rem su-a - vi-ta-tis. Al-le-lu-ia, 



Dominus (Psalm 109) 



rail. 



^^ 



M 



1 Sede a dex 

2 scabellum pedum 



tris me - is:_ 
tu-o - rum. 



3 dominare in medio inimicorum 



tu-o - rum. 



4ex utero ante lucfferum g"e - - nu-i te. — 

5Tu es sacerdos in aeternum secundum ordinem Melchf-se-dech. 
6confreg-it indie irae su - - 
7conquassabit capita in terra 
Spropterea exalta 
9et Spirftu - - - 

lOet in saecula saeculo 



ae re - g'es. 
mul-to - rum. 
bit ca - put. 

i San- cto. 
rum.A - men. 

Repeat Antiphon 
DuTTi Esset 



511 



Second Antiphon and Psalm 



FourthTone (A) 
Chanter 



Chanter Choir 

Lae-va e - jus* sub ca-pi-te me-o, et dex-te-ra- 



Laudate 



I 



hKr^ ' 



h^(p^r^ 



Lau-da 



■ te pii - - - e - ri Do-mi-num:* 

Sit nomen Domini be-ne-di - ctum,* 

A solis ortu usque ad oc-ca - sum,4r 

Excelsus super omnesg-en-tes Do-mi -nus, * 
Quis sicutDominusDeus 

noster, qui in al-tis ha-bi-tat, * 
Suscitans a ter-ra in-o-pem,* 

Ut collocet eum cumprin-cr-pi-bus, * 

Qui habitare facitsteri-lem in do - mo, + 



6 
7 
8 
9 
10 



Gloria Pa 



tri, et Ff-li- o, • 



Sicut eratinprincipio,et nunc,et sem - per, * 



H 



512 



rail. 



/] j' > ^ ito 



^ 



{Eastertide 
add) 



Al - le - lu-ia 



ii-ir 



us 



am-ple-xa - bi-tur me 



pueri (Psalm 112^ 



l~-Toi T^-i ff J K 1 II 


V^ ^—^ — \ — ■' (J; Jl 



1 lauda 

2 ex hoc nunc,et 

3 laudabi 

4 et super coelos 



te no -men Do-mi-ni. 

us -que in sae-cu-lum. 

le no -men Do-mi-ni. 

g-lo-ri - a e - jus. 



5 et humflia respicit in coe 

6 et de stercore 

7 cum princfpibus 

8 mat rem fili 

9 et Spi - - 

10 et in saecula sae 



lo et in ter - ra? 
e - ri - g-ens pau-pe-rem: 
p6-pu - li su - i. 
o - rum lae - tan - tem, 
ri- tu - i San - cto. 
cu-lo - rum. A - men. 

Repeat Antiphon 
LoBva Ejus 



513 



Third Antiphon and Psalm 



Third Tone (b) 
Chanter 



^ 



Choir 



J^ pfi^'JCTOT^ ^ 



Ni-gra sumsedfor-iTi6-sa,*fr-li-ae Je-ru-sa4em: id-e -o di-le-xit^ 



Laetatus 



^ 



[ T (p) [ f (p i^ f ^ 



s 



1 Lae-ta - tus sum in his quae 
2 



3 

4 

5 

6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 



di-cta sunt mi -hi: *- 
Stantes erant pe - des no-stri,* 

Jerusalem, quae aedifi - ca-tur ut ci'-vi -tas: * 
lUuc enim ascenderunt 

tribus, tri - bus Do-mi -ni: * 
Quia ill ic sederunt sedes in ju-df-ci - o, * 
Rog"ate quae ad pacem sunt Je-ru-sa-lem:* 
Fiat pax in vir - - tu - te tu - a: * 
Propter fratresmeoset pro-xi-mos me-os, * 
Propter domum Domini De - i ny-stri,* 
Gloria Pa-tri, et Ff-li - o, * 

Sicuteratinprincipioetnunc, et sem-per, * 



514 



( 



(Eastertide 
add) 



Jggjjpi 



ij,jjj.jj)OJi"JjjJJi 



merex, ei in-tro-du-xit me in cu-bi -cu- lum su-um. Al-le-lu-ia. 



sum (Psalm 131) 



5 



d«t 



^ 



mi - ni i - bi-mus 
is Je-ru-sa-lem, 
in id- rp - sum 



1 In domum Do - 

2 in atriis tu - 

3 cujus participatio ejus 



4 testimonium Israel ad confitendum no - mi - ni Do-mi-ni. 



5 sedes super 

6 et abundantia dili 

7 et abundantia in tiir 

8 loquebar 

9 quaesivi 

10 et Spiri 

11 et in saecula saecu 



do-mum Da - vid. 
g"en-ti-bus te: 
ri-bus tu - is. 
pa-cem de te: 
bo -na ti - bi. 
tu - i San - cto. 
lo-rum.A - men. 

Repeat Antiphon 



515 



1 



Fourth Antiphon and Psalm 



Eighth Tone (g) 
Chanter 



m 



Choir 



^ 



^ 



Hf^T^ 



wnzm. 



Jam hi-ems tran-si-ii,* im-ber ab-i-it et re-ces-sit: 



Nisi 



^ 



^^ 



S 



iNi-si Do-minus aedificaverit 



do - mum,*- 



Nisi Dominus custodferit civi - ta - tem,* 
Vanum est vobis ante lucem sur-ge-re: * 
Cum dederit dilectis suis so - mnum;* 

Sicut sag-ittae in manu po - ten - tis: * 
Beatusvir qui implevitdesiderium 

suum ex ip - sis: * 
Gloria Patri,et Ff-li-o, * 

Sicut erat in princfpiOjet nunc,et sem -per, * 



516 



rail. 



^ 



yEastertide 
add) 



\ d^^^4. 



5 



^ 



ifciS 



±d. 



-0-^-m- 



-4^ 



sur-g-e a-mr-ca me - a, et. 



,ve-ni 



Al-le-lu-ia 



DominuS (Psalm 126) 



^ 



^ 



^ 



1 in vanum laboraverunt qui aedi - - fi-cant e -am. 

2 frustra vrg-ilat qui cu - - - . sto-dit e-am. 

3 surgite postquam sederitis,qui manducatispa-nem do-l6-ris. 

4 ecce haereditas Domini, fflii: merces, fru-ctus ven-tris. 

5 ita fflii ex-cus-so-rum. 

6 non confundeturcumloqueturinimfcis su - is in por-ta. 

7 et Spin' - - - - tu-i San-cto. 

8 et in specula saecu - - - lo-rum.A-men. 

Repeat Antiphon 
'^^Jatn hiems^' 



517 



Fifth Antiphon and Psalm 

Fourth Tone 

Chanter 



. Chanter Choir 



Spe-ci-o'-sa fa-cta es * et su-a-vis in de-li- ci - is- 

Lauda 




1 Lau-da Jeru - - - sa-lem Dominum:*-^ 

2 Quoniam confortavit seras 

porta-rum tu-a - rum:* 

Qui posuit fines tu-os pa- cem:* 

Qui emfttit eloquium su-um ter - rce : * 
Qui dat nivem sic-ut la- nam:* 

Mittit crystallum suam sic-ut buc-cel - las: * 
Emfttet verbum suum, et 

liquefa - ci- et e - a:* 
Qui annuntiat verbum su-um Ja - cob:* 

Non fecit taliter omni na-ti-6 - ni:* 
Gloria Pa - - - tri, et Ff-li-o, * 
Sicuterat in princfpio^et nunc,et sem-per,* 

The Celebrant sings the Capitulum: 
After which the Choir sings > 

The Hymn ''Ave Maris Stella" is then sung (see No. 201) 
after which the following versicle and response is sung:- 

For the Second Vespers the Antiphon to the Magnificat-* 
continued by the Choir. 



3 

4 
5 
6 

7 

8 
9 

10 

11 



518 



rail. 



{Eastertide 
add) 



=^rfn ' i' .M^ ^ ^ 



^=?=* 



tu - is, san-cta De-i Ge-ni-trix. Al - le - lu-ia 



Jerusalem (Psalm 147) 



^\ ^ [ T h) 



1 lauda De 



um tu -um Si - on. 



2 benedixit ffli 

3 et adipe frumen 

4 velociter cur 

5 nebulam sicut 

6 ante faciem frfgoris ejus 



is tu -is in te. 
ti sa-ti - at te. 
rit ser-mo e - jus. 
cf - ne-rem spar- g"it. 
quis su-sti- ne - bit? 



7 flabit spiritus ejus, 

8 iustftias et judfci - 

9 et judfcia sua non mani 

10 et Spi 

11 et in ssecula sae 



I 



^ 



% 



et flu-ent a - quae, 
a su-a Is-ra-el. 
fe-sta-vit e - is. 
if - tu - i San - cto. 
cu - l6-rum. A - men. 

Repeat Antiphon 
^^Speciosa^' 



^. De-o g-ra-ti - as 

f^ Dignare me landare te Virgo sacrata. 
Ijr. Da mihi virtiitem contra hostes tuos. 

is then intoned by a Chanter (or the Celebrant) and 



519 



(For the Solemn Version of the Magnificat see No. 216) 
The version given below is the simple setting. 



Antiphon 

Chanter 



Ad 

(In II, 



Ohanter Cj,oir 

i|^i'JJ^j^'_J]jii>j;Jii?;.i i 



Be-a - tamme di-cent* o-mnes ge-ne - ra-ti - o-nes,- 



P^m 



1 Ma-gni-fi - cat 



I 



^m^ 



<ol 



^ 



2 Et ex-sul - tavit spfritus 

3 Qui - a re - sp exit humilitatem ancill ; 



me - us *- 
su - ae: * 



4Qui-a fe-cit mihi magna qui po-tensest:* 

5 Et mi-se-ric6rdia ejus a progenieinpro-ge-ni -es * 

6 Fe-cit po-tentiam in brachio su - o: * 

7 De-p6- su-it potentes de se - de, * 

8 E- su- ri - entes implevit bo - nis:* 

9 Sus-ce -pit Israel puerum su - um,* 

10 Sic-ut lo- cutus est ad patres no - stros,* 

11 Gl6-ri - a Patri, et Fi-li - o, * 

12 Sic-ut e - rat in principio,et nunc^ et sem - per, + 



520 



Magnificat 

Vesperis) 



rail. 



^^^^p^^^^^^^^m 



fe 



i 



(Eastertide 
add) 



qui - a an-cil-1 am hu-mi-lem re-spe-xit De-us . Al - le - lu -ia . 



^^ 



anima 



J^(r iuJII 



me- a Do-mi-num. 



-toh 



J^ (f J^'tDJ II 



ta - ri me 



2 in Deo salu - - " 

3 ecce enim ex hoc beatam me dfcent 

omnes gene -ra- ti - o 

4 et sanctum 

5 timen - - - - 

6 dispersit superbos mente 

7 et exal - - - - 

8 et dfvites dimi - - - 

9 recordatus misericor 

10 Abraham, et semini e 

11 et Spiri - - - - 

12 et in saecula saecu - - 



nes. 

no-men e - jus. 

ti-bus e - um. 
cor-dis su - i, 

ta-vit hu-mi-les. 
sit in - a - nes. 

di - se su - ae . 
jus in sae-cu-la. 

tu - i San - cto . 

l6-rum. A - men. 



Repeat Antiphon 
^^Beatam^^ 



521 



Responses after the ^ ^Magnificat'' 



I 



Celebrant 



!hoir 



Hol- 



^ 



m 



^ Dominus vobiscum. .^.Et cum spfritu tu-o 
, Cel. Choir. 



i 



Hot 



(J J ) I I J' 



f'C Oremus. (etc.) 
Cel. 



f 



^. A-men 




ft Fidelium animae. ^.A-men. 



Pater noster (secreto) 



Choir 



Cel. 



-\&\- 



^ 



ft Dominus det nobis suampacem.^.Etvitamaeternam.A-men. 

After this, one of the Antiphons to Our Lady is sung- 

according- to the season ^'Alma Redemptoris Mater'/ ^'Ave 

Regina J ^^Reg-ina Coeli',' or'^Salve Regina'.'(See Nos.277 
to 280). (Also 202 - 205) ^^^ 



COMPLINE 277 

Four Antiphons in honor 
of the Blessed Virgin 

* Note: See settings in figured style at Nos 202 to 205. 

Alma Redemptoris Mater 

Fifth Mode Greg-orian 

Chanter Tutti . (Solesmes) 







Al - - ma*Red-em-pt6-ris Ma-ter, quae per-vi-a 






caB'li p6r-ta ma-nes, Et stel-la ma-ris,suc-cur-re ca-dei>ti, 




sur-g-e-re qui cu-rat po-pu-lo: Tu quae ge-nu-i-sti 




na-tu-rami-ran-te, tu-um san-ctum Ge-ni-to - rem: 



I 






m 



^ 



? 



^5 



Vir-gopri-us acpos-te-ri-us, Ga-bri-e-lis ab o-re 



^^^^^^^^^^ 



su-mens il-lud A-ve, pec-ca-to-rum mi-se~re - re, 
lit Response (In Advent) Et Conrepit deSpiritu Sancto. 
2nd Response (After Christmas) Dei Genitrix intercede pro nobis. 

5 J&o 



378 



Ave Regina Coelorum 

(Simplified Version) 



Sixth Mode 

Chanters 



(Solesmes) 



Tutti 




A-ve Re-g-i'-na cae-l6-nim* A - ve Do-mi- 



na 



^JU'i'J I J) ;i jr[ . j Jl i' J li' 



An-g-e-lo-rum: Sal-ve ra-dix,sal-ve p6r-ta, Ex qua 




mun- do lux e st or - ta . Oau- de Vfr-g-o g"lo-r i - o - s a , 






Su-per 0-mnes spe-ci-6^ sa: Va-le, o val-de 

raVT. 




de- CO - ra, Et pro no - bis Chri-stum ex-o - ra. 
Response: Da mihi virtutem contra hostes tuos. 

524 



Regina Coeli 



Sixth Mode 
rtChantei 



i 



Tutti 



/ 



279 

Greg-orian 

fSoles.mes) 



^ 7^'^ -^ 



m 



^tt± 



^—d 



Re-g-f-nacoe-li* lae-ta-re, al-le-lu-ia: Qui - a quem 



^m 



E5 



^^ 



^^ 



at# 



^^zii 



me.-ru-i-sti por-ta-re, al-le-lu-ia: Re-sur-re-xit,-sic-ut 



^^p# 



i» 



rail. 



f 



di-x it, al-le-lu-ia: 0-rapro no-bis D©-um,al-le-lu- ia 
Response: Quia surrexit Dominus vere, alleluia. 



Salve Regina 



Fifth Mode 

Chanter 



280 

(Solesmes) 



. ^ J -, J-' J' J Yj^ ^ i' ji J-' j) J 



Sal-ve Re-g-i-na* Ma-ter mi - se-ri -cor-di - ae: 




fc 



J 'i'J^^M'Jli g 



i 



Vi - ta,dul -ce - do, et spes nos-tra, sal - ve. 
II 



^ 



^ 



*==* 



Ad te cla-ma-mus, ex - su-les,fr-li - i He-vae. 
525 



^m 



^ 



^ 



^m 



I 



Ad te su-spi-ra-musj g"e-men-tes et flen-tes 

II 



J^ J' j^ h h h 



m 



^ 



^ 



*^ 



in hac lac-ri- ma-rum val-le. 



E - ia er - go, 



# 



^ 



m 



^ 



P 



'H'^'J J'J 



I 



Ad-vo-ca-ta nos-traj il-los tu-os mi-se- ri-c6r-des 

I 



m 



g 



■I'J' jjji 



^ 



0' 



o- cu-los adnos con-ver-te. Et Je - sum,be-ne-df- 




ctum fru-ctum ven-tris tu-i , no-bis post hoc ex-sf-li-um 




dul-cis Vfr-g-o Ma-rf - a. 

Response: Ut dig-ni efficiamur promissionibus Christi, 

5 2 f ) 



Missa Brevis 381 

A short and easy Mass for Unison Chorus 
or Chorus in two or three parts. 

Nicoia A. Montaiii 



Andante 
P. - 



^ 



$ 



^ 



Vy ( *, TT ? JT 



^^rmw^^^ 



Ky - ri - e e - le - 



son. 



Ky - ri - e e - le - i - son 



S 



I 









s 



:^ 



^:^^ f 'M^p ' f^^ 



Ky - ri 



e - le - i - son. 







n 



Urn 



tz± 



3^ 



Chri-ste e - le- i.son Chri-ste e - le-l-sou._ 

mf- 



fe* 






s 



^^ 



Chri-ste e - le- i-son^ e - le - 1 - soirT^n:^ 
^ '-^ ' Repeat from beg inn ing 
Copyrigrht l922,by N.A.Montani {Kyrie) tof7\Fine 



382 



Gloria 



Celebrant "Gloria in excelsis Deo:" 
Choir 

I 



Nicola A.Montani 






pax 






ta - tis.Lau-da - mus te. Be-ne - di - ci-mus 



te. A-dor-ra - mus te.bflcK'i-fi - ca-mus 



Gra-ti-as a- gi-mus ti - - bi pro-pter ma-giia 



m 



^E^m 



pii 



w 



jji rH 



H^W^%r^ } Vn^ 



glo-ri-am tu 



am. D6^ni-ne De-us,Rex Coe- 



le-stis, De-US Pa-ter 0-miii-po-teiis. D6-mi-ne 



Fi - 11 u - ni - ge-Bi-te Je - su Cliri - ste 



^^m 



^ 



tS-6 



;jJJLJ Tj^ i ^gd I J JL j TSt^ 



^o-mmebe-us, Agnus Dei, Fi-li-us Pa- tris. 
a tempo 5 28 



Slx)wly 



-^m 



Tutti 



2ui - tol-lis pec - 6a-ta ihun - di: mi - se - re 



i 



1* 



Qui 



re 
Tutti 



no-bis.Qui-tol-lispec-ca-ta murT - ^di: Sus-ci-t)€ 



m 



i^ ^ K,m' M^i \ ^, 



F*f*T 



r 



de-pre-ca-ti- 6-nem no - stram. Qui se-des 
Tutti 



t, TUlll , 

de-xte-i-am Pa' - tris, mi - se- re - re no-bis 
Unison 

Tem/pp I 






yjj|^-ff^^ 



3iZI^ 



Quo-ni-am tu so -lus San- ctus . Tu so4us Dominus.Tu 

t (Slower) 



so -lus Al-tis-si-mus, Je - su Chri - ste.^ 

Maestoso 






^•b.^JJl rH 



? 



^ 



)an-cto Spi-ri-tu, CumSan-ctoSpi-ri-tu,in gl( 
Unison 



-tu,ing-lo-'ri- 




'e-'i ' Pa-tris A 
529 



men. 



383 (For Credo see Nos. 267 and 273) 

Sanctus and Benedictus 

Nicola A. Montani 
Slowly 



ji'i.Mg | i ': M i gi,' i ;,rlij^ 

San - ctus, San - ctus, San 



l^7jJii>Q>Ufi^^#^ 



-I - ctus D6-mi-nus De-us Sa-ba - oi\ 



Pie- ni sunt coe-li et ter - ra fiflo-ri-a ti 



CA Fast 



^" — ^v Ho-san-na in ex - eel-sis. Ho-san-nain ex- 
a j^ 



^^^^^ 



^ 



eel- sis. Ho-san-na in ex ,. 
Andante ^^^ 



SIS. 



^m 



^ 



^ 



f^TTT^W^ 



Do-mi - ni 



Be-ne- di-ctus qui ve - nit, qui ve-nit in no-mi-ne 



rri i ^j jiT^ 



-ni,qiii ve-hit m no-mi-ne Do - mi - ni 



Be^eat Hosanna in Sanctus % 
530 ^ 



Ag-nus Del 



384 



I 



Moderato 
I Solo 



[ ^ iJ J>>-^-f^ 



W=¥F^ 



^^ 



A-g-nus De-i,qui tol-lis pec-ca-ta mun-di: 



II Solo 



A Tutti , , 



i h 



33: 



mi - ■ se - re - re no - bis. ' ^"^^ 

Tntti 



fe 



^ 



S 



rrr 'r^yn 



j»-t^ 



# I # 



f=f 



De - i qui tol-lis pec-ca-ta mun-di: -', 



mi - se 



4^"i> o t^ 



Tem'po I 
V 



1. T \ i -J J Ti 



r r ' ° "f ••f'-^Tf 



I 



re - re no - bis. A- gnus De - i qui 



h> n^jvjj ijg 



tol - lis pec-ca-ta mun- di: Do - na no- bis 



I 



fe 



77. ^ ^= r d I ^J <: 



K 



^■fY^'«' ' ^ 



o ' o 



pa - cem, Do- na no -bis pa - - cam. 

531 



The St. Greg-ory Hymnal 

and 

Catholic Choir Book 

Compiled, Edited and Arranged by 

NICOLA A. MONTAJMI 



PUBLISHED IN THREE DIFFERENT EDITIONS 



1 he Gornplete Edition, organ Accfmpamment 

Containing all the music and full text— 480 pages bound 
in blue cloth— gilt lettering— Octavo size 

Price— $ 2.00 net. Postage Extra 

The Singers' Edition. Meiody Edition 

Containing one line of music (2 voices) (S. A. or T. B.) and 
the complete text conveniently arranged so that every syl- 
lable appears under the proper note. (550 pages. Bound in 
blue cloth) — smaller si^e than the complete edition— Price 
$1.00 net. Postage extra 

The W)rd Edition . Book of words 

Containing the text only_ with complete set of indices 

octavo size— (150 pages) bound in heavy and durable paper. 
(Especially adapted for Sodalities, Schools and Societies.) 
Price -^cO c. (Special Discounts in quantities.) 

532